Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
General Administrative - April 7, 2010
LODI GENERAL PLAN City Council Phil Katzakian, Mayor Larry D. Hansen Susan Hitchcock Bob Johnson JoAnne Mounce Planning Commission Bill Cummins, Chair Randall Heinitz Steven Hennecke Dave Kirsten Wendel Kiser Tim Mattheis Debbie Olson Project Staff Blair King, City Manager Konradt Bartlam, Interim Community Development Director Support Staff Wally Sandelin, Public Works Director James M. Rodems, Interim Parks and Recreation Director LODI GENERAL PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 Introduction............................................................................................................1-1 1.1 Planning Themes....................................................................................................................1-2 1.2 Scope and Purpose................................................................................................................1-4 1.3 Plan Process...........................................................................................................................1-5 1.4 Regional Location and Planning Boundaries........................................................................1-7 1.5 Plan Organization.................................................................................................................1-10 1.6 Administration of the Plan.................................................................................................... 1-11 2 Land Use.................................................................................................................2-1 2.1 Current Land Use Pattern......................................................................................................2-2 2.2 Land Use Framework..............................................................................................................2-7 2.3 Development Potential......................................................................................................... 2-15 2.4 Economic Development....................................................................................................... 2-18 2.5 Policies..................................................................................................................................2-25 3 Growth Management and Infrastructure..................................................................3-1 3.1 Background.............................................................................................................................3-2 3.2 Growth Strategy......................................................................................................................3-5 3.3 Infrastructure..........................................................................................................................3-8 3.4 Infrastructure Phasing..........................................................................................................3-22 3.5 Public Facilities.....................................................................................................................3-25 3.6 Policies..................................................................................................................................3-31 4 Community Design and Livability............................................................................4-1 4.1 Community Design and Livability Framework......................................................................4-2 4.2 City Form and Identity............................................................................................................4-3 4.3 Downtown................................................................................................................................4-9 4.4 Neighborhoods, Corridors, and Mixed Use Centers..........................................................4-13 4.5 Streets, Connectivity, and Accessibility..............................................................................4-22 4.6 Site Planning and Green Building........................................................................................4-27 4.7 Policies..................................................................................................................................4-28 5 Transportation........................................................................................................5-1 5.1 Travel Trends...........................................................................................................................5-2 5.2 Circulation System..................................................................................................................5-4 5.3 Policies.................................................................................................................................. 5-16 6 Parks, Recreation, and Open Space.........................................................................6-1 6.1 Existing Parks, Recreation, and Open Space System.........................................................6-2 6.2 Planned Improvements..........................................................................................................6-9 6.3 Policies.................................................................................................................................. 6-13 7 Conservation........................................................................................................... 7-1 7.1 Agricultural and Soil Resources............................................................................................ 7-2 7.2 Biological Resources..............................................................................................................7-6 7.3 Cultural Resources............................................................................................................... 7-11 7.4 Historic Resources............................................................................................................... 7-13 7.5 Hydrology and Water Quality............................................................................................... 7-19 7.6 Energy and Climate Change................................................................................................ 7-22 7.7 Air Quality.............................................................................................................................. 7-24 7.8 Policies..................................................................................................................................7-33 8 Safety.....................................................................................................................8-1 8.1 Flooding and Drainage...........................................................................................................8-2 8.2 Potentially Hazardous Materials and Operations.................................................................8-4 8.3 Seismic and Geologic Hazards..............................................................................................8-9 8.4 Fire Hazards..........................................................................................................................8-11 8.5 Emergency Management..................................................................................................... 8-12 8.6 Policies.................................................................................................................................. 8-13 9 Noise.......................................................................................................................9-1 9.1 Noise Measurement and Reporting......................................................................................9-2 9.2 Existing Noise Sources and Levels.......................................................................................9-3 9.3 Projected Noise Sources and Levels.....................................................................................9-6 9.4 Noise Exposure Standards....................................................................................................9-8 9.5 Policies.................................................................................................................................. 9-10 AppendixA: Implementation........................................................................................A-1 A.1 Responsibilities...................................................................................................................... A-2 A.2 The Plan and Regulatory System......................................................................................... A-7 A.3 Policies................................................................................................................................... A-8 A.4 Financing Strategies............................................................................................................ A-43 Appendix B: Special -Status Species............................................................................B-1 Appendix C: Cleanup Sites Status................................................................................0-1 FIGURES Figure1-1: Regional Location........................................................................................................1-7 Figure1-2: Lodi Planning Area......................................................................................................1-9 Figure2-1: Land Use Diagram.......................................................................................................2-8 Figure 3-1: Development Phases...................................................................................................3-6 Lodi's Urban Water Cycle...............................................................................................................3-9 Figure 3-2: Proposed Sewer Facilities........................................................................................ 3-15 Figure 3-3: Proposed Storm Drain Facilities..............................................................................3-19 Figure 3-4: Public Services..........................................................................................................3-26 Figure4-1: Urban Form..................................................................................................................4-4 Figure4-2: Urban Evolution...........................................................................................................4-5 Figure 4-3: Neighborhood Scale Structure Comparison.............................................................4-7 Figure 4-4: Community Design Framework..................................................................................4-8 Figure 4-5: Downtown Mixed Use District..................................................................................4-11 Figure4-6: Kettleman Lane......................................................................................................... 4-17 Figure4-7: Cherokee Lane...........................................................................................................4-18 Figure4-8: Lodi Avenue...............................................................................................................4-19 Figure4-9: Central Avenue..........................................................................................................4-21 Figure 4-10: Streetscape Concepts............................................................................................4-23 Figure 5-1: Road Improvements....................................................................................................5-7 Figure 5-2: General Plan Roadway System..................................................................................5-8 Figure 5-3: General Plan Bicycle System...................................................................................5-10 Correspondence between Required General Plan Elements and Figure 5-4: Existing Transit System............................................................................................5-13 theLodi General Plan................................................................................................1-10 Figure 6-1: Parks, Recreational Facilities, and Open Space.......................................................6-5 Existing Land Uses within City Limits, excluding White Slough..............................2-3 Figure7-1: Lodi Farmlands...........................................................................................................7-4 2-14 Figure 7-2: Lodi Habitats and Land Use..................................................................................... 7-10 Figure 7-3: Historic Resources.................................................................................................... 7-18 Figure 7-4: Regional Watersheds and Waterways..................................................................... 7-20 Figure 7-5: Conservation Easement Priority Location...............................................................7-34 2-18 Figure8-1: Flood Zones.................................................................................................................8-3 Figure 8-2: Potential Hazardous Materials Sites..........................................................................8-6 Figure 8-3: Airport Compatibility Zones.......................................................................................8-8 Figure8-4: Regional Faults..........................................................................................................8-10 Figure 9-1: Existing Noise Contours..............................................................................................9-5 Figure 9-2: Projected Noise Contours..........................................................................................9-7 TABLES Table 1-1: Correspondence between Required General Plan Elements and theLodi General Plan................................................................................................1-10 Table 2-1: Existing Land Uses within City Limits, excluding White Slough..............................2-3 Table 2-2: Standards for Density and Intensity of Development ............................................. 2-14 Table 2-3: Approved Development Projects.............................................................................. 2-16 Table 2-4: Potential Housing Units............................................................................................. 2-17 Table 2-5: Potential Population.................................................................................................. 2-17 Table 2-6: Potential Net New Non -Residential Development................................................... 2-18 Table 2-7: Historical Employment in San Joaquin County.......................................................2-21 Table 2-8: Number of Private Sector Employers in Lodi, by Industry......................................2-23 Table 2-9: Potential Employment...............................................................................................2-24 Table 3-1: Potential Planning Tools for Preserving Greenbelt Lands........................................3-4 Table 3-2: Development Potential by Phase................................................................................3-7 Table 3-3: Summary of Existing and Projected Average Daily Water Demand (million gallons per day)............................................................................................. 3-11 Table 3-4: Summary of Existing and Projected Wastewater Flows ......................................... 3-14 Table 3-5: Evaluation of Outfall Capacity.................................................................................. 3-16 Table 3-6: Infrastructure Phasing...............................................................................................3-22 Table 3-7: Lodi Unified School District Schools Located in the City of Lodi ..........................3-27 Table 3-8: Age Projections for San Joaquin County.................................................................3-29 Table 3-9: Projected New Lodi Unified School District Students............................................3-29 Table 5-1: Commute Travel for Lodi Residents (1990 and 2000) and Residents Statewide (2000)........................................................................................5-3 Table 5-2: Major Roadway Improvements...................................................................................5-6 Table 6-1: Existing Parks, Open Spaces, and Activity Facilities................................................6-4 Table 6-2: Other Parks and Open Spaces within the Planning Area.........................................6-6 Table 6-3: Existing Parks and Open Space, by Recreation Facilities and Services Offered ...6-8 Table 6-4: Planned Parks and Drainage Basins..........................................................................6-9 Table 6-5: Required Parks and Drainage Basin for Approved Development ...........................6-9 Table 6-6: General Plan Park Acreage and Ratios....................................................................6-10 Table 7-1: Land Use in Planning Area, by Farmland Map and Monitoring ProgramDesignation...................................................................................................7-3 Table 7-2: Crop Type Distribution................................................................................................7-3 Table 7-3: Habitat and Land Use Acreage for the Planning Area .............................................. 7-7 Table 7-4: San Joaquin County Multi -Species Conservation and Open -Space CHARTS Chart 2-1: Existing Land Uses within City Limits, Excluding White Slough..............................2-2 Chart 2-2: Jobs/Employed Residents Ratio..............................................................................2-24 Chart 5-1: Work Locations for Lodi Employed Residents..........................................................5-3 Chart 5-2: Residential Locations for Lodi Employees................................................................5-3 Plan Land Use Compensation Zones within the Planning Area...............................7-9 Table 7-5: Historic Properties in Lodi and Woodbridge........................................................... 7-17 Table 7-6: Top 10 Sources Criteria Pollutant Emissions...........................................................7-30 Table 7-7: Summary of Monitoring Data for the Nearest Stations to the Planning Area 2002-2006..........................................................................................7-32 Table 8-1: Solid Waste and/or Recycling Facilities and Landfill Sites inthe Planning Area....................................................................................................8-5 Table 9-1: Short -Term Community Noise Measurements for the Planning Area ......................9-4 Table 9-2: Community Noise Exposure Matrix............................................................................9-8 Table 9-3: Allowable Noise Exposure, Outdoor and Interior......................................................9-9 Table A-1: Implementation Matrix..............................................................................................A-10 Table B-1: Special -Status Species Potentially Occurring within the Planning Area ................ B-1 Table C-1: Leaking Underground Storage Tanks and Other Cleanup Sites, by Status ........... C-1 CHARTS Chart 2-1: Existing Land Uses within City Limits, Excluding White Slough..............................2-2 Chart 2-2: Jobs/Employed Residents Ratio..............................................................................2-24 Chart 5-1: Work Locations for Lodi Employed Residents..........................................................5-3 Chart 5-2: Residential Locations for Lodi Employees................................................................5-3 Lodi is a distinctive Central Valley community along the Mokelumne River, adjacent to the Sacramento Delta. It is a compact city surrounded by vineyards, with a revitalized downtown and attractive neighborhoods. Lodi is also a burgeoning center of wine production and tourism, with the local appellation increasingly gaining in prestige, especially for its zinfandels. Because of its charm and small-town atmosphere, Lodi remains the preferred residential choice for many residents of the greater San Joaquin County region, and an increasing draw for employers. This General Plan outlines a vision for Lodi's future, building on the city's assets, including its historic downtown, parks, arts and culture, and sense of community. With the wine industry increasingly vital to the city's economic sustenance and character, the General Plan promotes continued compact form and emphasizes preservation of surrounding agricultural and viticulture lands. Economic development, downtown vibrancy, revitalization of commercial corridors with a mix of uses, and creation of walkable neighborhoods are priorities, along with a commit- ment to a sustainable development pattern, ranging from overall city form to the design of buildings and open spaces. 1-1 Livable neighborhoods, with access to retail, public facilities, jobs, and parks, are priorities for both existing and future development areas. 1-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 1.1 PLANNING THEMES The General Plan presents eleven central planning themes, which were highlighted during the visioning phase and developed through discussions with community members. These themes are woven through- out the Plan and specified through policy measures. i. Compact Urban Form. The Plan enhances Lodi's compact urban form, promoting infill development downtown and along key corridors, while also out- lining growth possibilities directly adjacent to the existing urban edge. The City's overall form will be squarish, reinforcing the centrality of downtown, with virtually all new development located within three miles from it. a. Mokelumne River as the City's Northern Edge. The Lodi community has expressed a desire to see the river remain as the city's northern edge. The southern bank of the river (within the city) is occu- pied by residential uses and streets do not reach the river. Therefore, connectivity across the river to knit the urban fabric would be challenging if growth were to extend northward. 3. Enhanced Mixed -Use Centers and Corridors. The Plan designates downtown as a mixed-use center, with a mix of commercial and residential uses. Stretches of major commercial corridors are depicted with a mixed- use designation to enable continued investment in these areas and enhancement of vacant and underuti- lized parcels. 4. Walkable, Livable Neighborhoods. The Plan envi- sions new neighborhoods with a variety of uses, diversity of housing types, and short blocks, orga- nized around mixed-use centers. This pattern provides retail, housing, offices, parks, and other uses. 5. Street Connectivity and Urban Design. The Plan provides community design strategies for improving street connectivity, particularly in terms of access to downtown, neighborhoods, jobs, and shopping. 6. Preservation of Existing Neighborhoods. Existing development in a vast majority of the Planning Area is proposed to remain as is, in terms of land use and density. Lodi residents are proud of their vibrant neighborhoods. They enjoy the small-town charac- ter of the city and would like to ensure that Lodi's high quality -of -life is enhanced as the city grows. 7. Agricultural Preservation Along Southern Bound- ary. In order to preserve agriculture and maintain a clear distinction between Lodi and Stockton, the Plan acknowledges the Armstrong Road Agricul- tural/Cluster Study Area along the south edge of Lodi, from Interstate S (I -S) to State Route (SR) 99, and south to Stockton's Planning Area boundary. 8. Employment -Focused Development in the South- east. The area east of SR -99 toward the south is designated as a growth area for office, business park and commercial uses. This area has excellent regional access, and is adjacent to existing urban- ized areas. 9. Enhanced Bicycle and Pedestrian Connections. Lodi already has an expansive bicycle network and good pedestrian facilities, including sidewalks, signals, landscaping and street furniture, particu- larly downtown. Improvements to pedestrian and bicycle pathways in new and existing neighbor- hoods are identified in the General Plan. io. Recreation Path along Irrigation Canal Right -of - Way. The Woodbridge Irrigation District Canal runs through the city, passing through residential neighborhoods. A public recreation trail is envi- sioned to enable walking, jogging, and biking. it. Phasing Future Development. The Plan identifies urban reserve areas along the west and east edges of the city to provide additional area for development, if needed. These urban reserve areas ensure that the city conforms to its Growth Management Ordinance and grows at a reasonable rate. The Plan ensures that Lodi maintains its compact form, by preserving existing neighborhoods, enabling infill development, defining growth boundaries, and phasing development over time. CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1 1-3 1.2 SCOPE AND PURPOSE General Plan Purpose The General Plan governs all City actions relating to Lodi's physical development. The General Plan is mandated by and derives its authority from Califor- nia Government Code Section 65300, which requires each city and county in California to adopt a General Plan, "for the physical development of the county or city, and any land outside its boundaries which bears relation to its planning." The Lodi General Plan is a document adopted by the City Council that serves several purposes: • To outline a vision for Lodi's long-term physi- cal and economic development and community enhancement; • To provide strategies and specific implement- ing actions that will allow this vision to be accomplished; • To establish a basis for judging whether specific development proposals and public projects are in harmony with Plan policies and standards; • To allow City departments, other public agencies, and private developers to design projects that will enhance the character of the community, preserve and enhance critical environmental resources, and minimize hazards; and • To provide the basis for establishing and setting pri- orities for detailed plans and implementing pro- grams, such as the Zoning Ordinance, the Capital Improvements Program and facilities plans. State law requires that a variety of City actions be con- sistent with the General Plan so regular ongoing use of the Plan is essential. The Plan is both general and long- range; there will be circumstances and instances when detailed studies are necessary before Plan policies can be implemented. 1-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN General Plan Requirements A city's general plan has been described as its constitu- tion for development—the framework within which decisions must be made on how to grow, provide public services and facilities, and protect and enhance the environment. California's tradition of allowing local authority control over land use decisions means that the state's cities have considerable flexibility in preparing their general plans. However, State planning laws do establish basic requirements about the issues that general plans must address. The California Government Code establishes both the content of general plans and rules for their adoption and subsequent amendment. Together, State law and judicial decisions establish three overall guidelines for general plans. They should be: • Comprehensive. This requirement has two aspects. First, the General Plan must be geographically com- prehensive. That is, it must apply throughout the entire incorporated area and should include other areas that the City determines are relevant to its planning. Second, the general plan must address the full range of issues that affects the City's physical development. • Internally Consistent. This requirement means that the General Plan must fully integrate its sep- arate parts and relate them to each other without conflict. "Horizontal" consistency applies as much to figures and diagrams as to the general plan text. It also applies to data and analysis as well as policies. All adopted portions of the general plan, whether required by State law or not, have equal legal weight. None may supersede another, so the General Plan must resolve conflicts among the provisions of each element. • Long -Range. Because anticipated development will affect the city and the people who live or work there for years to come, State law requires every general plan to take a long-term perspective. The time horizon for this general plan is approximately 20 years. 1.3 PLAN PROCESS The Plan draws its ideas from many citizens, community groups, business owners, elected officials, and City staff who participated in decision-mak- ing during the update process. The maps and policies in this Plan are based on the need to accommodate a future population and employment base and the desire to be an ideal place to live, work, and play. The Plan will be used on an ongoing basis, since many City reg- ulations and actions are required by State law to be consistent with the General Plan. Public Participation Public participation was an essential component to the development of the Lodi General Plan. The update process was initiated in fall zoo6—Lodi's centennial year—to replace the i9gi General Plan. Community members and stakeholders participated in the planning process through several different medium over the course of three years. They formulated a vision, deter- mined future development patterns, and informed policy development, through the following participa- tion opportunities: • A mail -in survey sent to all residential addresses in the city; • Public workshops and meetings; • Stakeholder interviews and neighborhood meetings; • Workshops with the City Council and Planning Commission; • Presentations to organizations and neighborhood groups; • Newsletters; • Comments via e-mail; and • A project website. s Community members shared ideas and offered feedback on General Plan issues and policies during workshops and meetings. CHAPTER I: INTRODUCTION 1 1-5 City of Loll May - Interim analyses and products informed the development of the General Plan. 1-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Interim Documents As part of the General Plan update process, four working papers documenting existing conditions, trends, planning issues, and implications were prepared: • Working Paper #r: Land Use, Transportation, Environment, and Infrastructure provided a base- line of existing conditions in the city, focusing on its physical environment and built form. • Working Paper #2: Urban Design and Livability outlined qualities of Lodi that contribute to its liva- bility and which should be embodied in the future. • Working Paper #3: Growth and Economic Devel- opment Strategy presented growth trends, likely demand for various land uses—including retail demand by sector—and opportunities, challenges, and possibilities for their arrangement in Lodi's future. • Working Paper #4: Greenbelt Conservation Strat- egies focused on the issue of a greenbelt along the southern edge of the city, including its viability, size, location, and feasible implementation techniques and incentives. Following these analyses, three land use alternatives for future development and their transportation, infra- structure, and fiscal impacts were prepared in a Sketch Plan Report. The sketch plans presented a range of options to guide future development and intensification in Lodi, addressed goals for conservation, economic development, and walkable livable neighborhoods, and analyzed relative impacts on traffic and infrastructure. Finally, a preferred plan was selected based on the most desired portions of the sketch plans, following a community open house and meetings with citizen and business groups. The Preferred Plan was endorsed by the City's decision makers and became the starting point for the General Plan Land Use Diagram and associated policies. 1.4 REGIONAL LOCATION AND PLANNING BOUNDARIES Regional Location Located along the Mokelumne River, adjacent to the Sacramento River Delta, Lodi is situated in the San Joaquin Valley between Stockton, six miles to the south; Sacramento, 35 miles to the north; and along SR -99. The city is located on the main line of the Union Pacific Railroad and is within five miles of I -S via SR -12. Figure i -i illustrates the city's regional location. FIGURE 1-1: REGIONAL LOCATION Caliztoga tC Helen j NAPA' �. 9 Sonoma`-' I Napa 11 2 ��q, SONO Q K N-13 Va el A R I N '�- Hercules` larkspur I' on . . 1411 Valley `\ ^, Y O L O • � '� - Berk erk SACR'AK o Davis 'AMADOR Winters,, _ ti cis 4 1 ,crGali 88 P :t •n Daly Cl Dixon Bruno \ ' lannifig'\, �h Vacaville 1 "y 1 S 0 1 A N 0 1f 26 jj 9 Fairfield:a';�� e et,,A,t r, uisu 2 Ci a Rio larkspur I' on . . 1411 Valley `\ ^, EI Cer••�� • '� - Berk erk SACR'AK o .r 'AMADOR San cis 4 1 ,crGali 88 P :t •n Daly Cl S A NSan L no MATEO Bruno \ b Pleasa*Concord a q Hill i Clayton Brentwood 4 Walnut Creek 4 afayette C O N T R A C O S T A Danville -- an Ramon -/� t OTrac ` - uublin . 1 :leasentan i Aa -r ivermore and A LAM E DA o 10 20 40 MILES S A N J O A Q U I N t. Manteca 1 scalon P. L! A N I S L A U Modesto . `13 a CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1 1-7 50 PLACER Cr o �; 16 SACR'AK ENTa. 'AMADOR 9 Ione 4 1 ,crGali 88 P ------ ----• e- 2 .\ 2 ' lannifig'\, Area 1f 26 jj 9 I et,,A,t r, o 10 20 40 MILES S A N J O A Q U I N t. Manteca 1 scalon P. L! A N I S L A U Modesto . `13 a CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1 1-7 The city's western entrance from Highway 12. Planning Boundaries The General Plan must cover Lodi's adopted Sphere of Influence (SOI), as well as any land outside these bound- aries that is relevant to the city's planning. The Planning Area covers 79.4 square miles, or 50,827 acres. This land area is dominated by vineyards and agriculture. Devel- opment in the Planning Area is concentrated in the urbanized areas: within Lodi city limits and Wood- bridge—a community contiguous to Lodi and within Lodi's SOI; and in Flag City, an unincorporated com- mercial center at the junction of I-5 and SR -12. Figure 1-2 shows this Planning Area. Lodi's current (2oo8) SOI includes, in addition to Woodbridge, lands west and east of City limits where developments have been recently approved, as well as a small pocket in the northeast portion. Lodi's SOI covers 16.6 square miles, or io,623 acres of land. The city is largely flat, distinguished by Lodi Lake and the Mokelumne River that form the northern edge of the city. The White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility (White Slough) is located within City limits, but is separated from the urbanized area of Lodi. Lodi's incor- porated limits (exclusive of White Slough) encompass an area of about 12 square miles. A view toward the northwest corner of Lodi and the town of Woodbridge shows Lodi Lake and the Mokelumne River—the city's northern boundary. 1-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 0 2 3 MILES 1.5 PLAN ORGANIZATION General Plan Structure State law mandates that general plans include seven elements: Land Use, Circulation, Open Space, Con- servation, Noise and Safety, and Housing. Elements for other topics of local concern may also be included. This General Plan includes all mandated and two optional elements: Growth Management, and Community Design and Livability. Topics related to sustainabil- ity are woven throughout the Plan. For example energy efficiency is discussed in the Conservation Element and green building is discussed in the Community Design and Livability Element. The Housing Element is updated every five to seven years, per State requirements, and therefore is included as an appendix. An implemen- tation program is also included as an appendix. Table i -i illustrates how the nine elements are arranged. Organization of the Elements Each chapter of this General Plan includes brief back- ground ackground information to establish the context for the policies in the chapter. This background material is not a comprehensive statement of existing conditions nor does it contain any adopted information, unless noted otherwise, such as with land use classifications. (Readers interested in a comprehensive understanding of issues related to a particular topic should refer to the working papers described in Section 1.3.) This back- ground ackground information is followed by guiding policies and implementing policies: • Guiding policies are the City's statements of broad direction, philosophy, or standards to be achieved. • Implementing policies are specific statements that guide decision making. They may refer to existing programs or development standards or call for estab- lishment of new ones. Together, these policies articulate a vision for Lodi that the General Plan seeks to achieve. They also provide pro- tection for the city's resources by establishing planning requirements, programs, standards, and criteria for project review. Numbering System Policies are organized using a two-part numbering system. The first part refers to the element and the second is the order in which the policies appear, with a letter designation to distinguish guiding policies (G) and implementing policies (P). For example, the first guiding policy in the Land Use Element is numbered LU-Gi and the first implementing policy is LU -Pi. Thus, each policy in the Plan has a discrete number for easy reference. TABLE 1-1: CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN REQUIRED GENERAL PLAN ELEMENTS AND THE LODI GENERAL PLAN STATE MANDATED/OPTIONAL ELEMENT LOCATION IN THE LODI GENERAL PLAN Land Use Chapter 2: Land Use Circulation Chapter 5: Transportation Open Space Chapter 6: Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Conservation Chapter 7: Conservation Safety Chapter 8: Safety Noise Chapter 9: Noise Housing Chapter 10: Housing Community Design and Livability (optional) Chapter 4: Community Design and Livability Growth Management and Infrastructure (optional) Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure 1-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 1.6 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN The General Plan is intended to be a dynamic document. As such, it may be subject to amendments over time to address site-specific or comprehensive needs, to respond to changes in State of Federal law, or to modify policies that may become obsolete or unrealistic over time. Amendments to the General Plan State law limits the number of times a jurisdiction can amend its general plan to no more than four times per year, although each amendment may include more than one change. However, this restriction does not apply to amendments that update optional elements (such as Growth Management or Community Design and Liva- bility); allow for the development of affordable housing; or comply with a court decision. Annual Report The California Government Code requires that City staff submit an annual report to the City Council on the status of the General Plan and progress in its implemen- tation. This report is also submitted to the Governor's Office of Planning and Research and the Depart- ment of Housing and Community Development. It must include an analysis of the progress in meeting the City's share of regional housing needs and local efforts to remove governmental constraints to maintenance, improvement, and development of affordable housing. In addition, any mitigation monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by the California Environ- mental Quality Act should be addressed in the annual report because they are closely tied to plan implementa- tion. Finally, the report should include a summary of all general plan amendments adopted during the preceding year, a description of upcoming projects or general plan issues to be addressed in the coming year, and a work program and budget. CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION 1 1-11 Page intentionally left blank. 1-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN How the city uses its land to meet the needs of both residents and business interests is central to the General Plan. This Plan seeks to accommodate anticipated population expansion, while maintaining the city's small-town identity and compact form, and providing for economic growth. The Land Use Element summarizes the city's existing land use pattern; establishes a General Plan land use classification system; describes development potential; and provides land use and economic development strategies. To maintain flexibility in the face of changing and unpredictable market conditions, the General Plan accommodates a range of potential economic conditions, by identifying a phasing strategy for growth. While the details of this concept are discussed in Chapter 3: Growth Manage- ment and Infrastructure, a summary of this phased approach and the resulting development potential are reported in Section 2.3. 2-1 2.1 CURRENT LAND USE PATTERN Overview Lodi's current land uses are arranged in an overall pattern defined by Lodi's historic growth. Like many early farming communities, the city first developed along the Oakland -Sacramento Central Pacific Railroad when the Town of Mokelumne, as the city was origi- nally called, was founded in 1869. Stores developed on the west side of the railroad around Sacramento, Pine, and Elm streets, and a flour mill anchored the east side at Main at Locust streets. Industrial uses continued to grow around the rail lines, and commercial uses around the railroad depot, where downtown is today. Residen- tial areas developed in piecemeal in the areas between the central industrial and commercial core and the outlying agricultural lands. Over time, commercial development stretched out along corridors—such as Kettleman and Cherokee lanes— with residential development emerging between them. Industries located along the Union Pacific Railroad and its spurs, and later expanded eastward, in the area now extending between SR -99 and the Central California Traction Railroad. In recent years, larger retail estab- lishments have developed along the western portion of Kettleman Lane. Residential use dominates the urban area, with some historic neighborhoods near downtown, and newer subdivisions spread between commercial corridors and extending west and south to the city's edge. Underuti- lized and vacant lands form a transitioning edge along the southern, western, and eastern perimeter of the city, but in the z000s began filling up with new develop- ments. Beyond the City limits, prime agricultural lands surround the city and contribute to its economy. Lodi today contains diverse land uses, quiet neighbor- hoods, and reputable vineyards. Its land use pattern is also characterized by multiple commercial corridors; public uses, including parks, schools, hospitals, and places of worship; and established residential neighbor- hoods with a diverse architectural palette, from historic to contemporary. With its compact form, vibrant historic downtown, and industrial employment base 2-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN with emphasis on wine and food industries, Lodi has distinguished itself from other towns and cities in the San Joaquin Valley. Land Use Distribution Major land uses in Lodi's city limits (excluding White Slough, streets and other rights of way) are residential (50%); public and quasi -public including schools (130/o); industrial (12%); commercial, including retail and office (9%); vacant land (7%); miscellaneous land, including County, State, and parking areas (6%); agriculture and wineries (1%), utilities (<1%), and mixed -uses (<1%), as shown in Chart 2-1 and Table 2-1. CHART 2-1: EXISTING LAND USES WITHIN CITY LIMITS, EXCLUDING WHITE SLOUGH Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2007. TABLE 2-1: EXISTING LAND USES WITHIN CITY LIMITS, EXCLUDING WHITE SLOUGH EXISTING LAND USE ACRES Residential 2,796 Single -Family 2,339 Duplex 101 Multi -Family 289 Mobile Homes 46 Senior Housing 20 Agriculture 55 Agriculture 48 Vineyard 7 Commercial 526 Hotels/Motels 19 Commercial 298 General Commercial/Shopping Center 103 Office 82 Medical Office, Clinics, Hospitals 25 Mixed Use 31 Industrial 693 Light Industrial 500 Heavy Industrial 181 Storage/Warehouse 12 Public/Quasi-Public 757 Public/Quasi-Public and Parks/Open Space 463 Schools 294 Other 781 Utilities 38 Miscellaneous (County, State, parking lots) 328 Vacant 416 Total 5,639 Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2007. Lodi's variety of land uses contribute to the city's identity and livability. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-3 Single-family homes are the predominant housing types found in Lodi. Commercial uses (middle) are typically located along the city's major cor- ridors. Offices are more limited and are scattered throughout the city; still, Lodi Memorial Hospital (bottom) is one of the city's largest employers. 2-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Residential Uses Residential uses represent 2,796 acres or about 50% of total land area. A large proportion of residential land area in the city (84%) is devoted to single-family housing units. Multi -family housing composes ro% of the land area, duplexes compose 4%, and mobile homes and senior housing composes the remaining 2% and i% of the residential land area, respectively. According to the California Department of Finance (DOF), Lodi had a population of 63,362 living in 23,353 housing units in 2008. Non -Residential Uses Industrial Uses After residential, industrial is the next major land use in Lodi, accounting for 693 acres, or 12% of the city's land area. Large industrial users are located at Turner Road and South Mills Avenue, and scattered east of SR -99. The area east of SR -99 is also interspersed with warehouses and large vacant parcels. Along the railroad between Cherokee Avenue and Main Street, there are smaller industrial uses, small vacant parcels and residential lots. Commercial Uses Overall, commercial use accounts for 9% of Lodi's urbanized land area, with 5z6 acres. Of this, small or mid-sized commercial is the most dominant subcate- gory at z98 acres, or 5% of Lodi's total land use. General commercial and shopping centers compose 103 acres (2%) and hotels/motels i9 acres (less than i% each). Commercial uses are concentrated in downtown and along several major corridors, including Kettleman Lane, Cherokee Lane, and Lodi Avenue. Office and Medical Facilities Offices and medical facilities occupy only a small portion of Lodi's land area, totaling 8z and z5 acres of land area, respectively (each less than t% of the land area). This low proportion is not surprising given that few major employers in Lodi are in the services, finance, and insurance sectors. Offices are concentrated in four areas: downtown, Kettleman Lane, Ham Lane, and the industrial zone on the east side of the city. In terms of medical facilities, Lodi Memorial Hospital is one of the largest employers in Lodi and the 14th largest employer in San Joaquin County.' The private not-for-profit hospital has two campuses and various facilities clustered around Ham Lane and South Fairmont Avenue, comprised of the hospital, clinics, medical offices, and laboratories. Moreover, the Blue Shield call center in the southeast portion of the city represents an expansion of office uses and may serve as a driver for other employment uses in this area. Mixed- Use Mixed-use developments, for the purposes of discus- sion here, are those with a combination of residential, retail, and/or office uses within the same parcel. In Lodi, mixed-use development usually encompasses retail or office use on the first floor, and residential or office use on the second floor. In total, mixed-use developments make up 31 acres (less than i%) of the city, mostly in downtown. Agriculture Lodi wines and grapes are the pride of the region, but most agriculture activity takes place outside city limits. Agricultural uses encompass 55 acres (1%) of the City's incorporated limits; virtually all of this land is located in the newly annexed areas that have proposed or approved plans for urban development. Public and Quasi -Public Uses Public and quasi -public uses compose 757 acres (13%) of Lodi's urbanized land area. This is a reasonable pro- portion, given that Lodi is foremost a residential city, and requires services provided by pubic and quasi -pub- lic entities. Among all public uses, schools are the most dominant, comprising a total of 294 acres, or 5% of the city's land area. Many of the civic and public uses can be found in or around downtown, including the City Hall, public library, main police station, train station, Hutchins Street Square, and post office. Mundie & Associates, zoo7. Ceftadeed 0 Most industrial uses are located east of SR -99. Mixed-use developments (bottom) and civic uses (middle) are concentrated in and around Lodi's downtown. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-5 Vacant sites are often found along the Union Pacific Railroad tracks in the industrial area east of SR -99. Utilities and Infrastructure Excluding roads, highways, and other rights of way, infrastructure and utilities constitute less than 1% of the city's urbanized land area. These uses include elec- trical power towers and railroad buffers. Most of these are interspersed amongst industrial uses along the railroad lines. Vacant Approximately 416 acres of vacant land may be found within the city limits, representing 7% of the total land area. Downtown captures Lodi's history and identity, but also contains opportunities for redevelopment. 2-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 2.2 LAND USE FRAMEWORK Integrating the guiding principles outlined in Chapter I: Introduction with existing development in the city results in a compact and coherent land use framework. This framework includes a land use diagram and classification system. Overall, the General Plan designates 2.,2,64 acres of new urban area (including parks and open space), with an additional I,26o acres designated as Urban Reserve. The Plan also focuses infill development efforts on 673 acres, in and around downtown and along the city's existing corridors. Within these areas, approximately 64 net acres have been identified for redevelopment. Land Use Diagram The Land Use Diagram in Figure z -I illustrates the land use framework, serving as a graphic representation of the themes and policies in the Plan. It designates the general location, distribution, and extent of land uses. The diagram is to be used and interpreted only in conjunc- tion with the text and other figures contained in the Plan. The legend of the diagram includes the land use classifica- tions described in the section below, which represents an adopted component of the Plan. The diagram highlights several concepts: a mixed-use downtown, major commercial and mixed-use corridors, and office and industrial development east of SR -99. Res- idential development continues to compose the majority of the city, at a range of density levels. While the majority of new residential development will be single-family detached housing, higher density units—in the form of small -lot detached homes, townhouses and multifamily development—will comprise a larger share of residential options in the future. Medium- and some high-den- sity housing is planned for highly accessible areas—near transit, commercial corridors, and downtown, and in and near mixed-use centers. Parks, schools, and other public facilities are dispersed throughout the city, but co -located with new mixed-use centers, to ensure a high level of accessibility to public services. New neighborhoods will have a range of housing types, focused around mixed-use centers, enabling children to walk to schools and residents to easily access stores and services. Land Use Classification This section specifies the uses that are permitted in each land use category. Density and intensity standards are also established for each classification. Residen- tial density is expressed as housing units per net acre (excluding existing and proposed public streets and other rights of way). The range for each residential classi- fication defines both minimum and maximum density. Non-residential development intensity is expressed as floor area ratio (FAR), which describes the ratio of gross floor area to site area. FAR is a broad measure of building bulk and is defined as a maximum for each classification. FLOOR AREA RATIO FAR expresses the ratio of building square footage to land square footage. For example, a FAR of 2.0 means that for every square foot of land, a developer may build two square feet of building. However, this example does not necessitate a two-story building that covers the entire lot. This FAR illustration describes different ways that a building can be con- structed while meeting the FAR requirement. Within each set of examples, the building square footages and FAR values are equal, but the building footprints and heights change. (Note that this illustration does not account for additional setback and lot coverage requirements, described in the Zoning Ordinance.) FLOOR AREA RATIOS 0.5 1.0 1.5 CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-7 � � ■ «r � 0 = E G 2 .\. � �£ \^.... AS! ..y gra@ will ] ho 01 . ....... ..... .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... .......... 13 CIO m Residential classifications accommodate a range of density levels, but single-family housing will continue to be the predominate housing type. 2-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Residential In addition to densities stipulated below, the Zoning Ordinance may specify FARs for residential develop- ment in some areas, such as traditional neighborhoods around downtown, to ensure compatibility of housing size to lot size and overall neighborhood development pattern. Residential density ranges overlap across clas- sifications in order to allow for some flexibility in housing type. Low -Density Residential This classification is intended for residential develop- ments at densities of two to eight units per acre. This density is typical of old and new single-family neigh- borhoods with detached homes, such as Old Lodi and Sunwest. Most existing housing in Lodi falls under this category and the majority of new residen- tial development will continue to be built within this density range. Medium -Density Residential This classification is intended for residential develop- ments at densities ranging from eight to zo units per acre. This density range accommodates a variety of housing types, including detached or attached (townhomes) sin- gle-family houses, and two or three-story multifamily units. This type of housing exists in the eastern neigh- borhoods, along Church Street, south of Kettleman Lane. Within new growth areas of the General Plan, Medium -Density Residential is planned between sin- gle-family neighborhoods and higher density housing in the Mixed -Use Centers, providing a smooth transi- tion between districts and uses. This designation is also applied east and northwest of downtown to define areas where reinvestment of medium -density housing should be prioritized. High -Density Residential This classification is intended for residential develop- ment at densities of 15 to 35 units per acre. This density range includes townhomes and stacked multi -family housing, which due to their higher density concentra- tion may provide more affordable rental and ownership housing opportunities as well as lifestyle options. This type of development in Lodi is generally dispersed around downtown and along Kettleman Lane. Within new growth areas of the General Plan, High -Density Residential is strategically located near parks, public facilities and Mixed -Use Centers, supporting these amenities and the development of new neighborhoods. This designation is also applied to a small area just east of downtown to define where reinvestment in high-den- sity housing should be prioritized. Commercial, Office, and Industrial These non-residential designations describe a range of intensities and uses for commercial, office, and indus- trial uses. This range provides land area for different types and sizes of users, in a way that is compatible with surrounding development. General Commercial The classification provides sites for retail uses, including citywide shopping centers with off-street parking, neigh- borhood shopping with clusters of street -front stores, and hotels. This category includes large -parcel retail uses around Lower Sacramento Road and Kettleman Lane and highway -oriented commercial development near the exits of SR -99, as well as smaller -scale retail uses, including around the intersection of Vine Street and Central Avenue. The maximum FAR for this desig- nation is o.6. Office This classification describes administrative, financial, business, professional, and medical offices, including Lodi Memorial Hospital. Support commercial uses are also permitted, subject to limitations described in the Zoning Ordinance. The maximum FAR for this desig- nation is o.6. Business Park This classification is intended for office activities that generate high employment yield per acre. It accom- modates campus -like environments for a corporate Commercial and office classifications allow for large and small businesses. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-11 Industrial activities including distribution, manufacturing, and ware- housing, tend to be clustered on the east side of Lodi. The General Plan continues this trend. 2-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN headquarters and other office parks. This category includes the Blue Shield call center and designated sites in the southeast portion of the city for new employment opportunities. This designation may also provide for light industrial and production facilities such as Lustre - Cal. The maximum FAR for this designation is t.o. Industrial The Industrial classification includes a mix of heavy manufacturing, warehousing, general service, storage, and distribution activities. This category includes the General Mills factory and existing uses along the railroad and east of SR -99. Industrial sites are available within and adjacent to the existing cluster of industrial uses in the east side of the city. The maximum FAR for this designation is o.6. Mixed -Use Downtown Mixed Use Downtown Mixed Use is intended for a variety of commercial, office, public, and medium- and high- density residential uses on infill sites in the vicinity of Lodi's downtown. This classification encompasses an expanded downtown area, across the railroad tracks and extending past Main Street. This designation seeks to enable improved connections and coherence, but does not seek to expand downtown to the Eastside neighbor- hood; rather, the Eastside is expected to maintain its own character. Retail uses or eating and drinking establishments are required at the ground level (see Chapter 4: Community Design and Livability for specified sites). This category will maintain the mix, scale and character of downtown development, while providing opportunities for redevel- opment of vacant, and underutilized sites. The maximum FAR for this designation is 3.0, which includes all residen- tial and non-residential uses combined. At this intensity all parking is expected to be provided offsite; if on-site parking is provided, lower development intensities, as specified in the Zoning Ordinance, would be allowed. Mixed Use Corridor The Mixed -Use Corridor classification includes a variety of office and general commercial uses, as well as low-, medium-, and high-density residential along the city's major corridors: Kettleman and Cherokee lanes and Lodi Avenue. This category allows for somewhat more intensive development along these corridors to take advantage of vacant and underutilized sites and provide shopping and services to residents in highly accessible corridors. The maximum FAR for this designation is 1.2. Mixed Use Center This classification identifies new mixed-use neighbor- hood centers in the new growth areas of the General Plan. This category provides for a variety of residential, office, neighborhood commercial, and public uses. A minimum of to% of the building area in each Mixed Use Center shall be composed of non-residential uses. Section 2.3: Development Potential identifies "Mixed Use Residential" units, which comprise medium- and high-density housing. Each of the three Mixed Use Centers identified in the Land Use Diagram are located near a park and school site, creating a true neighborhood center. The maximum FAR is i.o and the maximum height is 40 feet. Mixed-use development classifications accommodate a vertical and horizontal mix of uses downtown, along major corridors, and in new Mixed Use Centers. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-13 Public and Open Space Public/Quasi-Public This classification is applied to properties owned by government entities or quasi -public users. This designa- tion includes government facilities, public and private schools, and libraries. Two placeholders are shown for a K-6 school and a potential site for a college campus on Figure 2-I. The maximum FAR for this designation is I.O. Parks/Open Space This classification is intended for all parks and open spaces. This designation includes improved and unim- proved parks, recreation complexes, trails, drainage basins, and cemeteries. Urban Reserve (Phase 3) The Plan identifies Urban Reserve areas (also referred to as Phase 3 development) to provide additional area for development, if sufficient capacity to accommodate growth in the initial phases is not available. Along the western edge of the city, the Urban Reserve designation represents future land area for residential and commer- cial land use. (Although specific land uses have not been delineated on the Land Use Diagram, land use mixes will be similar to the new land area designated just to the east and described later in this chapter). Along the eastern edge, the Urban Reserve designation provides additional area for industrial uses, taking advantage of railroad and highway access. Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area This overlay designation is intended to maintain a clear distinction between Lodi and Stockton. In coordina- tion with relevant public agencies and property owners, the City will continue to study this designation area to determine a strategy to meet this objective. Potential strategies are identified in Table 3-I of Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure. 2-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Summary of Density and Intensity Table 2-2 provides a summary of density and intensity standards in the General Plan. TABLE 2-2: STANDARDS FOR DENSITY AND INTENSITY OF DEVELOPMENT LAND USE CLASSIFICATION RESIDENTIAL DENSITY (DU/AC) MAXIMUM FAR Residential Low -Density Residential 2-8 n/a Medium -Density Residential 8-20 n/a High -Density 15-35 n/a Commercial, Office, and Industrial General Commercial n/a 0.6 Office n/a 0.6 Business Park n/a 1.0 Industrial n/a 0.6 Mixed -Use Downtown Mixed Use 8-35 3.0 Mixed Use Corridor 2-35 1.2 Mixed Use Center 8-35 1.0 2.3 DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL Development potential is calculated based on assump- tions of new commercial and residential development that could be built under the General Plan land use designation and densities/intensities. These assump- tions enable calculation of projected population and employment, and allow the City to plan for growth and infrastructure accordingly. Development potential is reported by phase as shown in the graphic below. These phases are discussed in more detail in Chapter 3: Growth Management, but are summarized here: • Phase i represents a reasonable level of development given current market conditions and recent trends. This phase includes: approved and under construc- tion development projects; infill development and redevelopment downtown, along the City's major corridors, and in the eastern industrial areas; new growth areas just south of Harney Lane and around the Kettleman and Harney lane interchanges of SR -99. • Phase z represents the next most contiguous areas that will be made available once the land area depicted in Phase i has been largely built out. This phase includes the areas just west of the western city limits and in the southeastern portion of the city, between SR -99 and the Central California Traction (CCT) Railroad line. • Phase 3 (Urban Reserve) represents the maximum land area that may needed over the course of the General Plan planning period and meets the requirements of the City's Growth Management Ordinance. This phase includes the farthest extent of the General Plan Land Use Diagram, along the western edge of the city to the elongated Moore Road and along the eastern edge to Curry Avenue. — Phase I — Phase 11 Phase III ......•••• Urban Reserve ....... Sphere of Influence (2008) — City Limits (2008) Sao a�a, io vz 1 z MI'• CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-15 Recently completed and approved projects in Lodi are expanding develop- ment at the urban edge. TABLE 2-3: APPROVED DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS Recently Approved Development Existing development trends are included in the overall development potential of the General Plan. While Lodi's growth in recent years has been incremental on generally smaller parcels, the scale of the most recent major devel- opment projects—including the Southwest Gateway Project, Westside Project, and Blue Shield/Reynolds Ranch—is unprecedented in the city's history. Table 2-3 describes recently approved development projects. PROJECT NAME FCB Westside HOUSING UNITS 773 COMMERCIAL (SF) - HOTELS (ROOMS) - OFFICE (SF) - PUBLIC/ SCHOOLS (ACRES) 10 PARK/ BASIN (ACRES) 25 FCB SW Gateway 1,363 - - - 14 27 Legacy Homes 217 - - - - - Kirst Estates 65 - - - - - Century Meadows One 129 - - - - - BSC/ Reynolds Ranch 1,084 700,000 104 268,000 - 21 KB Homes Villas 80 - - - - - Hampton & Holiday Inns - - 190 - - - Total 3,711 700,000 294 268,000 24 73 Source: City of Lodi, 2008. 2-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN General Plan Development Potential Residential Phase i of the General Plan accommodates approxi- mately 4,40o new housing units, as shown in Table 2-4. Low-density housing (primarily single-family detached units) continues to be the most prevalent housing type under the General Plan, comprising nearly half of all housing units. Medium -density housing constitutes 27% of all housing; mixed-use developments represent zo%; and high-density units represent 7%. Notably, the higher density housing represents a more efficient use of land: although the high-density and mixed-use res- idential units represent 27% of all units, the land area allocated for these units only compose 8% of total res- idential acres. By comparison, low-density housing comprises 70% of total residential acres. An additional 5,700 units could be developed in phases z and 3. Phase z would include a similar mix of res- idential densities, while Phase 3 is assumed to include primarily low-density housing with some medium - density housing in appropriate areas. In sum, existing housing units, approved development projects, and net new units could result in 37,20o housing units. Population Phase i of the General Plan could add iu,40o new residents to Lodi. An additional 5,000 and io,000 residents could be expected if Phase z and Phase 3 were developed, respectively. Accounting for the current pop- ulation as well as new residents anticipated from recently approved projects, the General Plan could result in 99,500 residents, representing an annual growth rate of z% (see Table z-5). This potential meets the maximum population permissible under the City's Growth Man- agement Ordinance. TABLE 2-4: POTENTIAL HOUSING UNITS PHASE HOUSING UNITS Phase 1 4,400 Low -Density 2,000 Medium -Density 1,200 High -Density 300 Mixed Use Residential 900 Phase 2 1,900 Phase 3 (Urban Reserve) 3,800 Approved Projects 3,711 Existing (2008) 23,353 Total General Plan 37,200 Total does not sum exactly due to rounding. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; DOF, 2008. TABLE 2-5: POTENTIAL POPULATION PHASE POPULATION Phase 1 11,400 Phase 2 5,000 Phase 3 (Urban Reserve) 10,000 Approved Projects 9,700 Existing (2008) 63,400 Total General Plan 99,500 Total does not sum exactly due to rounding. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; DOF, 2008. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-17 Non -Residential Table 2-6 summarizes net new development, by land use. Business Park and Industrial represent the largest non-residential land uses, with proposed development concentrated on the eastern portion of the city. Across all three phases, the Plan accommodates 7.3 million square feet of industrial development, 5.6 million square feet of office development, and 4.2 million square feet of com- mercial development (primarily General Commercial with some Neighborhood Commercial in Mixed -Use Centers). In addition, approximately 35o hotel rooms are included on the General Commercial square footage area. Areas identified for mixed-use development on the Land Use Diagram are broken down and reflected in the General Commercial, Neighborhood Commercial and Business Park designations in the table below. Parks and drainage basins total zio acres, resulting in a combined ratio of eight acres of open space per 1,000 new residents. This ratio is consistent with the standard set in the 1991 General Plan and the 1994 Parks Master Plan. Acreage for Public/Schools totals to 67 acres, allowing for five schools serving Kindergarten through eighth grade and other public facilities. (A generalized location for an additional Kindergarten through sixth grade school site is shown near Central Avenue and East Poplar Street, but is not reflected in the table.) 2.4 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Lodi's economic base has historically been concen- trated on agriculture and manufacturing. Agriculture is a natural result of the city's location in one of the most fertile areas in the world. Manufacturing businesses have been attracted by the city's relatively inexpensive elec- tricity, coupled with excellent access to transportation routes and facilities as well as a location that is central to the markets of the western United States. Today, tourism is a growing sector of the basic economy as well: visitors are attracted primarily by Lodi's premium wine industry. Finally, local -serving activities—primarily retail trade, services of all types, and local government (including education)—complement the basic activities and comprise the major part of the Lodi economy. While most economic development activity occurs in the private sector, the City can work to: ensure City policies do not impede the needs of businesses to move or expand; facilitate and act as a catalyst for develop- ment in strategic market segments, especially those that may spur other activities or provide fiscal benefits; coor- dinate and provide for infrastructure improvements; and generate revenue to support community develop- ment objectives. TABLE 2-6: POTENTIAL NET NEW NON-RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT LAND USE PHASE 1 PHASE 2 PHASE 3 TOTAL Business Park (sf) 1,099,000 3,474,000 0 4,572,000 Office (sf) 580,000 65,000 380,000 1,025,000 General Commercial (sf) 3,127,000 246,000 559,000 3,932,000 Neighborhood Commercial (sf) 134,000 65,000 47,000 245,000 Industrial (sf) 3,089,000 2,012,000 2,220,000 7,322,000 Parks and Open Spaces (acre) 75 55 80 210 Public/Quasi-Public (acre) 23 14 30 67 Total does not sum exactly due to rounding. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009. 2-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Economic Sustainability and Growth Opportunities The General Plan seeks to provide balanced land uses that generate adequate revenue to pay for the cost of services provided. A combination of office, retail, and visitors services and attractions, provide a range of jobs for local workers and revenue streams for the City government. The new growth areas provide land for potential large employment opportunities, akin to the Blue Shield call center or for industrial users. High- way -adjacent commercial designations may attract commercial users who favor highway accessibility. Smaller businesses and specialty stores are accommo- dated along the city's existing corridors, downtown, and in the new Mixed -Use Centers. As a long-term planning document, the General Plan may span several local and economic cycles of growth and retrenchment. The Plan does not attempt to respond to the current economy; rather it seeks to provide a framework for logical growth and a balance of land uses. In particular, the multi -faceted land use approach will allow the city to be flexible and resilient as market conditions change. Retail According to the State Board of Equalization, the number of retail outlets in Lodi has increased during the past decade, particularly from the addition of res- taurants, auto dealers and suppliers, home furnishing stores, and other specialty stores. When the number of retail outlets in Lodi increase, so do the value of taxable sales, suggesting that the existing and evolving retail offerings continue to appeal to Lodi residents and/or visitors. Lodi will face retail competition not only from the existing developments within the city, but also from shopping centers in north Stockton and expanding retail development in Elk Grove and other communi- ties along SR -99. These new centers will be substantially supported by the residents of those communities, but will also look to the greater region, including Lodi, for added customers. Lodi's ability to compete and attract regional retailing, including apparel and specialty Retail and tourism represent two major opportunities for economic devel- opment. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-19 stores, will depend on not only on the amount of market support available from existing and new households, but also on the locations of available sites and the speed/ease of the approval process. Tourism Wine -Related With the emergence of Lodi as a premium wine grape region, the city has the potential to attract increased visitor activity, which could in turn help to strengthen the local economy. Visitors support the hotel/motel sector along with dining establishments and, potentially, specialty stores that provide an attractive recreational shopping experience that is one element of a weekend getaway. The Lodi region is increasingly attractive to Central Valley residents who desire a wine -oriented getaway but are put off by the traffic congestion on routes that would take them to the Napa Valley, as well as others from the Bay Area. The meeting and concert facilities at Hutchins Street Square are another draw. Background studies for the General Plan postulate that if Lodi could attract one-eighth of the visitor spending that the Napa Valley does, spending would amount to about $115 million per year.z To support the increased hotel needs, the General Plan accommodates 35o new hotel rooms, bringing the total number of rooms in the city to approximately 975 (including approved/under construction hotels). However, tourism related to agricultural activity, including wine grapes and wine tasting, is highly seasonal: peak seasons are in the fall, during the crush and, to a lesser degree, during the spring when the weather is nice and the grapes are beginning to show on the vines. In addition, visitor activity exhibits a cycle of intense activity on the weekends and significantly less activity on weekdays. These extremes of peak and off-peak visitation by season and by weekday and weekend create formidable challenges for visitor accommodations and for restaurants that cater to the visitor market. Napa County Conference and Visitors Bureau and Purdue Tourism and Hospitality Research Center, Napa County Economic Impact Study, An Executive Report, March 2oo6 and City of Lodi General Plan Update, Working Paper #3: Growth & Economic Development Strategy, July 2007. 2-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Other Attractions Maintaining an attractive downtown, and strength- ening the retail base of downtown, and presenting a welcoming atmosphere are also keys to fostering tourism. Lodi must not only attract visitors, it must entice them to stay overnight and to spend money within the City for tourism to be an effective economic and fiscal tool. Pro- gramming at Hutchins Street Square could contribute to this effort, but the level of activity/number of perfor- mances would have to increase for the facility itself to become a more powerful destination for out-of-town- ers. In addition, the Grape Bowl, Softball Complex, the proposed DeBenedetti Park, and the City's other sports complexes are prime facilities for athletic tournaments. Such events could attract new visitors and families to Lodi, who would be staying in hotels, eating in restau- rants, and enjoying Lodi's visitor facilities. Office/Industrial Continued vitality of the wine grape industry, avail- ability of affordable power, and access to transportation will support Lodi's efforts in attracting business. The General Plan designates new office and industrial parcels for development east of SR -99. The City should focus its economic development efforts in the office and industrial sectors on companies that have some func- tional relationship to Lodi's existing economy with (e.g. plastics companies, food processing) or on companies that require a central California location but do not find Stockton or Sacramento appealing. Blue Shield's decision to remain in Lodi, moving to a larger facility, reinforces the importance of a reliable power supply and a steady labor force. Attracting a regional headquarters of a large company could have the dual benefit of creating jobs while also enabling hotel development and occupancy. Larger busi- nesses require regular visits from associated suppliers, clients, and company personnel located in other cities. The promise of business trip -related activity would help a hotel/motel justify a new location in an area where tourism is a highly seasonal activity. Regional Industries and Employment Recent Trends According to the California Employment Develop- ment Department (EDD), in San Joaquin County, the number of jobs increased by 32% during the 15 -year period between 1992 and 2007 (see Table 2-7). Sectors that accounted for the greatest shares of total employ- ment in 2,007 were trade, transportation and utilities (17%) and government (i4%). The sectors that gained the greatest numbers of jobs countywide during the 15 -year period were construc- tion (+9,00o jobs), professional and business services (+8,300 jobs), education and health services (+8,100 jobs), retail trade (+7,90o jobs), and transportation/ warehousing/ utilities (+6,60o jobs). Leisure and hos- pitality (which includes arts/entertainment/recreation, accommodations, and food services/drinking places) TABLE 2-7: HISTORICAL EMPLOYMENT IN SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY and government also gained substantial numbers of employees (+5,700). Farming activities saw the greatest decrease in jobs, declining by 19% (-12,200 jobs). The only nonfarm industrial sector that lost employment during this period was manufacturing (-60o jobs, or about 3% of the total in 1992). This loss was shared by durable goods (which includes plastics, a significant contributor to Lodi's economy; -loo jobs, or 1%) and nondurable goods (which includes food processing, another significant contributor to Lodi's economy; -500 jobs, or about 4%). Projections The San Joaquin Council of Government (SJCOG) projects that the County will have nearly 289,500 jobs by 2030. This would represent a 31% increase over 2,007 employment. JOBS, BY TYPE 1992 2007 % OF TOTAL IN 2007 % CHANGE, 1992-2007 Total Farm 15,100 12,200 6% -19% Total Non -Farm 152,000 209,200 94% 38% Trade, Transportation and Utilities 31,900 50,300 17% 58% Government 35,300 40,900 14% 16% Retail Trade 19,000 26,900 9% 42% Educational and Health Services 18,000 26,100 9% 45% Manufacturing 21,900 21,300 7% -3% Professional and Business Services 10,200 18,500 6% 81% Leisure and Hospitality 12,000 17,700 6% 48% Construction 6,500 15,500 5% 138% Transportation, Warehousing and Utilities 6,900 13,500 5% 96% Nondurable Goods 11,200 10,700 4% -4% Durable Goods 10,700 10,600 4% -1% Financial Activities 8,700 9,800 3% 13% Wholesale Trade 6,000 9,900 3% 65% Other Services 5,100 6,400 2% 25% Information 2,300 2,500 1% 9% Natural Resources and Mining 100 200 <1% 100% Total 167,100 221,400 100% 32% Source: EDD, 1992 and 2007 CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-21 Local Industries and Employment Recent Trends Industries County Business Patterns, published by the U.S. Department of Commerce, provides an extensive list of private businesses in Lodi as shown in Table 2-8. This list shows that the greatest number of businesses in Lodi are in the retail sector; followed by the construction busi- nesses; accommodation and food services; and health care and social assistance establishments. Lodi's largest employers and industries are in the tourism, plastics, and manufacturing industries, as shown in the text box on the following page. Employment SJCOG estimated that there were 23,438 jobs in Lodi in 2005. Inflating this 2005 value and using SJCOG's projections for 2010, there were approximately 24,655 in 20o8. In terms of employed residents, the city has seen a slight decrease in employment and corresponding increase in unemployment between 2007 and 20o8. In 20o8, EDD reported 32,000 persons in the labor force and an unemployment rate of 7.8%, a slight increase over the 6.o% rate in 2o07. The job market in Lodi is somewhat better than in the County as a whole, which reported a io.4% unemployment rate in 20o8. Income and Affordability According to EDD, average individual annual wage levels in San Joaquin County were $40,184 in the first quarter of 2008. Within Lodi and at the household level, the American Community Survey (ACS) three-year estimates for the 2005 to 2007 period, report median income at $48,074 annually. The ACS also provides an indicator for housing afford- ability, reporting the percent of income spent on housing. Fifty-eight percent of renter households and 38% of owner households spent more than 30% of their household income on rent and ownership costs, respec- tively. This threshold is generally considered to be above the cost burden, suggesting that incomes are not suffi- cient to meet housing costs, particularly for renters. The Plan provides for a greater range of housing types and sufficient land for employment in order to improve both housing affordability and job opportunities. Lodi's largest employers are in the wine/food, plastics, and manufacturing sectors. 2-22 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN TABLE 2-8: NUMBER OF PRIVATE SECTOR EMPLOYERS IN LODI, BY INDUSTRY INDUSTRY NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS PERCENT OF ESTABLISHMENTS Retail Trade 205 12% Construction 175 10% Accommodation and Food Services 156 9% Health Care and Social Assistance 134 8% Other Services (except Public Administration) 128 8% Manufacturing 110 6% Real Estate & Rental & Leasing 103 6% Wholesale Trade 101 6% Finance and Insurance 94 6% Professional, Scientific & Technical Services 92 5% Educational Services 74 4% Information 68 4% Mining 64 4% Arts, Entertainment & Recreation 57 3% Admin, Support, Waste Mgt, Remediation Services 52 3% Transportation and Warehousing 43 3% Management of Companies and Enterprises 28 2% Forestry, Fishing, Hunting, and Agriculture 8 <1% Unclassified Establishments 7 <1% Total 1,699 100% Data for zip codes 95240, 95241, and 95242. County Business Patterns includes most private employers; it excludes data on self-employed individuals, employees of private households, railroad employees, agricultural production employees, and most government employees Source: County Business Patterns, 2006. LODI'S LARGEST EMPLOYERS AND INDUSTRIES WINE, FOOD, TOURISM, AND AGRI-BUSINESS PLASTICS MANUFACTURING AND GENERAL SERVICES • Cottage Bakery • CertainTeed Corporation • Blue Shield of California • General Mills, Inc. • Dart Container Company • Holz Rubber Co. • Miller Packing Company • Epic Plastics • Kubota Tractors • Pacific Coast Producers • Quashnick Tool Corporation • LMI/AII Country Glass • Wine and Roses Inn & Spa • Schaefer Systems International • Lodi Iron Works • Scientific Specialties Inc. • Lustre -Cal Nameplate Corporation • Valley Industries Source: City of Lodi, 2006. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-23 Projections The total additional employment accommodated in the General Plan by new commercial, office, industrial, and mixed-use land designations could allow for ii,600 new jobs in Lodi, as shown in Table 2-9. Phase 2 and 3 could add 8,600 and 3,200 jobs, respectively, resulting in over 23,000 jobs between all three phases. Additional jobs would be created by new schools, public facilities, and construction needs. Recently approved or completed development projects (such as the Blue Shield call center and retail sector jobs as part of the Reynolds Ranch development) are expected to produce an additional 2,900 jobs. In sum, Lodi could expect up to 51,000 jobs under the General Plan. The General Plan projects a more balanced jobs/ employed residents ratio compared with the city's past ratio, as shown in Chart 2-2. In 2oo8, Lodi had a jobs/ employed residents ratio of o.8, meaning that the city did not have quite enough jobs for all the working people who lived there, even if the match between job skills required and job skills offered had been perfect. The General Plan designates land area for substantial employment growth, should market opportunities exist, resulting in an improved ratio of o.9 through Phase 1 and a potentially balanced jobs/employed residents ratio of 1.o under full General Plan development. This latter ratio suggests that the city would have about as many jobs as employed residents.' 3 The projected jobs/employed residents ratio uses the same propor- tion of employed residents in the total population from 2000 (W/o) to estimate the potential workforce in 20o8 and in the future. 2-24 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN TABLE 2-9: POTENTIAL EMPLOYMENT Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; SJCOG, 2004. CHART 2-2: JOBS/EMPLOYED RESIDENTS RATIO 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00 Existing (2008) Phase 1 Total General Plan (Phase 1+2+3) NUMBER OF JOBS Phase 1 11,600 Phase 2 8,600 Phase 3 3,200 Approved/Completed Projects 2,900 Existing (2008)' 24,700 Total 51,000 12008 value estimated from 2005 and 2010 projections. Total does not sum exactly due to rounding. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; SJCOG, 2004. CHART 2-2: JOBS/EMPLOYED RESIDENTS RATIO 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.60 0.40 0.20 0.00 Existing (2008) Phase 1 Total General Plan (Phase 1+2+3) 2.5 POLICIES Forpoliciesrelating tophasingandgrowthmanagement, see Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure. For policies relating to urban design and community character, see Chapter 4: Community Design and Livability. LU -G1 Create a balanced and sustainable land use pattern that provides for a diversity of uses and satisfies existing and future needs. LU -G2 Encourage development of downtown as a mixed-use activity center with a range of commercial, residential, and civic uses. LU -G3 Promote revitalization of key commer- cial spines of the community with focused, mixed-use development. LU -G4 Foster development of walkable new neigh- borhoods, with a mix of uses and diversity of housing types. LU -G5 Maintain land use patterns that maximize residents' access to parks, open space, and neighborhood shopping centers. LU -G6 Ensure the continued economic sustainabil- ity of the community and fiscal health of the City government. LU -G7 Strengthen the City's economic base and provide employment opportunities for residents to achieve a more balanced jobs/ housing ratio. Use Classifications and Land Use Program LU -Pi Update the City's Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations contained in the Municipal Code for consistency with the General Plan, including the General Plan Diagram. Zoning changes that will need to be made include: • Establishment of new base districts, con- sistent with the land use classifications in the General Plan, such as for mixed-use centers, corridors and downtown; and • New development regulations that reflect policy direction contained throughout the General Plan (e.g. parking standards). LU -P2 Require sites designated for mixed-use development—downtown, corridors, and in new neighborhood centers—to be developed with a variety of residential and non-resi- dential uses, in accordance with the General Plan designation. LU -P3 Do not allow development at less than the minimum density prescribed by each residential land use category, without rebal- ancing the overall plan to comply with the "no net loss provisions of state housing law." LU -P4 Maintain the highest development intensi- ties downtown, and in mixed-use corridors and centers, with adequate transition to Low - Density Residential neighborhoods. Land Use Pattern LU -P5 Maintain a centralized economic devel- opment and land information system to continually monitor land use availability, ensuring sufficient land for appropriate use designations, development intensities and locations. LU -P6 Locate new medium- and high-density development adjacent to parks or other open space, in order to maximize residents' access to recreational uses; or adjacent to mixed-use centers or neighborhood com- mercial developments, to maximize access to services. LU -P7 Encourage new neighborhood commer- cial facilities and supermarkets in locations that maximize accessibility to all residential areas. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-25 LU -P8 Permit child-care centers in all districts except Industrial. • Regulations would also need to be in accor- dance with criteria for family day care homes established in Chapter 3.4 and Chapter 3.6, Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code. Economic Development LU -P9 Focus new business park growth in the southeast portion of the city and new indus- trial growth along the two railroad lines, as shown in the Land Use Diagram. LU -P10 Allow employee -serving amenities and services such as restaurants, cafes, dry cleaners, and other complementary uses in Business Park areas. LU -P11 Promote clustering of industrial uses into areas that have common needs and are compatible in order to maximize their effi- ciency. Work closely with industry contacts to identify specific needs to be addressed through development standards. LU -P12 Prioritize economic development activities on potential growth industries that are appro- priate for Lodi, including retail and tourism, as well as office/industrial users in need of large parcels. LU -P13 Continue to publish a handbook and/or fact sheets of permitting procedures and fees for new and existing businesses. LU -P14 Partner with business and community groups to proactively pursue companies and industries and to implement economic devel- opment programs. LU -P15 Continue efforts to locate a hotel in conjunc- tion with or in proximity to Hutchins Street Square. 2-26 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Downtown LU -P16 Promote downtown as the center of tourism, business, social, and civic life by directing high intensity office uses, government, and entertainment uses to locate downtown. LU -P17 Establish land use regulations and devel- opment standards in the Zoning Code to reinforce Downtown's assets and traditional development pattern. These should include: • Extending the Downtown Mixed Use clas- sification to parcels along Main Street on the Eastside to improve connectivity, while retaining the respective identities of downtown and the Eastside. • Establishing maximum set -backs or build -to lines for development in areas designated Downtown Mixed Use. • Requiring retail, eating and drinking establishments, or other similar active uses—except for sites designated Public—at the ground level. Alleyway corners shall be "wrapped" with retail uses as well. LU -P18 Encourage medium- and high-density res- idential development in downtown by permitting residential uses at upper levels; and east and northwest of downtown, as depicted on the Land Use Diagram, by iden- tifying vacant and underutilized sites that are appropriate for redevelopment. LU -P19 Maintain parking regulations for downtown that are lower than elsewhere in the city, reflecting its position as a pedestrian- and transit -friendly center. LU -P20 Expand the Downtown Parking District to include the Downtown Mixed Use area in order to consolidate parking areas. Require all development within these boundaries to either meet the established off-street parking requirements or contribute an appropriate share to the Downtown Parking District. Mixed Use Corridors LU -P21 Allow an appropriate range of single uses or mixed-use development, with use require- ments/mixes as follows: Kettleman Lane. Allow any mix of uses as permitted within the Mixed Use Corridor classification. Ensure that residential uses are sited at upper levels or, if at ground level, then not directly facing the highly trafficked Kettleman Lane. Cherokee Lane. Require that any new development/redevelopment of sites with Mixed Use designation south of Tokay Street to devote at least one-quarter of the built-up area to commercial or business park uses, while allowing the full spectrum of single or mixed -uses permitted within the designation. Lodi and Central avenues. Require any development or redevelopment of sites to have active uses—retail, restaurants, cafes, and personal service establish- ments—fronting the streets at the ground level. A range of compatible uses, such as residential or office, may be located at upper levels and in portions not fronting the streets. Existing Neighborhoods LU -P22 Promote infill development that maintains the scale and character of established neighborhoods. LU -P23 Establish bulk and Floor Area Ratio standards for older residential neighbor- hoods surrounding Downtown to preserve their character. New Neighborhoods LU -P24 Guide new residential development into compact neighborhoods with a defined Mixed -Use Center, including public open space, a school or other community facilities, and neighborhood commercial development. LU -P25 Require a centrally located Mixed -Use Center within each new residential neighbor- hood: one west of Lower Sacramento Road and two south of Harney Lane, as shown on the Land Use Diagram. Centers should serve as a focal point for the surrounding neighbor- hood, be pedestrian -oriented and encourage a mix of uses to serve local needs. LU -P26 Require a master or specific plan in areas with a Mixed -Use Center and adjacent complementary uses, as a condition of sub- division approval. Uses should include neighborhood commercial, civic and insti- tutional uses, parks, plazas, and open space—consistent with Land Use Diagram (unless any of these uses are found infeasible and/or alternative locations are available to carry out mixed-use policies). Streets should adhere to the pattern depicted on the Land Use Diagram. LU -P27 Provide for a full range of housing types within new neighborhoods, including minimum requirements for small -lot single family homes, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, and multi -family housing. CHAPTER 2: LAND USE 1 2-27 Page intentionally left blank. 2-28 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN The Growth Management and Infrastructure Element is included to preserve the city's compact urban form, open spaces, and agricultural lands while accommodating growth needs. While policies to regulate the location, pace, and timing of growth are included, these will not restrict Lodi's ability to meet its housing need obligations or long-range growth projections by regional agencies. The Element seeks to maintain a high quality of life and adequate public facilities while allowing for sufficient land area for new development and new residents through use of strategies such as promoting infill and con- tiguous development, identifying an Agricultural/Cluster Study Area, phasing, and planning for future infrastructure and facilities. Infrastruc- ture financing is discussed in Appendix A: Implementation. 3-1 Agricultural lands provide economic, aesthetic, and habitat benefits for Lodi. This plan includes strategies to maintain a balance between urban growth and protection of agricultural land and open space. 3-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 3.1 BACKGROUND Balancing Agriculture, Open Space, and Urban Development The General Plan prioritizes compact development to foster livability in the urban realm and avoid wasteful or premature consumption of agricultural land and open space. Agricultural lands provide a variety of important functions in the Planning Area. First, they produce commodities that generate economic benefits in the form of local jobs and revenue. Second, they contrib- ute to the aesthetic value of the area and character of the city (especially with the growing viniculture industry). Finally, they create a variety of foraging habitats for several important special status wildlife species. Future development could eliminate, modifyor fragment agricultural resources. Fragmentation of existing agri- cultural lands may increase the likelihood of increased nuisance effects resulting from urban expansion into agricultural areas. Nuisance effects include noise (from farm equipment and crop dusting), dust, odors, and drift of agricultural chemicals. From the agricultural perspective, conflicts with urban development include restrictions on the use of agricultural chemicals, com- plaints regarding noise and dust, trespass, vandalism, and damage from domestic animals. These conflicts may increase costs to the agricultural operation, and combined with rising land values for residential develop- ment, encourage the conversion of additional important farmland to urban uses. Mitigating these conflicts is an important component to maintaining the urban/agricultural balance Lodi has thus far maintained. This plan defines growth man- agement strategies that balance urban growth with protection of agricultural land. Loss of Agricultural Land and Open Space Expansion of Lodi's urban area will ultimately result in some loss of surrounding agricultural resources. Devel- opment phasing attempts to minimize this impact by focusing first on infill and then on blocks of land that ensure that urban growth remains contiguous, therefore having the least impact on agricultural land while still accommodating urban growth needs. Farmland preser- vation and conversion are addressed in more detail in Chapter 7: Conservation. Growth Management Allocation Ordinance In i99r, the City adopted a Growth Management Allo- cation Ordinance to regulate the location, amount, and timing of residential development. Under the ordinance, the maximum number of housing units approved by the City reflects a 2% maximum increase in population annually. Unused permits roll on to the next year. 'lhe ordinance establishes a residential density allocation system to promote a mix of housing densities. For example, in 2005, the 2% Growth Management Allocation Ordinance translated to a maximum of 45o residential building permits; 65% of the approved permits were for low density housing units (under seven units/acre), io% medium density units (7-20 units/acre), and 25% high-density units (over 20 units/acre). Overall, the allowable housing developments averaged seven units per acre. The breakdown by density establishes an upper limit for the number of permits, but does not guarantee that the density quotas are attained by the end of a year. Because in most years demand has been less than available permits, an inventory of available permits has built up, standing at a total of 3,268 available units in addition to the annual 2% allocation in 2oo7. The General Plan Land Use Diagram (as shown in Figure 2-1 of Chapter 2) defines adequate residential area to meet the maximum population permissible under the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance. Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area In order to maintain a clear distinction between Lodi and Stockton and to preserve agriculture—two separate but overlapping goals—Lodi recently identified the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area. The study area extends along the south edge of Lodi (about one-half mile north of Armstrong Road), from I-5 to SR -99, and south to the City of Stockton's PlanningArea boundary. The City Council appointed Community Separator/Greenbelt Task Force has investigated a variety of models to accomplish the separator and open space plan. Table 3-I discusses some potential planning tools that may be used in establishing a separator. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-3 TABLE 3-1: POTENTIAL PLANNING TOOLS FOR PRESERVING GREENBELT LANDS METHODS KEY ACTIONS/ACTIVITIES Purchase Acquire land and/ or development potential Establish funding mechanisms for acquisition; identify or create entities for holding purchased land and easements Regulation General Plan designations Assure appropriate uses and densities Zoning classifications Assure appropriate uses and densities Cautious annexation Avoid piecemeal or premature annexation Provide Protective Planning Context Coordination with other agencies Coordinate with LAFCo annexation policies and with County density standards Land use compatibility Avoid uses that would diminish the agriculture/open space character of the greenbelt Right -to -farm legislation Assure availability to farmers of standard farming practices Mitigation ordinances Require new development on farmland to secure for agriculture an equivalent (or greater) amount of other farmland Assure Appropriate Land Market Conditions Minimize competition for land Manage development process within the greenbelt to avoid new uses or land divisions that might diminish agricultural focus Channel urban growth elsewhere Assure that neighboring urban communities adequately respond to growth needs within their corporate limits Avoid urban infrastructure Avoid extension of water or sewer lines that would increase potential development capacity Strengthen Agricultural Enterprises Tax relief Support measures that use agriculture/open space values as the basis for property taxation Value-added enterprises Allow suitable onsite diversification Branding Establish a market identity for local agricultural products Expand upon Agricultural Tourism Establish programs that support agricultural tourism, such as regional marketing and programs that help farmers, vintners, etc to develop tourist -oriented attractions. Assure Supportive Economic Context Maintain agricultural infrastructure Assure that direct inputs to agriculture (like water supply) and indirect inputs (finance, warehousing and shipping, materials and supplies, labor) remain available Farm -friendly policies and programs Determine whether public agency strategies such as permit simplification are needed Economic development component Integrate local agriculture into regional and city economic development planning Build Public Support Gain stakeholder consensus Communicate greenbelt purpose/needs to interested parties Use outreach and education to garner public support Establish clear statement of public purpose and strengthen public understanding and participation Source: Mundie & Associates, 2007 3-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 3.2 GROWTH STRATEGY Extent If developed to its ultimate potential, the Plan's urban area would extend west to an elongated Moore Road, south to Hogan Lane, east to Curry Avenue, and north to the Mokelumne River. The river is the current urban limit, and is maintained as such in the Plan since providing connections and services north of the river would be challenging during this Plan horizon. The northern border also remains south of Woodbridge, with no plans to annex this area. Hogan Lane, the northern limit of the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area, is identified as the ultimate southern border. Phasing Phasing is designed to promote development within and contiguous to the existing urban area. This approach focuses on making the best use of existing infrastructure, maintaining the quality of Lodi's current built form, and preventing unnecessary conversion of agricultural land. This development pattern allows infrastructure expansion to be targeted to specific areas of the city, thereby ensuring that services are provided in tandem with new development. Development thresholds for each phase must be met before new development can be approved in the next area. Infill and new urban areas, along with their phasing, are shown in Figure 3-1. The eastern growth areas are intended for employment uses, taking advantage of highway and rail access and the ability to meet the large land area requirements of a large new office or indus- trial user. Generally speaking, the southern and western areas would accommodate residential and mixed use development to support the new neighborhoods. Phase z represents a probable scenario for the level of growth that can be anticipated during the planning period, given market conditions and recent trends. Phase i development includes: i. Approved and under construction development projects. 2. Infill development and redevelopment downtown, along the city's major corridors, and in the eastern industrial areas. Also infill between approved devel- opment projects, including properties one-half mile west of Lower Sacramento Road, between West Vine Street and Kettleman Lane. 3. New growth areas including: • Properties south of Harney Lane and north of the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area for residential and mixed use development. • Properties around the Kettleman and Harney lane interchanges of SR -99 for office and com- mercial development. Phase 2 represents the next phase of development to be pursued once Phase i is largely built out and includes the next most contiguous areas that will be made available. This phase includes the areas west of the western city limits and east of the Urban Reserve boundary for res- idential and mixed use development. This phase also includes land in the southeastern portion of the city, between SR -99 and the Central California Traction (CCT) Railroad line, for additional office and commer- cial development. Phase 3 includes the Urban Reserve designations on the west and east edges of the city. These areas represent the maximum land area that may be needed over the course of the General Plan planning period, to comply with the City's Growth Management Allocation Ordinance. These areas would be developed only after Phases i and 2 were largely built out. Although it is probable that initial development activity in Phase 3 areas may not occur until 203o, detailed planning may occur before then. This phase includes the farthest extent of the General Plan Land Use Diagram, along the western edge of the city to the elongated Moore Road and along the eastern edge to Curry Avenue. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-5 FIGURE 3-1: DEVELOPMENT PHASES — Phase I 40 acres io —Phase II dCfeS 0 Phase III ° 1/2 , z MILES ---------- Urban Reserve ------- Sphere of Influence (2008) —.— City Limits (2008) 3-6 1 LOBI GENERAL PLAN Development Potential by Phase In Chapter a: Land Use, development potential and projected population and employment growth were calculated for each phase, as summarized in Table 3-2. Projected growth represents an annual growth rate of a%, consistent with the maximum population permis- sible under the City's Growth Management Allocation Ordinance. Accounting for the current population, new residents anticipated from recently approved projects, and potential future residents, reasonable development of all of the phases in the General Plan could result in 99,500 residents. These projections will allow the City to plan for growth and infrastructure accordingly. TABLE 3-2: DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL BY PHASE The phased development program will ensure that vacant and underutilized sites within the city limits and contiguous to existing development, will de- velop first. (Looking west at the intersection of Kettleman Lane and SR -99.) PHASE HOUSING UNITS BY PHASE CUMULATIVE HOUSING UNITS POPULATION BY PHASE CUMULATIVE POPULATION JOBS BY PHASE CUMULATIVE JOBS Existing (2008) 23,353 23,353 63,400 63,400 24,700 24,700 Approved Projects 3,711 27,100 9,700 73,100 2,900 27,600 Phase 1 4,400 31,500 11,400 84,500 11,600 39,200 Phase 2 1,900 33,400 5,000 89,500 8,600 47,800 Phase 3 3,800 37,200 10,000 99,500 3,200 51,000 Total General Plan 37,200 99,500 51,000 Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; DOF, 2008. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-7 3.3 INFRASTRUCTURE This section addresses the planning, provision, and maintenance of potable water supply, wastewater, stormwater, and solid waste. Additionally, it addresses water conservation, water recycling, and waste recycling measures as required under State law. The City of Lodi Public Works Department is respon- sible for water supply and distribution, sanitary sewer, wastewater treatment, recycled water, and stormwa- ter management for the City. A critical approach to the City's current infrastructure management and planning is to view all water -related utilities and facilities listed above as interrelated, as described in the accompany- ing graphic. Wastewater can become a water source for certain uses through water recycling, and storm - water can become a water source through groundwater recharge. Impacts on one water type can influence the others and water conservation measures reduce demand on all systems. Therefore, the City currently uses a fully integrated approach to manage and plan for its water - related infrastructure. Consistent with the General Plan land uses, water, sewer, wastewater treatment, recycled water, and stormwater facilities are planned and sized assuming a reasonable growth rate and development potential, which for the Urban Reserve areas includes: the industrial areas reaching a 50% level of development and the residential areas reaching a 75% level of development. This is con- sidered reasonable development. Water Conservation Water conservation is considered crucial to all water and wastewater systems given its potential to reduce infra- structure needs. It is also important given potential water scarcity in dry years. In i9gi Lodi passed a Water Conservation Ordinance prohibiting the waste of water. The ordinance provides examples of water waste, which include but are not limited to: • Allowing a controllable leak of water to go unrepaired. 3-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN • Watering lawns, flower beds, landscaping, orna- mental plants or gardens except on watering days as follows: odd -numbered addresses on Wednesday, Friday and Sunday; even -numbered addresses on Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. • Watering lawns, flower beds, landscaping, ornamen- tal plants and gardens between r0 a.m. and 6 p.m. from May i through September 30. • Washing down sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, tennis courts, patios, other paved areas, or buildings. • Washing any motor vehicle, trailer, boat, or move- able equipment except with a bucket. A hose shall be used for rinsing only and for not more than three minutes. • Use of a hose without a positive shutoff nozzle. • Allowing excess water to flow into a gutter or any drainage area for longer than three minutes. • Overwatering lawns/landscapes, especially from November i through February 28, or during and immediately after a rain. The ordinance is enforced through education, written notices, and escalating fees following the second water waste offense. Additional water conservation measures include Lodi's Water Meter Retrofit Program, whereby the City of Lodi has begun installing water meters on all unmetered properties in its service area. This is in accordance with California Assembly Bill 2572, which requires the instal- lation and use of water meters throughout the state. Use of water meters has the potential to reduce residential demand by 15%. Other measures are encouraged but not enforced, including a water conservation rebate program available for purchases of ultra low flow toilets and low flow showerheads. Additional water conserva- tion measures will be important for further reducing impacts on water related infrastructure. LODI'S URBAN WATER CYCLE SURFACE & GROUNDWATER POTABLE W TREATMENT & PURIFICATION RECHARSTORMWATERRUNOFF GE URBAN USE - - - i URBAN IRRIGATION & OTHER SEWER SYSTEM i i iNON-POTABLE USES i (PLANNED) i WASTEWATER TREATMENT WINTERTIME DISCHARGE jo STORMWATER QUALITY BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES DISCHARGE TO W.I.D. OR RIVER RECYCLING AGRICULTURAL & REUSE IRRIGATION CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-9 Potable Water Demand, Supply, and Distribution Future Potable Water Resources and Demand The total estimated potable water demand at reasonable development of the General Plan is 29.2 million gallons per day (mgd), or 32,7ro acre-feet per year, as shown in Table 3-3. This projection is based on the current water demand factor estimates by land use types, as described in the City's Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). These factors are somewhat conservative for estimating purposes to account for variations in weather, assumed full occupancy, and the uncertainty of the type of user to occupy the non-residential parcels in the future. To illustrate, the resulting calculated annual demand is estimated to be about 15% more than the actual amount of water produced by the City in 2oo8; therefore these factors may be overestimating demand. In the future, the potential 15% reduction in residential demand due to the installation of water meters would reduce the total city-wide demand at reasonable development to about 26.2 mgd or 29,35o acre-feet per year Future Potable Water Supply The UWMP estimates that groundwater pumping provides 15,000 acre-feet per year. Since the safe yield estimate reflects an acreage -based relationship, as the City grows, the available safe yield of the underlying groundwater will increase. Approximately, i,70o acres of land served by WID have the potential for annexa- tion under the proposed General Plan, in addition to 37o acres of land that have already been approved for development projects. Based upon the existing safe yield factor of 2.3 acre-feet per year per acre, additional water availability from groundwater resulting from the spatial expansion of the city brings the total groundwater avail- ability in a normal year to 19,76o acre-feet per year. Immediately available purchase of surface water from the WID is estimated at 6,000 acre-feet per year in an average year (3,000 acre-feet per year in a dry year). The City's agreement with WID allows the City to purchase an additional three acre-feet per year for each acre of WID land that is annexed. As a result of this agreement, 3-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN the City could expect an additional 5,ioo acre-feet of supply. This would result in a total of ii,roo acre-feet per year of surface water, available from the WID in a normal year. Based on the assumptions above, the proposed General Plan projects that Lodi would have a long term, reliable water supply of 3o,86o acre-feet per year available from its current and future safe yield of groundwater and surface water supplies, meeting i00% of the estimated demand. During dry years, the reliable water supply is estimated at z5,3ro acre-feet. As a result, potential water shortage at full development could be 4,04o acre-feet in a dry year, meeting 86% of demand. Water Distribution System The City's water distribution system includes: Twenty-seven existing groundwater wells with a total pumping capacity of 35,200 gallons per minute (gpm). Two new wells are currently under development! A network of water pipes, which includes about 225 miles of pipe ranging in diameter from two to 14 inches. Two storage tanks, including a ioo,000 gallon ele- vated tank and a one million gallon ground level tank with booster pumping station. Some of the existing two- and three-inch water distribu- tion mains do not have adequate capacity, particularly for providing fire flows and serving future increases in housing density and water demand. The City has a water main replacement program in which the majority of these small water mains will be replaced by z013.2 Prima, 2007. Sandelin, 2009 Future Distribution Infrastructure During planning for the new surface water treatment plant, it was concluded that a 36 -inch transmission main would be constructed from the new plant to Mills Avenue.' This main would be connected to the existing water distribution system to supply surface water to the City's existing water system. City of Lodi, Surface Water Treatment Facility Conceptual Design and Feasibility Evaluation, Final, July 2oo8. To provide potable water to new growth areas and Urban Reserve areas along the west side of the city, the above mentioned 36 -inch transmission main would be extended southerly in Mills Avenue to Lodi Avenue, then westerly across the WID canal. Additionally, new wells will be needed in the southern and eastern areas of the city and water storage tanks may also be needed. The specific water system requirements should be further evaluated through preparation of a potable water master plan at an appropriate time in the future. TABLE 3-3: SUMMARY OF EXISTING AND PROJECTED AVERAGE DAILY WATER DEMAND (MILLION GALLONS PER DAY) LAND USE EXISTING APPROVED DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS GENERAL PLAN TOTAL Residential 12.7 General Commercial 0.7 2.1 0.1 5.2 0.7 19.9 1.5 Business Park/Office 0.2 0.0 0.9 1.1 Industrial 0.8 Public/Quasi-Public 1.1 0.0 0.1 0.7 0.1 1.5 1.3 Parks/Open Space 0.6 0.2 0.4 1.2 Unaccounted for Losses (10% of above) 1.6 0.2 0.8 2.7 Total Demand 17.7 2.7 8.8 29.2 Total Demand with 15% Residential Conservation from Installation of Water Meters 26.2 Source: West Yost, 2009. The WID canal runs through Lodi. The City of Lodi may purchase up to 6,000 acre-feet per year of surface water from the WID. Non -potable and recycled water is used for agricultural irrigation, and could also be used for landscape irrigation, thereby reducing the demand for potable water supplies. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-11 Sanitary Sewer System Municipal Collection System The municipal sewer system collects wastewater from most of the city. This system consists of sewer pipes ranging in sizes from four to 42 -inches in diameter, with six inches being the predominant size.¢ There are six trunk sewers serving the existing city that generally flow from the north to the south. Near the southern edge of town the Century Boulevard Trunk Line flows from east to west and into a 42 -inch trunk sewer to the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility (WSWPCF), located approximately 6 miles southwest of the city along Interstate 5 near North Thornton Road. The sewer system includes five pump stations in the northern area of the city and two (Tienda and Harney) in the southern area of the city. 4 Black & Veatch 199o. Sewer Service Plan The estimated wastewater average dry weather flow (ADWF) and peak wet weather flow (PWWF) at reasonable development of the new General Plan are 11.8 mgd and 22.6 mgd, as shown in Table 3-4. This projection was based on current wastewater flow gener- ation factors used for planning purposes. When these demand factors are used to estimate existing wastewa- ter flows based on existing land use information, the resulting calculated ADWF is about ro% higher than the actual flows measured at the WSWPCF in Zoog. The wastewater flow generation factors are somewhat conservative for planning purposes to account for the assumed full occupancy and uncertainty regarding the type of user to occupy non-residential parcels in the future. These flow generation factors should be reviewed in the future to verify that they are adequate for planning purposes. The proposed plan for sewer service uses existing trunk sewers, previously planned new sewers, and sewers planned specifically for the General Plan. The sewer sheds, proposed sewer facili- ties, and ADWF and PWWF rates for the sewer sheds are shown on Figure 3-2. TABLE 3-4: SUMMARY OF EXISTING AND PROJECTED WASTEWATER FLOWS 3-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN ESTIMATED FLOWS (MGD) TOTAL LODI GENERAL PLAN UPDATE LAND USE Existing Approved Development General Plan Average Dry Weather Esti- mated Flow (mgd) Peaking Factor Peak Wet Weather Flow (mgd) Residential 4.8 0.8 2.0 7.5 1.6 12.0 Commercial 0.5 0.1 0.4 0.9 3.0 2.8 Business Park/Office 0.1 0.0 0.5 0.7 3.0 2.0 Industrial 1.0 0.0 0.7 1.7 2.0 3.3 Mixed Use 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.1 Public/Quasi-Public 0.6 0.0 0.1 0.8 3.0 2.3 Parks/Open Space 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 3.0 0.2 Flag City Wastewater Flow (estimate for 2006) 0.1 0.0 0.2 NA 0.0 Total Flow 7.1 0.9 3.7 11.8 22.6 3-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Sewer Outfall from the City to the WSWPCF The existing sewer collection system flows to a common discharge point on Lower Sacramento Road between Kettleman Lane and Century Boulevard. From this point, a sewer outfall conveys wastewater from the city to the WSWPCF. The outfall was constructed in 1967 using reinforced concrete pipe. It was recently slip- lined to remediate corrosion problems, thereby reducing the pipe diameter from 48 -inches to 42 --inches. This outfall has three segments with different slopes and different corresponding capacities. The segment capacities are summarized in Table 3-5. Based on the City's sewer design criteria that sewers must convey the PWWF at a water depth of no more than 75% of the pipe diameter, a parallel outfall pipeline will be needed to convey the PWWF of 22.6 mgd before reasonable development of the General Plan is reached. Alternatively, a recycled water processing treatment would need to be con- structed near the city. Wastewater Treatment Facility The City has provided wastewater service for the Lodi community since 1923. Originally, wastewater was treated at a facility located within the city limits. In 1966, the City constructed a new treatment facility at the current WSWPCF site, along with a pipeline from the original wastewater treatment plant to the WSWPCF site, and began practicing water reuse for agricultural irrigation shortly thereafter.5 The WSWPCF accepts both municipal and industrial wastewater. West Yost Associates, City of Lodi Wastewater Master Plan, January 2007. TABLE 3-5: EVALUATION OF OUTFALL CAPACITY' With the recent expansion of the WSWPCF, the treatment plant has an ADWF capacity of 8.5 mgd. The ADWF flow to the WSWPCF for zoo8 was 6.4 mgd, indicating that the existing facility has an excess capacity of about 2.1 mgd (ADWF). As shown in Table 3-4, the ADWF to the WSWPCF at reasonable devel- opment of the General Plan is projected to be 11.8 mgd, or an increase of 5.4 mgd from the 2oo8 flows. Capacity expansion of the WSWPCF will therefore be required within the early stages of Phase i. The City of Lodi Wastewater Master Plan preliminarily identified the facilities needed to achieve a capacity of iz mgd.6 The required facilities to meet General Plan demand in 2-030 ADWF of 11.8 mgd are described in Table 3-6 in the following section. Disposal The City is permitted to discharge municipal effluent that is filtered and disinfected to State of California Title 22 recycled water tertiary standards year-round to Dredger Cut. During the irrigation season, the majority of the effluent is reused for agricultural irrigation. In addition, about o.i to o.8 mgd of treated effluent is used for cooling water at a power plant and to supply several small fish rearing ponds operated by the San Joaquin Mosquito and Vector Control District. Both facilities are located adjacent to the WSWPCF. 6 Ibid. SEGMENT OF SLIP LINED 42 -INCH PIPE PIPE CAPACITY (MGD) Full Pipe Capacity 3/4 Full Capacity WSWPCF to Thornton Road (2,950 feet) 20.4 18.6 Thornton Road to Existing Ditch2 (17,830 feet) 19.0 17.3 Existing Ditch to Lower Sacramento Road (2,980 feet) 16.6 15.1 1. Capacity analysis is based on the drawing set "Sanitary Sewer Outfall Pipeline No. 2" as -built drawings dated December 28, 1967 using a Manning's n value of 0.013. 2. Existing ditch is 3,000 feet downstream of Lower Sacramento Road. Source: West Yost Associates, 2009. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-13 FIGURE 3-2: PROPOSED SEWER FACILITIES .............. Sewer Shed --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) 40 acres 30" Recently Planned — —City Limits (2008) 1.66mgd Trunk Sewer o t/z t z MILES ........... WW Outfall Trunk (approximate location) Proposed Trunk Sewer with size and peak wet weather flow (mgd) 3-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Recycled Water The City manages about 7,800 acre-feet per year of influent flows to the WSWPCF, and about 3,500 acre-feet per year is treated to secondary level and used for agricultural irrigation near the WSWPCF for growing animal feed and fodder crops that are not for human consumption. The City uses this industrial and/ or domestic recycled water to irrigate about 790 acres of agricultural land owned by the City. In recent years, the City has also supplied recycled water from the domestic treatment process to produce steam for a 49 -megawatt natural gas -powered generator, and to replenish mosquito fish -rearing ponds. Additionally, the City has provided a "will -serve" letter to the Northern California Power Agency (NCPA) for a potential power plant that will utilize an average of 1.43 mgd (1,602 acre-feet per year) of treated wastewater. As of 2oo9, this project is still in planning stages. Although this recycled water is put to beneficial use, there is currently no cost effective way to return recycled water to the City to satisfy non - potable urban water demands. In 2oo8, the City prepared the City of Lodi Recycled Water Master Plan? The plan concluded that the quality of Lodi's recycled water is suitable for most recycled water uses and that quality will improve when the WID surface water supply is added to the potable water supply. The plan noted several potential recycled water uses, totaling about 12,696 acre-feet per year. These uses include: • Urban uses: irrigation of parks, constructed lakes, cemeteries, schools, and median strips. For these uses the total potential use is about 1,731 acre-feet per year, not including all of the new growth areas iden- tified in this plan. • Commercial and industrial uses of up to 1,831 acre- feet per year. • Agricultural uses of up to 9,134 acre-feet per year. 7 RMC Water and Environment, 2008. The Recycled Water Master Plan found that it would not be cost effective to deliver recycled water to all of the potential demand locations. However, the plan did identify preferred potential uses of recycled water, including providing about 3,72o acre-feet per year of recycled water for agricultural uses, and establishing a non -potable water system serving urban customers. The latter alterative requires further evaluation. The General Plan includes areas totaling about 1,600 acres that could be irrigated with nonpotable water. These areas include the commercial, industrial, business park/office, industrial reserve, mixed use centers, public/ quasi public, parks, open space, and about 20% of the urban reserve area. This does not include landscaping in residential areas. Parks and basins represent about 136 acres of this land and the parks could be irrigated with about 3.4 acre-feet of water per year. Assuming that about 1o% of the remaining nonresidential area is landscaping that could be irrigated with non -potable water, the total potential demand from the new General Plan growth areas would be about 1,000 acre feet per year. However, use of recycled water in the city would decrease the available recycled water for use for agri- culture around the WSWPCF and, therefore, may not be cost effective. Ongoing consideration of the topic is warranted. In addition to recycled water from the WSWPCF, gray water and rainwater may also be used on-site for specific purposes. Gray water is untreated household wastewa- ter that comes from bathtubs, showers, bathroom wash basins, and clothes washing machines, and which may be reused to flush toilets and for subsurface irrigation of non -edible landscape plants. Harvested rainwater may also be applied directly to non -potable water uses such as toilet flushing, laundry, and irrigation. Use of gray water or rainwater for non -potable uses may require installation of dual plumbing systems. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-15 Stormwater Discharge System The City's stormwater system consists of catch basin inlets, storm drain pipes, detention basins, gravity outfalls into the Mokelumne River, and pump stations with outfalls to the Mokelumne River and the WID canal. There are about iio miles of storm drains, eight detention basins located in City parks, and 14 pump stations. The City's existing system functions well, with no significant flooding problems. Like many other rela- tively flat, Central Valley communities, however, there are areas of minor drainage nuisances! WID Discharges The city's stormwater discharges to the WID canal are governed by the Storm Drainage Discharge Agreement between the City and WID, dated October ao, 1993.9 The 40 -year agreement covers the area defined as the City's corporate boundaries, with an ultimate boundary including 16,800 acres. The agreement recognizes that the WID canals are for irrigation purposes and for groundwater recharge. Under the terms of the agreement the discharges from the City's pump stations must be regulated to avoid exceeding the available capacity of the canal and interfering with WID operations. The total discharge into the canal from the City is limited to 16o cubic feet per second (cfs), which is 40% of the canal's conveyance capacity of 400 cfs. Additional require- ments exist for specific timing and types of discharges. The agreement also allows the City to purchase water from WID for non -potable water uses, as long as the annual quantity of purchased water does not exceed the average annual storm drain discharge. The water is available for purchase only if WID has satisfied its irri- gation demands and has the ability to deliver the water. Therefore, although the purchase of non -potable water is mentioned in the agreement, City staff must verify with WID whether water is likely to be available. Finally, the agreement requires the City to take reasonable precau- tions to prevent/remove toxic substances, pollutants, $ Prima, 2oo7. Woodbridge Irrigation District, 2003. 3-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN and wastes before discharging flow into the WID canal. Ongoing communication between the City and WID will be an important component of continuing the existing relationship. Planned Stormwater System The stormwater plan for the reasonable development of the General Plan includes the division of the City's growth areas into 16 drainage watersheds. The watershed boundaries shown on Figure 3-3. For each of these watershed areas, the tributary trunk drain, detention basin, discharge rate (gravity flow or pump station), and outfall pipeline have been preliminarily sized. These facilities are briefly described in Table 3-6, though facility planning and sizing will need to be refined and verified though preparation of a detailed stormwater master plan. Additional storm drain collection systems would also be required and should be considered in the citywide storm drain master plan. Stormwater Quality The City of Lodi has two documents that address stormwater quality, the City of Lodi Stormwater Man- agement Program- and the City of Lodi Stormwater Development Standards Plan." The Stormwater Devel- opment Standards Plan identifies the water quality Best Management Practices (BMPs) required for all new development and significant redevelopment activities within the City. It identifies specific BMPs for the three drainage zones in the City, which include drainage to the Mokelumne River, drainage to the WID canal, and drainage to a retention basin with no discharge, as well as BMP's appropriate for specific types of indus- tries and businesses. Compliance with the requirements of these documents protects the quality of the City's urban runoff, and ultimately protects the quality of the Mokelumne River and WID canal. Some of these BMPs should be considered for implemen- tation in conjunction with the storm drainage detention basins described in Table 3-6. For example, the release structures from the basins could be designed to allow ° Black & Veatch, City of Lodi Stormwater Management Program, January 2003. City of Lodi Stormwater Development Standards Plan, May 20o8. FIGURE 3-3: PROPOSED STORM DRAIN FACILITIES Storm Shed L......... Other Storm Drain Improvements Urban Reserve --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) ---- City Limits (2008) io o vz 1 z MILES CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-17 the bottom two to three feet of the basins to function as extended detention basins. Another approach would be to design detention basins to include water quality wet ponds or constructed wetlands within the bottom of the stormwater detention basins. These facilities can also help recharge the underlying groundwater. Infiltration trenches and infiltration basins could also be constructed within the pond bottoms to treat and infil- trate the more highly polluted first flush of runoff and the highly polluted dry weather runoff (e.g. from car washing on streets and driveways). These facilities could completely eliminate the discharge of the most polluted flows to the Mokelumne River and the WID canal, and help recharge the underlying groundwater. Utility Master Plans At an appropriate time in the future, utility master plans should be prepared for each of the services discussed above, including water, sewer, WSWPCF, recycled water, and stormwater. The appropriate timing of these master plans varies by the utility. Potable Water Supply and Distribution Significant modeling and facilities planning/design has occurred recently for the City's water system, and a new master plan is not urgently needed. Sanitary Sewer System City staff have sized and planned a South Wastewater Trunk Line along the south boundary of the City to convey wastewater from the east side of the City to the sewer outfall from the City to the WSWPCF. However, the trunk sewer sizing did not account for all of the growth on the east side of the City or redevelopment within the City identified in this general plan update. Consequently, the sizing of the trunk sewer may have to be revised. Currently, only one segment of the trunk sewer has been constructed. City staff has a current sewer model of the collection system that could be used to definitively evaluate how to best provide sewer service for the growth on the east side of the city and the rede- velopment within the existing city. This work should be 3-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN undertaken soon (before more segments of the trunk sewer are constructed) in case additional wastewa- ter flows need to be diverted into the proposed South Wastewater Trunk Line. WSWPCF The WSWPCF has recently been expanded and should have adequate capacity through the early stages of Phase 1. Updating the WSWPCF master plan could be delayed until this time. Recycled Water A recycled water master plan was prepared in May 2008 and is still current. It may be appropriate to update this document when the next WSWPCF master plan is prepared. The updated recycled water master plan should also: • Evaluate the potential to use nonpotable water from the WID canal. • Evaluate the feasibility of constructing a scalping plant or recycled water processing treatment facil- ity near the city to provide recycled water for use within the city. This would reduce the wastewa- ter flow requiring treatment at the WSWPCF. It would also eliminate the need for a pipeline from the WSWPCF back to the city to deliver recycled water for use within the city. Stormwater The last citywide storm drain master plan was prepared in 1963, but stormwater facilities for the growth along the southern area of the city were evaluated in March Zoog. It is recommended that a new citywide storm - water master plan be prepared soon after General Plan adoption to confirm or revise existing planning studies. Preparation of these utility master plans at the appropri- ate times is the first step in enabling the City to provide these services for the General Plan growth. Through these master plans the facilities required for water, sewer, wastewater treatment, recycled water, and stormwater services for the reasonable development of the General Plan will be more precisely identified. Solid Waste Management and Recycling The City of Lodi contracts with Central Valley Waste Services to provide residential and commercial garbage collection, transportation and disposal as well as the collection of recyclable materials. Garbage is collected weekly and recycling, yard, and garden waste are collected on alternating weeks. Central Valley waste services also has a Transfer Station and Buy -Back Recycling Center open to the public in Lodi, and Dart Container Corporation opened a polystyrene foam recycling drop-off site at its Lodi plant. 12 The city's waste goes to several landfills, with the majority going to North County Landfill, which is expected to have capacity through 2035.13 Chapter 8: Safety includes details on Solid Waste facilities, recycling facilities and landfill sites in the planning are. Public Resources Code section 4178o, enacted by AB 939, requires every city and county in the state to divert from landfill at least 50% of the waste generated within their jurisdiction in Z000. The Legislature amended this statute in 2000, requiring jurisdictions to sustain their waste diversion efforts into the future. Lodi met the diversion goal by diverting 51% of its waste out of landfills in Z000. Lodi's 2006 waste diversion rate was 62%.14 . Dart Container Corporation. 13 California Integrated Waste Management Board (CIWMB). 4 Ibid. The City seeks to reduce waste generation levels through recycling and other waste diversion programs. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-19 3.4 INFRASTRUCTURE PHASING As described above, some new infrastructure will be required to accommodate growth throughout the planning period. These requirements are described in Table 3-6. TABLE 3-6: INFRASTRUCTURE PHASING LOCATION REQUIRED INFRASTRUCTURE PHASE Potable Water Supply Citywide New transmission main is required from the new surface water treatment Phase 1 plant to Mills Avenue. This main would be connected to the existing water distribution system to supply surface water to the City's water system. Citywide Specific water system requirements should be further evaluated Phase 1 through preparation of a potable water master plan at an appropriate time in the future. Southern and eastern areas of New wells will be required. Additional water storage tanks may be Phase 1 and 2 the city needed. General Plan growth areas and The transmission main installed in Phase I would need to be extended Phase 2 Urban Reserve areas southerly in Mills Avenue, then westerly in Lodi Avenue across the WID canal. Sewer Northeast Industrial General No additional facilities are proposed. n/a Plan Growth Area Northeast Industrial Reserve Sewer service for this area will need to be determined through prepa- n/a Sewer Shed ration of a sewer master plan. Century Boulevard and Central Sewer service for this area will need to be determined through prepa- n/a East Industrial Reserve Sewer ration of a sewer master plan. Sheds Southeast Industrial Reserve Sufficient capacity already planned. Phase 3. Part of the Sewer Shed South Wastewater Trunk Line Harney Lane Lift Station Sewer Sufficient pump station capacity already planned. Phase 1. As part of Shed the South Wastewater Trunk Line South Wastewater Trunk Line There is excess capacity available in this planned sewer. As of 2008, Phase 1/ In Progress. Master Plan Sewer Shed the only segment of this sewer that has been constructed is the seg- Part of the South ment through the Reynolds Ranch development, which has excess Wastewater Trunk Line capacity. West General Plan Growth Western growth area sewer sheds and the Urban Reserve sewer sheds Phase 2 and 3 Area and Urban Reserve Sewer will flow to a new sewer located along the boundary between Phase 2 Sheds and Phase 3 development areas. Redevelopment Sewer Sheds Some of the sewers serving the downtown area are currently flowing at Phase 1 or above their design capacity. Additional sewer improvements needed to serve infill will be determined by preparation of a sewer master plan for these areas. 3-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN TABLE 3-6: INFRASTRUCTURE PHASING (CONTINUED) LOCATION REQUIRED INFRASTRUCTURE PHASE Sewer Outfall from the City to The outfall does not have adequate capacity for the PWWF at reason- End of Phase 1 or the WSWPCF able development of the General Plan. The outfall is expected to have beginning of Phase 2 adequate capacity until around the end of Phase 1 or beginning of Phase 2 if it is allowed to flow full. Alternatively, a scalping plant near the City could be constructed to treat some of the wastewater flow and to provide recycled water for use in/near the city. This scalping plant would reduce the flow that must be conveyed in the existing outfall pipeline. WSWPCF Capacity expansion of the WSWPCF will be required within the early Phase 1. Part of the stages of Phase 1. The following facilities would be required to meet City of Lodi demand at reasonable development: Wastewater Master Plan • Two Additional Primary Clarifiers • Three Additional Aeration Basins • One Additional Secondary Clarifier • Filter Influent Pump Station • Tertiary Filtration Facility • UV Disinfection Facility • One Additional Anaerobic Digester • General Expansion of the Hydraulic Capacity Throughout the Treat- ment Plant • General Expansion of the Staff Facilities/Building • Other miscellaneous improvements Alternatively, a scalping plant near the City could be constructed to provide recycled water for use in/near the city that would reduce the size or extent of the required new facilities at the WSWPCF. However, there would need to be a nearby use for the re- cycled water for a scalping facility to be feasible. Watersheds K1, K2, K3, L1, Detention basins and trunk storm drains will be needed for all wa- Phase 1. Part of the and L2 tersheds. In addition, L2 will require its own pump station with two South Lodi Storm pumps. There will need to be an outfall pipe line located in a 75 foot Drain Master Plan and wide greenbelt buffer along the south boundary of the city that flows South Hutchins Study to a new 60 cfs pump station on the east side of the WID canal (WID Area Storm Drainage pump station). Master Plan. Watershed J General Plan Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 1 growth area for this watershed. General Plan Growth Area Storm drainage service for the area of growth North of Kettleman Lane Phase 1 North of Kettleman Lane and and west of Lower Sacramento Road has already been planned. No west of Lower Sacramento additional new facilities are necessary. Road CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-21 TABLE 3-6: INFRASTRUCTURE PHASING (CONTINUED) LOCATION REQUIRED INFRASTRUCTURE PHASE Central West General Plan Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 1 Growth Area for this watershed. Southeast General Plan Growth Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 2 Area Watershed for this watershed. Northwest General Plan Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 2 Growth Area Watershed for this watershed. Southwest General Plan Trunk storm drain, detention basin, pump station, and outfall pipeline Phase 2 Growth Area will be needed for this watershed. Northeast Industrial Reserve Detention basin, pressure pipeline, and storm drains will be needed for Phase 3 this watershed. Additional studies will determine if existing detention basin could gravity drain to existing pump station, eliminating need for a new pump station. Central East Industrial Reserve Detention basin and outfall pipeline will be needed for this watershed. Phase 3 Southeast Industrial Reserve Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 3 Watershed for this watershed. Northwest Urban Reserve Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 3 Watershed for this watershed. Central West Urban Reserve Trunk storm drain, detention basin, and outfall pipeline will be needed Phase 3 Watershed for this watershed. Southwest Urban Reserve Trunk storm drain, detention basin, pump station, and outfall pipeline Phase 3 Watershed will be needed for this watershed. Northeast Corner General Plan No additional detention storage or outlet pumping capacity is required n/a Growth Area for this watershed area. Source: West Yost, 2009. 3-22 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 3.5 PUBLIC FACILITIES This section focuses on specific functional needs of Lodi's public services and facilities, including schools, libraries, police and fire services. Facilities are distrib- uted throughout the city as shown on Figure 3-4• Public Schools Lodi's educational and academic needs are served primarily by the Lodi Unified School District (LUSD). LUSD covers an area of 350 square miles, serving all of Lodi as well as North Stockton, Acampo, Clements, Lockeford, Victor, and Woodbridge. In the 2-007-2008 school year, LUSD served 31,259 students in kindergar- ten through grade12.15 Within Lodi, LUSD has a total of 21 schools—i2 ele- mentary, two middle, two comprehensive high schools, and one continuation high school. In addition, the district offers alternative, adult, and pre-schools. Table 3-7 describes the enrollment and capacity of LUSD schools located in the City of Lodi. As of 2oo7, LUSD's school facilities—within Lodi—were at 97% overall capacity. Several elementary, middle, and alternative education schools are exceeding their capacities. Private Schools The City of Lodi has ten private schools, with a total estimated enrollment of 1,875 students ranging from preschool to grade iz. Unlike LUSD schools, many private schools offer preschool education. Higher Education Currently there is one adult school and one Regional Occupation Program in LUSD, both of which are located in Lodi's Eastside neighborhood. As of zoo7, there are an estimated 2,500 students enrolled in the Adult Education Program and 1,z90 enrolled in the Lincoln Tech ROP. A placeholder is shown on Figure 3-4 for a potential San Joaquin Delta College campus just east of the City's current city limits, along Victor Road. California Department of Education. Education Demographics Unit. District Enrollment by Grade, 2oo8-2oog. Public schools in Lodi, such as Lodi High, Millswood Middleschool, and Larson Elementary, are nearing or above capacity. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-23 FIGURE 3-4: PUBLIC SERVICES High School is Middle School ES Elementary School = Other School = Planned School = Private School 3-24 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN ® Fire Station ® Police Station © Library --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) .--- City Limits (2008) o 1/z 1 z MILES TABLE 3-7: LODI UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT SCHOOLS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF LODI NAME ADDRESS GRADES ENROLLMENT CAPACITY' 2007-2008 ENROLLMENT Elementary Schools Beckman Elementary 2201 Scarborough Dr. K-6 632 639 Borchardt Elementary 375 Culbertson Dr. K-6 739 790 Heritage Primary Elementary 509 E. Eden St. K-3 472 468 Lakewood Elementary 1100 North Ham Ln K-6 384 382 Larson Elementary 2375 Giannoni Wy. K-6 676 683 Lawrence Elementary 721 Calaveras St. K-6 519 549 Needham Elementary 420 S. Pleasant St. 4-6 337 310 Nichols (Leroy) Elementary 1301 South Crescent Ave. K-6 393 415 Reese Elementary 1800 W. Elm St. K-6 638 643 Serna Charter 339 E. Oak St K-8 282 289 Vinewood Elementary 1600 W. Tokay St. K-6 558 550 Washington Elementary 831 W. Lockeford St. K-6 525 479 Middle Schools Lodi Middle 945 South Ham Ln. 7-8 872 913 Millswood Middle 233 N. Mills Ave. 7-8 766 772 High Schools Lodi High 3 S. Pacific Ave 9-12 2,230 2,146 Tokay High Liberty High 1111 W. Century Blvd. 660 W. Walnut St. 9-12 9-12 2,143 140 1,995 151 Other Lodi Adult School 542 E. Pine St. Adult Independence School 660 W. Walnut St. K-12 612 403 Lincoln Tech Academy 53 S. Cherokee Ln. 11-12 School Readiness/ Preschool and Services Children's Center 701 Calaveras St. PK Total 12,918 12,577 1. Capacity as of December 2006. Source: LUSD Facilities Master Plan; California Department of Education, 2007-2008 school year. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-25 Projected Student Population As Lodi grows, additional school facilities will be required to meet new student demand. Demographic projections for San Joaquin County suggest slight increases in the proportion of young and old people between 2000 and 2030, and a slight decline in the proportion of the mid- dle -age population.`6 Overall, demographic changes are expected to be fairly moderate in the County, though changes in actual numbers are large, indicating substan- tial population growth in the county. Age projections are shown in Table 3-8. Given that projections indicate a relatively constant pro- portion of school-age residents through 2030, student generation rates used to determine future school demand are based on the 20o6 LUSD School Facilities Master Plan. These rates are: • 0.25 elementary students per home; • 0.07 middle school students per home; and • 0.14 high school students per home. Student projections by planning phase are shown in Table 3-9. Approximately 4,700 students are anticipated as a result of the General Plan, with an additional 1,700 students expected from approved developments. Projected School Facilities Six new schools (one high school and five K-8 schools) are identified in the General Plan, resulting from these school- age projections. Within the existing city two schools will also be included as part of the approved development projects on the western edge of the city. These schools are accommo- dated by 91 acres of land allocated for public and quasi -public facilities. In addition, a placeholder has been identified for a new elementary school on the eastside of Lodi near the inter- section of Central Avenue and Poplar Street; the ultimate location and size will be determined by the district (due to limited information, this school is not included in the acreage estimates mentioned above). This school would relieve some of the existing elementary school capacity issues. `6 State of California, Department of Finance, Population Projections for California and Its Counties 2,000-z05o, by Age, Gender and Race/ Ethnicity, Sacramento, California, July 2007. 3-26 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Locations for new schools in the planned growth areas include two schools south of Harney Lane to accom- modate new growth in that area during Phase 1. Both of these schools are expected to serve K-8. (The LUSD Master Plan recommends K-8 facilities as opposed to separate K-6 and 7-8 schools.) An additional school will be located in the northwest to accommodate growth in the western edge of the city during Phase 2. Locations for schools in Phase 3 have not been identified. All planned schools are expected to meet the needs of approved development and to relieve any existing capacity issues. Ongoing reassessment of school needs will be required as growth and demographic patterns change over time. Libraries Municipal Library The Lodi Public Library, constructed in 1978, is centrally located on West Locust Street between Pleasant and Church streets. The building is 28,26o square feet, one story, and located on a 1.5 acre site. The library facilities are generally well-maintained, though some upgrades will be necessary to conform to American Disabilities Act standards. As of zoo7, the library had holdings of approximately 150,000 books, 235 magazine subscriptions, 12 news- papers, as well as audio books, videos, music CDs, and CD-ROM media. The Lodi Public Library serves 52,000 registered borrowers, who check out approxi- mately 340,000 items a year. The library offers a number of services and programs to assist its users, including computer services, performances, workshops and classes, and special programs for youth and non-Eng- lish speaking residents. Increasingly, the library is used to access computers and the internet. Standards and Projected Needs Currently, Lodi provides 0.45 square foot of library space per capita. The Zoog Lodi Public Library Facili- ties Management Plan establishes guidelines that would raise the per capita amount of library space to 0.84 square foot. Given the reasonable development potential TABLE 3-8: AGE PROJECTIONS FOR SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY Source: California Department of Finance, 2007 TABLE 3-9: PROJECTED NEW LODI UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT STUDENTS 2000 2030 2000-2030 Age Total % of Total Total % of Total % Change 0-4 45,455 8 114,288 9 151 5-19 149,861 26 330,870 27 121 20-39 158,481 28 345,894 29 118 40-64 155,452 27 259,991 22 67 65+ 59,834 11 154,155 13 158 Total 569,083 100 1,205,198 100 112 Source: California Department of Finance, 2007 TABLE 3-9: PROJECTED NEW LODI UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT STUDENTS Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; LUSD 2006 School Facilities Master Plan CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-27 NEW STUDENTS (STUDENTS PER HOUSING UNIT)' Phase Housing Units Elem. (K-6)2 Middle (7-8) High (9-12) Phase 1 4,400 1,100 310 620 Phase 2 1,900 480 130 270 Phase 3 (UR) 3,800 950 270 530 Approved Development 3,700 930 260 520 TOTAL 13,800 3,450 970 1,930 1. Totals do not sum precisely due to rounding. 2. An additional K-6 school site is shown near Central Avenue and East Poplar Street, but is not reflected in the table as the exact site and acreage are not yet determined. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; LUSD 2006 School Facilities Master Plan CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-27 The Lodi Public Library. The Lodi Police Department. 3-28 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN population of 99,500, the proposed Plan would require a total of 83,600 square feet of library space to satisfy this goal. However, this need should be monitored in light of continued trends toward digital storage and distribution of books and other media. Given Lodi's compact form, a central main library branch is appropriate, though additional neighbor- hood branches may be desirable. Locations for new library branches would include mixed-use centers and the Eastside, which currently has poor access to the existing library. Additionally, while most of the Public/ Quasi -Public designation in the General Plan is attrib- uted to new schools, an estimated ro acres are assumed to be used for other public uses, such as library branches. Sites identified in the zooz Lodi Public Library Facili- ties Management Plan should also be considered. Fire and Police Facilities The Lodi Fire Department covers the city from four fire stations: Fire Station i is located in the downtown area, Fire Station z is located on the eastside of Lodi, Fire Station 3 is located in the southwest section of town, and Station 4 is in the northwest section of town. Station 4 also houses the Mobile Operations Center and is used by both the Fire and Police departments. A fifth Fire Station location has been reserved as part of the approved Reynolds Ranch project located south of Harney Lane and west of Highway 99. In addition, the City of Lodi Fire Department participates in the CalEMA state-wide mutual aid system, which utilizes resources from municipal fire departments in order to provide fire protection throughout the State. The City also has a mutual aid agreement with the Woodbridge Fire Pro- tection District , The Lodi Police Department serves the city in three districts—the Central District, Heritage District and Sunset District—that encompass five patrol beats. As Lodi grows, fire and police capacity will have to be regularly evaluated to ensure sufficient personnel and appropriate location of stations in order to maintain acceptable levels of service. Personnel and service are further addressed in Chapter 8: Safety. 17 Pacific Municipal Consultants, Lodi Shopping Center Draft Environ- mental Impact Report, prepared for the City of Lodi, August 2004. 3.6 POLICIES Please refer to Chapter 4: Community Design and Livabil- ity for additional policies regarding Lodi' urban form. GM -G1 Ensure contiguous, paced, and orderly growth by identifying phases for develop- ment. Allow development in subsequent phases only once thresholds of reason- able development in prior phases have been achieved. GM -G2 Provide infrastructure—including water, sewer, stormwater, and solid waste/recycling systems—that is designed and timed to be consistent with projected capacity require- ments and development phasing. GM -G3 Promote conservation of resources in order to reduce the load on existing and planned infrastructure capacity, and to preserve existing environmental resources. GM -G4 Provide public facilities—including police and fire services, schools, and libraries— commensurate with the needs of the existing and future population. GM -G5 Support efforts to provide superior public and private educational opportunities for all segments of the population. Growth Management Please refer to Chapter: Conservation forpolicies regarding agricultural preservation and Chapter 8. Safety for policies regarding stormwater management. GM -Pi Define Lodi's southern boundary and establish limits on development to the south through the establishment the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area. Cooperate with San Joaquin County, the San Joaquin County Local Agency Formation Commission and property owners to ensure maintenance of this area as a separator from the City of Stockton. GM -P2 Target new growth into identified areas, extending south, west, and southeast. Ensure contiguous development by requiring devel- opment to conform to phasing described in Figure 3-1. Enforce phasing through permitting and infrastructure provision. Devel- opment may not extend to Phase 2 until Phase 1 has reached 75% of development potential (measured in acres) and develop- ment may not extend to Phase 3 until Phase 2 has reached 75% of development potential. In order to respond to market changes in the demand for various land use types, exemp- tions may be made to allow for development in future phases before these thresholds in the previous phase have been reached. GM -P3 Use the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance as a mechanism to even out the pace, diversity, and direction of growth. Update the Growth Management Allo- cation Ordinance to reflect phasing and desired housing mix. Because unused allocations carry over, as of 2007, 3,268 addi- tional permits were available. Therefore, the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance will not restrict growth, but simply even out any market extremes. GM -P4 Update allocation of units by density to ensure that development density occurs as recommended in Chapter 2: Land Use. For instance, approved permits should be allocated to provide 44% of permits for low density, 28% medium density, and 28% high density/ mixed use housing during Phase 1. This represents a shift towards slightly more medium and high density housing in Lodi. GM -P5 Update impact fee system to balance the need to sufficiently fund needed facilities and services without penalizing multifamily housing or infill development. GM -1136 Annex areas outside the existing sphere of influence to conform with development needs for Phase 1, Phase 2, and Phase 3. Subse- quent phases shall be annexed as current phases reach development thresholds. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-29 GM -P7 Use Eminent Domain only for the acquisi- tion of land for public facilities, as set forth by Ordinance 1775. Infrastructure GM -P8 Ensure that public facilities and infrastruc- ture—including water supply, sewer, and stormwater facilities—are designed to meet projected capacity requirements to avoid the need for future replacement and upsizing, pursuant to the General Plan and relevant master planning. GM -P9 Coordinate extension of sewer service, water service, and stormwater facilities into new growth areas concurrent with development phasing. Decline requests for extension of water and sewer lines beyond the city limit prior to the relevant development phase and approve development plans and water system extension only when a dependable and adequate water supply for the develop- ment is assured. GM -P10 Develop new facilities and rehabilitate existing facilities as needed to serve existing development and expected development, in accordance with the General Plan and relevant infrastructure master plans. GM -P11 Prepare master plan documents as necessary during the planning period to address the infrastructure needs of existing and projected growth, and to determine appropriate infrastructure provision for each phase. Existing master plan documents should be used until new master plans are developed, and updates should occur as follows: A sanitary sewer system master plan should be undertaken soon after General Plan adoption. In particular, this master plan should address how to best provide sewer service for the growth on the east side of the city and for infill development, and to determine if additional wastewater flows will need to be diverted into the proposed South Wastewater Trunk Line. 3-30 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN A citywide stormwater master plan should be prepared soon after General Plan adoption to confirm or revise existing planning studies. • A White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility master plan should be completed during the early stages of Phase 1, most likely in 2013 or 2014. • A recycled water master plan was prepared in May 2008 and is current as of 2009. It may be appropriate to update this document when the next WSWPCF master plan is prepared, in 2013 or 2014, to evaluate the feasibility of constructing a scalping plant to provide recycled water for use within the city. • A potable water supply and distribution master plan is not urgently needed, as of 2009. Future planning should be completed as necessary. • The Urban Water Management Plan should be updated on a five year basis in compliance with State of California mandated require- ments. Future plans should be developed in 2010, 2015, 2020, 2025, and 2030. Water Conservation GM -P12 Require water conservation in both City operations and private development to minimize the need for the development of new water sources and facilities. To the extent practicable, promote water conserva- tion and reduced water demand by: • Requiring the installation of non -potable water (recycled or gray water) infrastruc- ture for irrigation of landscaped areas over one acre of new landscape acreage, where feasible. Conditions of approval shall require connection and use of nonpotable water supplies when available at the site. • Encouraging water -conserving landscaping, including the use of drought -tolerant and native plants, xeriscaping, use of evapo- transpiration water systems, and other conservation measures. • Encouraging retrofitting of existing develop- ment with water -efficient plumbing fixtures, such as ultra low -flow toilets, waterless urinals, low -flow sinks and showerheads, and water - efficient dishwashers and washing machines. GM -P13 Support on-site gray water and rainwater harvesting systems for households and businesses. The City should develop a strategy for the legal, effective, and safe implementation of gray water and rainwater harvesting systems, including amendment of the Building Code as appropriate to permit gray water and provision of technical assistance and edu- cational programming to help residents implement gray water and rainwater harvest- ing strategies. GM -P14 Continue to implement the Water Meter Retrofit Program (consistent with State requirements as indicated in AB 2572), whereby all existing non -metered connec- tions would be retrofitted with a water meter. This program is expected to be completed in 2015. GM -P15 Require water meters in all new and rehabili- tated development. GM -P16 Monitor water usage and conservation rates resulting from the meter progress to verify if water demand assumptions are correct. If actual usage and conservation rates vary from planning assumptions, reassess requirements for future water resources. Potable Water Supply GM -P17 Cooperate with Northeastern San Joaquin County Groundwater Banking Authority, other member water agencies, and the Woodbridge Irrigation District to retain surface water rights and groundwater supply. Recycled Water GM -P18 Explore a program of complete wastewater reclamation and reuse at the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility. GM -P19 Encourage the use of tertiary treated waste- water for irrigation of agricultural lands, large landscaped areas, and recreation/open space areas within close proximity to the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility. Solid Waste Management and Recycling GM -P20 Continue to improve waste diversion rates through recycling and resource conserva- tion measures. Support waste reduction and recycling programs through public education. Public Facilities Please refer to Chapter 8: Safety for policies regarding fire and police staffing and emergency services. GM -P21 Locate additional schools to fill any existing gaps in capacity and meet the needs of existing and new residents. Provide needed facilities concurrent with phased development. GM -P22 Coordinate with Lodi Unified School District in monitoring housing, population, and enrollment trends and evaluating their effects on future school facility needs. GM -P23 Phase school development as part of new residential growth to provide adequate school facilities, without exceeding capacity of existing schools. Schools should be provided consistent with the Lodi Unified School District's School Facilities Master Plan, which defines student generation rates. GM -P24 Support all necessary and reasonable efforts by Lodi Unified School District to obtain funding for capital improvements required to meet school facility needs, including adoption and implementation of local financing mechanisms, such as community facility districts, and the assessment of school impact fees. GM -P25 Locate any additional library branches to ensure all neighborhoods are served, in par- ticular in the Eastside neighborhood and in proposed mixed use centers. CHAPTER 3: GROWTH MANAGEMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE 1 3-31 GM -P26 Develop a Fire and Police Services Master Plan that would establish thresholds and requirements for fire and police facilities, staffing, and building features. The Fire and Police Services Master Plan should consider the following: • Typical nature and type of calls for service; • Fire prevention and mitigation measures, such as sprinklers, fire retardant materials, and alarms; • Appropriate measures for determining adequate levels of service; and • Locations and requirements for additional facilities and staffing. GM -P27 Maintain sufficient fire and police personnel and facilities to ensure maintenance of acceptable levels of service. Provide needed facilities concurrent with phased development. 3-32 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN The concept of livability encompasses economic and social factors such as employment opportunities, housing affordability, public services, and safety, as well as the physical form of the city. This element explores the physical factors that make Lodi a desirable place to live. It envisions a compact and sustainable city form, walkable neighborhoods, a revitalized downtown and corridors, multiple new recreational opportunities, and a continued high quality of life. Topics addressed include city form and identity; downtown; neighbor- hoods and corridors; streets, connectivity, and accessibility; and site planning and green building. a-1 4.1 COMMUNITY DESIGN AND LIVABILITY FRAMEWORK All scales of urban form affect livability—from the design of individual homes, to neighborhood streets and parks, to citywide systems of streets and open spaces. A highly livable city works at each scale. As growth occurs, maintaining Lodi's compact form and rela- tionship with the regional landscape will be dominant issues. New neighborhoods and infill development will need to reflect needs of the future population, which increasingly comprises the elderly and non-traditional households, including single -person and multi -genera- tional households. Growth will also place demands on the transportation system, resulting in increased traffic and pressure to widen and expand the street network, potentially impacting pedestrian walkability and bicycle access. Through a citywide survey and other outreach conducted for the General Plan, residents have indicated several priorities for the city's future. These include: • Preserving Lodi's small-town character; • Maintaining a compact form and protecting sur- rounding agricultural land; • Enhancing downtown vitality; • Revitalizing vacant or decrepit older buildings; • Protecting agricultural land, large trees, and historic buildings; • Increasing bikeways and pedestrian walkways; and • Increasing park and recreational space. Existing Framework In addition to the General Plan and the Zoning Ordinance, urban design in the city is guided by the Downtown Development Standards and Guidelines, developed in 1997 and the Eastside Mobility and Access Plan, developed in zoo6. The Downtown Development Standards and Guidelines were developed to ensure high quality building and street design in downtown Lodi. The Eastside Mobility and Access Plan emphasizes improving safety, access, and comfort for pedestrians, cyclists, transit uses and motorists between downtown and the Eastside neighborhood, focusing on Sacramento Street, Lodi Avenue and Central Avenue corridors. The Guidelines and Access Plan are consistent with the General Plan and will continue to guide development in their respective locations. The agricultural edge provides contrast to the urban center, reinforcing Lodi's identity. 4-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 4.2 CITY FORM AND IDENTITY Lodi today is a livable community. Community surveys indicate civic pride and a sense of identity. Well -situated away from the urban traffic and sprawl of the Bay Area, the city enjoys a favorable Central Valley climate. Lodi has a compact form, with visible history and a human scale. Downtown is active, well -kept, and pedestrian - oriented. Agricultural land surrounding Lodi provides a contrast to the urban center, further reinforcing Lodi's identity. Compact and Coherent Form Lodi has higher population density than any other community in the county and most of the Central Valley. Growth has remained contiguous, due to incremental development on all sides of the city core. This has allowed Lodi to maintain a generally square structure, as shown in Figure 4-I. As a result, downtown and the oldest neighborhoods remain close to the geo- graphic center of the city. Furthermore, the city's built form consists of fairly uniform layers or "belts" of devel- opment radiating from the downtown. Consequently, Lodi's neighborhoods possess consistent urban design and livability qualities without significant disruptions. Because of the absence, until fairly recently, of large- scale developments, there is diversity in building design as well. In recent decades, growth has been focused on land at the southern and western edges in particular, resulting in increasing distances from downtown. Several characteristics make Lodi a coherent and navigable city. Lodi has a historic and identifiable downtown, surrounded by graceful neighborhoods and tree lined streets. The city lacks major obstacles within its borders, with the exception of the railroad tracks and State Route (SR) 99, much of which is depressed through the city. The urban form is further defined by the contrast to the surrounding agricultural land, which complements the urban form and provides visual and functional definition to the city's outer edge. The agri- cultural setting not only provides a special identity, but also sustains emerging industries in viticulture and tourism, making it an integral component of the city's identity and economic base. Historic buildings such as the Carnegie Forum, gracious old neighborhood streets, and new neighborhood design all help define the evolution of Lodi's structure. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-3 FIGURE 4-1: URBAN FORM 0 1/2 1 2 MILES - Downtown ■ ■ ■ Urban/ Agricultural Edge - Old Lodi Agricutural/ Rural Setting Eastside Key Connections Newer Neighborhoods -� Downtown Develo emnt Standards and Guidelines Apply ti......r p ppY Industrial Development Eastside Mobility and Access Plan Study Area IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII commercial Corridors 4-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN FIGURE 4-2: URBAN EVOLUTION City Structure Evolution The typology of the neighborhoods emanating from o downtown reflect their development era, with a close r4 knit grid of streets at the core giving way to large -spaced , t arterials and introverted neighborhoods at the edge. Ln - Lodi This evolution is illustrated in Figure 4-2. '"'`�'n- Lodi generally exhibits four patterns of residential neighborhood scale and structure—gridded, semi-grid- ded, curvilinear and varied—which roughly correspond to different eras of development. These patterns are described in the text below and in Figure 4-3. In general, neighborhoods are fairly homogeneous in their nature, rarely exhibiting a mix of land uses, parcel sizes, or street types. The only non-residential parts of Lodi that are notable in size and profile are the downtown com- mercial district and the industrial Eastside, which are singular areas unlike the rest of the city. A. Old Lodi Grid Pattern The grid pattern was established from the city's beginning in the 19th century and expanded from what is now downtown into surrounding neighbor- hoods through the 1950s. Downtown, Old Lodi and the Eastside neighborhoods exhibit a fine grained street grid with extensive street trees, small parcels, and small blocks, averaging approximately 350 feet by 450 feet. The short interconnecting blocks of Old Lodi predate the automobile, providing flexi- bility for pedestrians, bicyclists, and automobiles in moving through the neighborhood. B. Semi-Gridded Pattern As newer areas radiate out of this core, the overall street grid pattern remains intact, though block lengths begin to increase. Finding space for street trees in newer residential areas is a challenge as large home frontages are devoted to garages and driveways. C. Curvilinear Pattern The post -World War II period saw the introduc- tion of the curvilinear pattern with cul-de-sacs, L1 r c. 1900 Original City Limits c. 1930 City Limits c. 1960 City Limits c. 1980 City Limits c. 2000 City Limits CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-5 t -intersections, and longer blocks, with through streets appearing only every quarter mile. Often these streets lack street trees except on larger arterials, though front yards of these residential neighborhoods are often landscaped with trees. This era also marked the introduction of large lot com- mercial development with large surface parking lots fronting on major arterials. This typology remained dominant through the i98os with the through street grid expanding in places to every half -mile in the ig6os, and further expanding to every mile by t980. Parcel sizes also increased by nearly 50 percent when compared to parcels in the gridded areas of town. These neigh- borhoods lack a mix of uses within their boundaries and are largely isolated from other neighborhoods, jobs, and services. D. Varied Pattern The newest neighborhoods exhibit a mix of the semi-gridded and curvilinear patterns, often with more connectivity than a curvilinear design but longer blocks and fewer connections than the fine - scale grid found in central Lodi. This pattern is also largely isolated from other neighborhoods, jobs, and services. Future City Structure The plan strives to provide connectivity while accommo- dating desired residential typologies. The plan envisions the evolution of Lodi's structure as one that maintains connectivity, smaller block sizes, the use of street trees, and an integration of uses within neighborhoods. This framework is illustrated in Figure 4-4• The northern edge of the city is well defined by the Mokelumne River. Due to limited existing connec- tions across the river and the difficulty and expense of new connections, the Mokelumne River shall remain the City's northern edge. The Armstrong Road Agri- cultural/Cluster Study Area, described in Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure, will delineate the southern boundary of Lodi's urban development and 4-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN the northern border of Stockton, creating distinction and physical separation between the two cities. The railroad currently acts as an edge between the east and west sides of the city. Connections across the railroad, in particular for pedestrians and bicycles, would unify the city and establish a more connected urban fabric. Additional edges exist along Harney Lane and Lower Sacramento Road due to walled and gated housing development. These streets will be important places to establish permeability and connectivity between proposed development and the urban center. A soft but clear transition at the agricultural and urban interface will establish the urban edge of Lodi while retaining access to the agricultural land. FIGURE 4-3: NEIGHBORHOOD SCALE STRUCTURE COMPARISON A Old Lodi Grid Pattern B Semi-Gridded Pattern C Curvilinear Pattern Blocks Intersections 100 acre analysis (2087'x 2087') (T -intersections count as 0.5) 32 blocks 28 blocks 22 intersections 7 F + + +++++� ++ y + + ++� + + + -r. + 1 + + + + 22 intersections 7 F + + +++++� ++� +++++� 20 intersections Through Streets 7 through streets 7 through streets 15 blocks NOIN r D Varied Pattern :M 31 blocks 12.5 intersections A i F -1 F 1 + 11 T F T T T 1 F T } + F F T T T 1 F T F A 19 intersections 1 through street 2 through streets CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-7 FIGURE 4-4: COMMUNITY DESIGN FRAMEWORK 0 •--•--•--••- Urban Reserve —'—' City Limits (2008) — Parks and Open Space — Public and Quasi Public (including schools) Mixed Use Centers 4-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Mixed Use Corridors — Downtown Major Street Connections Intermediate Street Connections (depending on specific alignment and interim development) 0 1R 1 2 MILES ® New Neighborhood ;1(11 Southeast Employment Center ® Armstrong Road Agricultural/ Cluster Study Area 4.3 DOWNTOWN Downtown Lodi Downtown Lodi is located near the center of the city, roughly contained by Lockeford Street, PleasantAvenue, the railroad, and Lodi Avenue. Downtown offers small scale retail in a vibrant pedestrian -oriented setting, and is easily accessible from nearby government offices and the surrounding residential neighborhoods. The downtown has benefited from revitalization efforts over the past decade, and the creation of Downtown Development Standards and Guidelines. Streetscape improvements to date have been made through the General Fund and Assessment District rather than through establishment of a redevelopment area, though future improvements may be dependent on some other financing structure. The Streetscape, well articulated buildings, and active use of the street through outdoor dining and open air markets all contribute to the creation of a distinct and vibrant atmosphere. This plan envisions a slightly larger downtown that embraces the Eastside, extending to Main Street. The heart of the pedestrian -oriented downtown area is along School Street. Church Street runs one block west of School Street and accommodates parking for School Street and the downtown area. Many of the parking lots accessible off of Church Street provide back door entrances or access to alleyways or arcades that access School Street. Other key north/south downtown streets include Sacramento Street and Main Street; east/ west streets include Elm Street and Pine Street. The downtown area is currently one of the densest areas of Lodi, with an average floor area ratio (FAR) over 0.75 and building heights of one to three stories. Existing development patterns and street design are effective and aesthetically pleasing. One addition that could be considered is an extended pattern of small plaza spaces as community gathering spaces, located through- out the downtown, similar to the mini -squares that exist near the Post Office and in front of the theater. Wayfinding and historic lighting help define the downtown core. Downtown is one of the densest areas of Lodi. The mini -square located in front of the theater is one of many pedestrian amenities downtown. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-9 Downtown Lodi is vibrant and pedestrian oriented. 4-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Downtown Mixed Use District This plan strives to enhance and reinforce downtown as the vibrant center of the city through infill devel- opment and promoting a mix of uses, including more housing. The addition of residential uses and possibly hotel uses in the downtown core will increase demand for downtown services, contribute to the vibrancy of the area, and reduce pressure to develop outward onto agricultural land. To encourage density in the downtown core, allowable FAR will remain at 3.0, with up to six -story buildings. This is slightly taller than most buildings in downtown, but still at a height that could be well integrated into the area. These concepts are illus- trated in Figure 4-5• The downtown area also has the potential to expand across the railroad tracks at Pine Street and connect to Main and Stockton streets and to Hale Park. Main and Stockton streets already exhibit higher densities and mixed -uses similar to those found in the downtown area. Additional streetscaping on the eastern side of the railroad, rehabilitation of key sites, and implementation of wayfinding elements would improve the connec- tion across the railroad and integrate this area into the downtown. While Main and Stockton streets are envi- sioned as part of the downtown area, it is important that they also maintain their distinct character, perhaps reflecting an art and entertainment focus. le ONO ■ Public Art Public art is currently used in the city to acknowl- edge local historical pride. For example, throughout downtown, several murals depict Lodi's history. Public art is also part of the East Lodi Avenue Reconstruc- tion project, including 24 mosaic medallions. Public art can be an effective means to contribute to the unique identity of a place, and can have an expanded focus in the future. Several murals throughout Lodi add character and depict Lodi's history. 4-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 4.4 NEIGHBORHOODS, CORRIDORS, AND MIXED USE CENTERS In addition to downtown, key components of Lodi's structure are corridors—such as Kettleman Lane and Lodi Avenue—and neighborhoods. While the corridors are currently dominated by auto -oriented commercial uses, the general plan seeks a greater pedestrian focus, and mixed use development in some stretches, especially closer to the core. In addition to the corridors and neigh- borhoods, the general plan seeks to establish mixed-use centers for new development at the edge of the existing urbanized area. This section describes the key character- istics and goals of each of these three forms. Neighborhoods For many of Lodi's residents, livability begins with their neighborhood. Residential environments need to be comfortable, safe, and designed to support the needs of diverse groups includingyoung children, adolescents, the elderly, handicapped, single adults, and families. Lodi's neighborhoods are very diverse, ranging from country roads with historic farmhouses to historic neighbor- hoods of Victorian cottages and California bungalows to recent large-scale master -planned developments. Lodi's neighborhoods are largely internally consistent in their architecture and site design. Residential land in Lodi is generally single-family detached housing, developed at a density of less than eight units per acre. These densities are fairly consistent across the city's neighborhoods, with development at the urban fringes sometimes ranging from four to six units per acre. The main exception to this pattern is found in the older, gridded sections of Lodi—particularly the Eastside— where smaller parcels result in a slightly higher density and a greater mix of uses. Pockets of medium- to high- density housing can be found to the south of Kettleman Lane near Mallard Lake and off of Hutchins Street. Low density housing in southwest Lodi, less than eight units per acre. Medium density housing in west Lodi, 8-15 units per acre. High density housing in southeast Lodi, over 25 units per acre. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-13 Sidewalks in Old Lodi are continuous and tree lined, promoting walkability. Garages sit back from homes and rarely occupy the street frontage in Old Lodi, creating a more active and pedestrian -oriented streetscape. Many Eastside neighborhood streets are treelined and pedestrian oriented. 4-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Old Lodi Old Lodi is located within the gridded center of the city described above. Housing in this area is primarily sin- gle-family, but multifamily housing is well integrated into the fabric through design and landscaping that is consistent with the single-family units. Few homes have garages or driveways that break up the street. Non-residential uses are incorporated into the predomi- nately residential neighborhood, including public parks, stores, offices, government uses, and parking. Housing in this area is generally within 1/3 of a mile or less of commercial uses—easily within walking distance, making the neighborhood much closer to retail than any other residential area in the city. Several blocks also include alleyways, which allow garages, public utilities, and services to be accessed away from the main road, thereby maintaining continuity on the street, reducing noise, visual clutter, and traffic congestion. Eastside Neighborhoods east of the railroad tracks are located within the gridded center of the city described above. Smaller commercial strips, such as along Central Avenue, provide pedestrian -oriented access to services and shopping. Multifamily housing is more common in the Eastside neighborhoods. Many Eastside neigh- borhoods' homes and apartments, however, are in need of rehabilitation. In addition, many residents see a need to improve connections across the railroad tracks to the city center. Newer Neighborhoods Much of the recent residential development in Lodi has been at the western and southern edges of the city. These neighborhoods reflect the curvilinear and varied street patterns and tend to be auto -oriented rather than pedestrian -oriented. Garages often dominate housing frontage and break up the street curb, limiting on -street parking. Development is also generally single use in nature, with residential and commercial uses separated. The curvilinear pattern restricts outside access to the neighborhood. Multiple curvilinear developments create a series of residential islands interconnected only by major roadways, with travel distances that require driving. Restricting the number of access points to the larger street network can also create congestion at a few choke points, since traffic cannot easily distribute itself to other intersections. Finally, limited access points, indirect routes, and long blocks make walking an inefficient transportation choice. While some of the most recent neighborhoods have better internal connectivity than the curvilinear design, access is often somewhat limited to the broader roadway network of the city and the neigh- borhoods continue to lack non-residential uses. Increasing connectivity and walkability throughout these neighborhoods could contribute to the livability of these already often pleasant neighborhoods. This can be accomplished with streetscape improvements and establishing pedestrian and bike network connections, such as paths that link cul-de-sacs. Future Development Infill development, particularly downtown and along key corridors, is expected to make up about a quarter of new housing in Lodi. The remaining development will occur throughout the city and at the southern and western edges of the city. These new neighborhoods are envisioned with a greater mix of uses, strong connections to commercial and public services, high quality design, and well landscaped streets. All potential street connec- tions with the existing urban fabric will be extended through the neighborhoods. Residential densities in this Plan allow slightly denser development than currently exists, though the majority of new development will continue to be in the form of single-family homes. Higher densities proposed for future growth in Lodi are targeted toward infill oppor- tunities along the corridors and in downtown; and in the new mixed-use centers to complement the commer- cial development in those areas and to establish vibrant centers. These densities will contribute to maintenance of the compact form by avoiding unnecessary con- version of farmland and help support local businesses and transit. Regardless of density, all development must address community needs for parking, provide Garages often dominate the frontage of newer single-family housing, detracting from the pedestrian experience. Many of the most recent developments have started to include street trees. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-15 adequately -sized housing units, and enable the develop- ment of accessible public open space. Ultimately it is not the density of new housing but the design and the degree to which it is integrated with local character and scale that determines whether new housing is successful. Corridors Lodi's corridors establish connections within the city, define its neighborhoods, and host most of the city's large-scale commercial uses. Corridors are generally four -lane automobile -oriented arterials, often divided by a median, which is in some cases landscaped. Frequent curb cuts, inconsistent setback distances, large building bulk, and large parking lots located between the street and buildings create a jarring visual break from the small scale and vegetated nature of Lodi's residential neighborhoods. Key corridors include Kettleman Lane, Cherokee Lane, Lodi Avenue, Century Boulevard, Lower Sacramento Road, Harney Lane, and Central Avenue. The Plan strives to revitalize Kettleman Lane, Cherokee Lane, Lodi Avenue and Central Avenue by establish- ing them as mixed use corridors with a moderately high FAR of 1.2 which will allow slightly taller buildings and more intensity on each site. The Plan will activate the corridors with new development and re -use of existing buildings. Streets will be enlivened by locating buildings at the front of lots and parking behind, and by providing streetscape features such as trees and unified signage. Kettleman Lane Kettleman Lane (State Highway 12) runs east -west through Lodi. It is the main entry point to the city at the western edge, and a major commercial street. Kettleman Lane is auto -oriented, hosting big -box retail, restaurants and fast-food establishments, offices, and few large res- idential complexes. Most development is located at the back of large parking lots that dominate the street. Despite bike lanes and wide sidewalks, the street lacks pedestrian or bicycle appeal. Kettleman Lane is a four -lane arterial, with a periodic median that is landscaped in a few areas, though generally not wide enough to act as a pedestrian refuge. 4-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Proposed improvements to Kettleman Lane are illustrated in Figure 4-6. Street improvements and safe pedestrian crossing where the Woodbridge Irrigation District Canal crosses Kettleman Lane would support the proposed trail along the Canal, as described in Chapter 6: Parks, Recre- ation and Open Space. However, while some changes to Kettleman Lane may achieve a more aesthetically pleasing appearance and improved pedestrian and bicycle friend- liness, it is envisioned to remain an essential corridor for automobile access and large scale shopping destinations. Cherokee Lane Cherokee Lane, formerly State Highway 99, runs north -south through Lodi and is a major entry point for access off of SR -99. Cherokee Lane has consistent auto -oriented lighting and a landscaped median for the majority of its length, which help to make the street seem narrower than the curb -to -curb width of around 75 feet. Typical of old Highway 99, uses along Cherokee Lane are primarily auto oriented commercial, including food, motels, and automobile services and dealers. These uses reflect a variety of scales. Generally speaking, at the northern end of Cherokee Lane commercial uses are small scale and oriented to the street while the southern end is dominated by large scale car dealerships and auto -oriented commercial. The General Plan seeks to tie together the areas of disparate character into one unified corridor, as shown in Figure 4-7. The addition of streetscaping, higher intensity uses, and higher density housing interspersed along Cherokee Lane will help activate and revitalize the corridor. Lodi Avenue Lodi Avenue runs east -west through Lodi. This street is narrower than Kettleman and Cherokee lanes, with a curb -to -curb width around 6o feet in the area proposed as Mixed Use Corridor. Lodi Avenue has a greater mix of uses than many of the other major corridors, including a significant amount of residen- tial use. Commercial uses are primarily setback behind parking lots, though the scale of development is smaller than that found on Kettleman or Cherokee lanes. The Lodi Avenue Reconstruction project from Union Pacific Railroad to Cherokee Lane is in final planning stages FIGURE 4-6: KETTLEMAN LANE i�:�1•� �e�s�1111111111111111 W a+ rCo r - w C 11111111111111111■ __ X1111 _711O 2 VI o 0 111111111111111111: t6 c6 Q ra ® 111111■■■■ ■■■■■u 111111111 = =1111cu V R 150 1111111 11111111/ 1111111�'lll p pllllE ► C E C • 0 ``QIP V N L '� to • C 1■ 1 -. p 0 0 V t 41 Ul 0 O �.. va' T V t O N _ e - . �.. Y N X_ x Y - -- - Q i .� d v+'i Q E CO C Q ++ vii C . �. -----M- C ... 1,��\1 ' r 111 - �- -- -- -IV` Ask I =im = •� • :. �. 6ra a+ rCo r - w C v a o- �. 2 VI o 0 Q M C O H t6 c6 Q ra ® N � �- V R Y �6 -� mmO -- C E C r 0 T v V N L '� to • C U t UYi p 0 0 V t 41 Ul 0 O va' T V t O .O v N Y N X_ x Y !� Q i .� d v+'i Q E CO C Q ++ vii C . �. MAO 1,��\1 ' r 111 ItD�I 0, T a+ rCo r - w C v a o- ra'c 2 VI o C a+ 01 i Q M C O H t6 c6 Q ra ® N � V R Y �6 -� mmO ra N rro C E C r 0 T v V N L '� to vV i C O 0 C U t UYi p 0 0 V t 41 Ul 0 O va' T V t O .O v N Y N X_ x Y Q i .� d v+'i Q E CO C Q ++ vii C \ � v �C Y m ri v H N � T N � N .3 0 01 0 C w 3 C -0 O J .� r6 ra Y p Q GAJ 1= E2 N0 m i vi tC UJ j 01 a+ c O O 0 0) C N 0 v ++ Q Q.0 R Q Y 0 L Q r0 7 v0i vVi O 0-0-0 c v CCU 00 m a CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-17 C T � N a+ rCo r - w C O ° 3 ° c° c V a i'9 Oy y m0 Y O V R j it S T v "6 N d Ol C O 8 v N C d 0at+ .O v N Y N O x Y ro d v+'i Q E CO C Y v GO O N � T N � N .3 0 01 0 C w 3 C -0 O J .� r6 ra Y p Q GAJ 1= E2 N0 m i vi tC UJ j 01 a+ c O O 0 0) C N 0 v ++ Q Q.0 R Q Y 0 L Q r0 7 v0i vVi O 0-0-0 c v CCU 00 m a CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-17 FIGURE 4-7: CHEROKEE LANE Encourage infill and new development to locate at the street edge with parking in the rear, particularly north of Delores Street Unified signage scheme and wayfinding program along Cherokee Lane Apply streetscaping and pedestrian comfort measures to connect residential neighborhoods to and across the Mixed Use Corridor Provide landscaping in parking lots, particularly where they exist between the building and the street 4-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN FGR 48: L D AVENUE � _0 E « + / /<\� *\&\ §±7\ /ƒ\7 ; o e 8 533=a) Q 2 2 § \ Lu V §7 cl—o -27\ § \ o u ƒm7= E?) « — a f/51 \2\� * u m ® 7aC:2G 0 < s e / CHAPTER COMMUNITY DESIGN &LIVABILITY 1 +1e \ ƒ 0 $/\{ sMcm =E§\ /-f 2< \x$2cL \ 7\ / = ) ƒ k \fƒ: k-0 E � _0 E « + / /<\� *\&\ §±7\ /ƒ\7 ; o e 8 533=a) Q 2 2 § \ Lu V §7 cl—o -27\ § \ o u ƒm7= E?) « — a f/51 \2\� * u m ® 7aC:2G 0 < s e / CHAPTER COMMUNITY DESIGN &LIVABILITY 1 +1e as of 2009. The project includes bulbouts and stamped concrete at key intersections as illustrated on Figure 4-8, decorative streetlights, and colored crosswalks, as well as landscaping, trees, benches and sidewalk artwork at various locations along Lodi Avenue. This General Plan envisions Lodi Avenue as a visually cohesive and pedes- trian -friendly street with active ground floor uses, such as retail and restaurants, that are oriented toward the street. Central Avenue Central Avenue is a smaller scale mixed-use street that has been identified by community members as a model for a neighborhood commercial center. Central Avenue is a two-lane street with angled parking, street trees, pedestrian scale lighting, and a planter strip that buffers the pedestrian from the street. Retail and commercial uses are generally one story and oriented to the street. Residential uses line the blocks immediately adjacent and are interspersed on the main commercial block, reflecting a well integrated mix of uses. This setting is very pedestrian friendly and walkable while also being convenient to access by car. These factors contribute to the success of the area as a neighborhood center. General Plan improvements are illustrated in Figure 4-9. Mixed Use Centers Mixed Use Centers will become focal points of new development as the city expands outward to the south and west. These areas will include a mix of uses, including medium- to high-density residential, office, and neighborhood commercial uses, allowing people to live and work in the same area. The Mixed Use Centers are designed to be adjacent to parks and near new schools and public facilities, to maximize accessibil- ity. Essential components of Mixed Use Centers will be their connectivity to the existing urban form, the estab- lishment of pedestrian and bicycle friendly streetscapes, and publicly accessible parks. 4-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN FIGURE 4-9: CENTRAL AVENUE CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-21 Local residential streets, local commercial streets, and corridors should all accommodate bicycles and pedestrians as well as cars. 4-22 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 4.5 STREETS, CONNECTIVITY, AND ACCESSIBILITY Street Design Street design, landscaping, and traffic calming contrib- ute to neighborhood identity, ensure safety, promote social interaction, and enable pedestrian and bicyclist activity. Street design elements that contribute to suc- cessful streets include provision of sidewalks, sense of enclosure, short blocks with connections to adjacent neighborhoods, and a strong building -to -street rela- tionship. Narrow streets provide pedestrian comfort, slow traffic, and create less impervious surface. Success- ful wider streets require much greater attention to street trees and consideration of the pedestrian realm. Short blocks and small parcels lend themselves to walkabil- ity by creating interest and options to the walker. Trees provide multiple benefits: supplying shade, making the street more alive by their movement and richness, purifying the air and increasing the oxygen content, providing a sense of privacy, allowing contact with nature, adding character and reducing noise. Land- scaping, provision of pedestrian amenities such as appropriately scaled lighting and benches, and buildings that line the street with active uses all contribute to the comfort of a street. Street design variation is shown in Figure 4-10. FIGURE 4-10: STREETSCAPE CONCEPTS Local Residential Street Pedestrian - scaled lighting Planter strips between sideA and curb Landscaped front yards Local Commercial Street Street trees in grates or in periodic planting strips. Pedestrian - scaled lighting Awnings or other architectural projections Lighting is Angled or parallel on -street pedestrian parking scaled. 12 foot sidewalks preferred on busy retail streets o Mixed Use Corridor Planted med'-- pedestrian re crosswalks Integrated bi system throu the city Pedestrian - scaled lightir Planter strip: between side and curb 5-7 foot side..u,.., preferred Right -of -Way ' i Sidewalk Travel lanes, bike lanes/routes, Sidewalk i and on -street parking Right -of -Way Sidewalk Planter Travel lane(s), bike lanes, Median Travel lane(s), bike lanes, Planter Sidewal strip and on -street parking and on -street parking strip . Right -of -Way NOTE: These street cross sections are illustrative only. Actual roadway configurations are subject to comprehensive engineering and design. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-23 Walkability is achieved in many contexts, including a walking trail along the WID irrigation canal, tree -lined and continuous residential streets, and sidewalks with pedestrian amenities such as special paving and benches. 4-24 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Walkability "Walkability" is the extent to which the built environ- ment supports and encourages walking by providing for pedestrian comfort, safety, and choice. Like bicycling, walking is a sustainable mode of transport that reduces congestion, conserves energy and does not contribute to air or noise pollution. Beyond its utilitarian value for trips to work, school, or shopping, it can be recreational and improve health. Overall, Lodi is highly walkable, particularly in central Lodi, downtown, and in small commercial areas such as Central Avenue. In some neighborhoods, however, factors such as lack of sidewalks, street trees, or con- nectivity degrade walkability. Several elements impact walkability, including: Path connectivity: A successful path network is well- connected, with a high density of intersections and small block sizes. Connectivity is best addressed when an area is being planned and is far more difficult and expensive to remedy once a place is built, indicating the importance of connectivity in new residential and commercial devel- opment. In some cases, connectivity retrofits might be possible, such as by connecting cul-de-sacs with walkways to provide a continuous bicycle and pedestrian system. Other retrofits, such as providing pedestrian overpasses or underpasses, are likely to be too costly to pursue. • Linkage of Movement Systems: A successful pedes- trian path is linked seamlessly with other modes, particularly to public transit, thereby minimizing automobile dependence. Providing continuity from home to various destinations requires a pedestrian network that is well supported by transit and situ- ated within an accessible mix of land uses. • Fine Grained Land Use Patterns: A walkable neigh- borhood or city has an accessible pattern of activities to serve daily needs, such as access to a park, school, library, and/or market on foot within io to zo minutes. Like path connectivity, land use intensity and diver- sity are best established at the very beginning of the development process since once a low-density and coarse-grained pattern is put in place, it is a legal and physical challenge to insert density and variety. • Safety: The pedestrian network needs to be safe for people of all ages and degrees of mobility, both from traffic hazards and crime. On appropriate streets, traffic calming techniques—whereby vehic- ular traffic is slowed through a variety of devices such as chokers, speed bumps, raised crosswalks, rough paving, roundabouts, or landscaping—are one approach to making streets more pedestrian friendly and safer. To address safety from crime, paths intended for use after dark require appropriate lighting. Walkers are most comfortable with street level lighting only bright enough to illuminate faces, pavement obstacles and level changes. • Path Context: Many aspects of the path context can contribute to a positive walking experience, includ- ing visual interest of the built environment, design of the street as a whole, transparency of fronting struc- tures, visible activity, views, lighting, street trees, and other landscape elements. • Path Quality: Successful paths are continuous and have relatively smooth surfaces to ensure ease of walking and wheelchair access. The required width varies based on need, ranging from single -file trails, or sidewalks that allow two to three people to pass, to broad walkways. Landscape elements such as planting strips between the sidewalk and street help insulate the pedestrian from the moving traffic, and street trees provide protection from the sun and help define the street space. Additional carefully placed amenities and the addition of paving patterns add visual interest and contribute to city identity. Connections/Connectivity Strengthening connections between neighborhoods, local centers, public spaces, regional parks, and the downtown shopping area is an important step to improving livabil- ity. Neighborhoods can be assessed by their internal and external connectivity as described below. Internal Connectivity Internal connectivity describes how easy it is to get from point to point within a relatively small defined area. Connectivity is enhanced by through -streets and a higher number of intersections, which translate to greater availability of options for travel within the neighborhood and to and from the neighborhood. Through -streets are most common in the downtown and older areas such as Old Lodi and the Eastside. While a higher number of intersections increase connectivity, a lower number of intersections can focus traffic on higher capacity collector streets, reducing options for travel through neighborhoods and increasing the amount of through traffic on some streets. Spacing of intersections is important in order to avoid overly frequent intersec- tions which may impede traffic flow and overly long blocks, which may lengthen travel time and distance. External Connectivity External connectivity is how well an area can access, and be accessed by the city's street network, land uses, residents, and visitors. While three-way intersections provide neighborhood access to the citywide street network, a neighborhood wholly linked to surround- ing arterials by three-way intersections is like an island within the city with no other neighborhood directly connected to it. In comparison, four-way intersections allow people to travel freely between neighborhoods. These connections are important because they permit the shortest routes between destinations, thereby enabling walking and biking. The older grid -based neighborhoods of downtown, Old Lodi, and the Eastside have the greatest number of access points and are the most inter-connected—it is easy to travel from one location to another and neighborhoods link easily into one another. The areas immediately outside of these neighborhoods see a drop-off in the frequency of four-way connections but still have many three-way intersections, so at least these neighborhoods can easily access the wider city. Beyond these neigh- borhoods, such as areas west of Ham Lane or south of Kettleman Street, access points are less frequent, in some cases with only two or three occurring every half mile. As a result, the neighborhoods in these areas function as islands, separated from the rest of the city and impeding easy connections between adjacent areas. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-25 Accessibility Another fundamental measure of neighborhood livabil- ity is ease of access, especially by foot, bicycle, stroller, and wheelchair to key elements of the neighborhood such as schools, parks, local shops and services, cultural facilities, libraries, or transit stops. Accessibility is about how easy it is to reach and use important functions of everyday life and key cultural and social resources. It is driven by the quality, convenience, and effectiveness of connections by different modes of transportation. This in turn is affected by allowable densities, distances between different land uses, the grain of the street network, locations of public services, and expen- diture on non -motorized modes of travel such as bike lanes and sidewalks. The layout of the street pattern facilitates or discourages access, especially for pedestrians and bicyclists. When housing, jobs, services, parks, and schools are great distances from one another and are connected by roads that lack bike lanes or sidewalks, cars become a necessity for almost all trips, leading to high levels of traffic, air pollution, and low quality of life for those who cannot drive. Schools and Parks The livability of a city is shaped by how easy it is to access essential resources and services. Parks and schools are two of the most important public services for livabil- ity; having good accessibility to these services is crucial. Currently, Lodi's network of parks and schools are generally well -distributed around the city. A majority of residential land in Lodi is within a five minute walk of a park or school. While a substantial portion of southwest Lodi lacks parks or schools, two parks proposed for the area would remedy that gap in coverage and would sig- nificantly increase the proportion of residential land served. New parks and schools are proposed as integral components of new development around the mixed use centers, located a quick walk, bike ride, or drive from many homes. Further detail on parks can be found in Chapter 6: Parks, Recreation and Open Space. Jobs and Services Ready access to employment, stores, and services is another crucial component of livability. Quick commutes and the ability to easily run errands and make household 4-26 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN purchases frees up time for personal activities, reduces the cost of everyday transportation, lowers the amount of traffic congestion, and limits the emission of green- house gases. In Lodi, most services are concentrated in a few areas, including downtown, along Kettleman Lane, Fairmont Avenue, Lodi Avenue, and Cherokee Lane and in pockets at major intersections on Ham Lane, Lockeford Street, Hutchins Street, and Lower Sacramento Road. This linear distribution along roads often requires access by car to move from one business to another, increas- ing time and traffic congestion. In comparison, clusters of services allow users to park at a single location for a longer period of time. Clustered development can only be found in downtown, at the intersection of Central and Lodi avenues, and at the intersection of Kettleman Lane and Lower Sacramento Road. Overall, the varied location, form, and uses of the city's non-residential areas provide a number of options to residents and often provide a mix of jobs and services in the same area. In particular, jobs and services along Kettleman Lane and Lodi Avenue are well positioned for accessibility—residential uses are located to their immediate north and south, and the streets have capacity for high amounts of traffic. On the other hand, residents along the southern edge of Lodi appear to lack neighbor- hood stores and instead have longer trips to large shopping centers on Ham Lane and Lower Sacramento Road. Improving Accessibility New concentrations of jobs and services will be in Mixed Use Centers and in the southeast. These nodes of employ- ment will require effective transit access and pedestrian and bicycle connections. The Mixed Use Centers aim to improve accessibility by locating housing, jobs, and services in close proximity. Extensions of the street grid are envisioned in the plan as grids that ensure direct con- nections to the existing network. Additional connections to residential areas through a trail or path system of linear parks would also improve accessibility. For instance, linear parks could be used to connect housing south of Kettleman Lane with amenities to the north. 4.6 SITE PLANNING AND GREEN BUILDING The General Plan approaches sustainability at multiple scales, woven throughout the plan in various chapters. One approach is through establishing the city in a compact and efficient framework, thereby reducing the impact on surrounding land and making use of existing infrastructure. Another is by promoting pedes- trian- and bicycle -friendly streets. This section identifies how to ensure that new development and renovations minimize use of resources and impact on the environ- ment through site planning and green building. Site Planning Site planning is an essential component in reducing the overall impact of a development. Sustainable site planning begins with consideration of surrounding uses and access to transit to maximize connectivity with key public uses, services, and employment. Once the site is established, sustainable site planning practices— sometimes also referred to as Low -Impact Design—are employed to maintain or restore the natural hydrologic functions on a site. The goal is to structure the devel- opment of a site—through arrangements of buildings, roads, parking areas, site features and storm water man- agement plans—to detain, filter, treat, and reduce runoff, as well as reduce urban heat island impacts. By reducing water pollution and increasing groundwa- ter recharge, sustainable site design helps improve the quality of receiving surface waters and stabilize the flow rates of nearby streams, potentially minimizing flooding impacts and benefiting wildlife habitats.' Green Building and Construction Green building is a term used to describe a structure that is designed, built, renovated, operated or reused in a sustainable and resource -efficient manner. It encom- passes the environmental, economic, and social impacts of buildings, including energy efficiency, water conser- vation, indoor environmental quality, use of recycled and renewable materials, and site planning. Green r Modified and adapted from www.wbdg.org construction refers to the building demolition and con- struction processes, including the fuels and energy used in construction equipment and vehicles; the waste generated at construction sites; and runoff, water quality, and air quality impacts associated with the construction phase of the project. The Plan strives to improve con- struction and demolition practices to reduce waste and energy consumption. The result is a more environmen- tally sustainable building that also enhances the health and productivity of its occupants while saving money and resources. Several green building programs have developed in response to a growing movement by local governments and other community interests to address environmen- tal and economic sustainability through an integrated design approach. The LEEDTM (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) system developed by the U.S. Green Building Council has developed several sets of design standards that apply to both building and site design. In addition to LEED TM, many California cities and counties have adopted their own sustainable design guidelines or programs, many of which are based upon the California-based Build It Green GreenPoint rating system. These programs can serve as a foundation for the City of Lodi and either be adopted or incorporated into future guidelines. Strategies that are common through- out the design and practice of green building are focused on flexibility and creativity during the design process. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-27 4.7 POLICIES Citywide Policies CD -G1 Enhance Lodi's identity and livability by CD -P1 Incentivize infill housing—within the maintaining a compact urban form, with clear Downtown Mixed Use district and along edges and delineation between urban and Mixed Use Corridors—through the develop - rural uses. ment review, permitting and fee processes. CD -G2 Promote downtown as the symbolic center of the city, with a greater mix of uses, and building types, and an expanded extent that embraces the Eastside. Promote downtown as a tourist destination. CD -G3 Respect and maintain Lodi's small-town character, its existing neighborhoods, the historic downtown, and historic buildings. CD -G4 Structure new neighborhoods to promote walkability, and ensure they are integrated with the surrounding urban fabric. CD -G5 Foster a well connected street network that enhances accessibility to jobs, services, parks, schools, and shopping, particularly at the scale of pedestrians and bicyclists. CD -G6 Foster redevelopment of key corridors as vital spines, with nodes of mixed-use, higher intensity, pedestrian- and bicycle -friendly development. CD -G7 Promote a mix of uses, densities, and building typologies in new development. CD -G8 Promote sustainable development practices and conservation of resources to reduce environmental impact and ensure long-term sustainability. CD -G9 Encourage green building and construction in new development and renovations 4-28 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN CD -P2 Ensure that Zoning and Subdivision ordi- nances include measures that guide infill development to be compatible with the scale, character and identity of adjacent development. CD -1133 Ensure that the Zoning Ordinance includes measures to promote fine-grain development along retail and mixed-use streets, using hor- izontal and vertical building articulation that engages pedestrians and breaks up building mass. CD -P4 Ensure that the Zoning Ordinance includes measures to promote durable and high quality building materials and high standards of construction for longevity and reduced maintenance costs overtime, especially for buildings in high -pedestrian activity areas, such as downtown, along Mixed Use Corridors, and in Mixed Use Centers. BUILDING ARTICULATION Facade articulation should include window recesses, doorways, columns, overhangs, and other architectural elements that break up the building mass. Openings should have transpar- ent glazing and provide views into active spaces or into window displays. Typical materials should include tile, stone brick, wood, glass, and other durable quality materials. Articulated facades create engaging streetscapes for pedestrians and more attractive buildings for both newer developments (left) and older structures (right). CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-29 CD -P5 Configure parking areas to balance a vital pedestrian environment with automobile convenience. Parking areas should be: • Located in locations less visible from the sidewalk—behind buildings and away from the street edge, especially along Mixed Use Corridors and Centers, and principal downtown streets. Where a lot faces two streets, parking lots should be accessible by side road. • Sized and located to take advantage of shared parking opportunities. PARKING Parking areas should be located behind buildings, away from the street edge Parking areas should be designed to maximize shE parking opportunities. Pedestrian- and bicycle -or pathways should be provii through or alongside park areas. Parking areas should be landscaped to achieve 50 shade coverage at tree maturity. Landscaping or low walls should buffer parking ares from adjacent uses and pedestrian areas. Curb cuts should be kept to a minimum. • Accommodating to pedestrians and bicycle traffic with pedestrian -only pathways through parking areas. • Landscaped to achieve fifty percent (50%) shade coverage at tree maturity. Architec- tural elements such as trellises and awnings may also contribute to shade coverage. • Buffered from adjacent uses and pedes- trians through the use of low walls and hedges. i This parking lot in downtown enables several uses to share parking. 4-30 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN This parking garage in downtown reduces the need for surface lots and curb cuts. Downtown CD -P6 Update downtown regulations in the Zoning Ordinance: • Establish a Downtown District to encompass the area shown as Downtown Mixed Use in the Land Use Diagram (Chapter 2, Figure 2-1). • Require active uses—such as retail, eating and drinking establishments—at the ground level for the area shown in Figure 4-5. • Update allowable uses to permit residen- tial uses on upper levels on all streets in downtown. CD -P7 Extend downtown streetscape treatment to embrace the entire area where ground - level retail is required, especially streetscape treatment for streets east of the railroad in the Downtown Mixed Use district. The elements should be consistent with the existing downtown streetscape, but should identify the eastern section as a unique area within downtown. CD -P8 Require active uses or pedestrian oriented design in alleyways located in the downtown area to establish retail and pedestrian con- nections, particularly where alleyways connect retail streets (such as between School Street and Sacramento Street) or retail to parking (such as between School Street and Church Street). Other pedestrian oriented design may include pedestrian only walkways, high quality paving, landscaping, lighting, seating, or other similar features. CD -P9 Continue to use the Eastside Mobility and Access Plan as a means of connecting downtown and the Eastside neighborhood. CD -P10 Incentivize rehabilitation and adaptive reuse of buildings, especially east of the railroad, particularly on Main and Stockton streets in the Downtown Mixed Use district, through development review, permitting and fee processes. The General Plan supports improved connections between downtown and the Eastside neighborhood, while maintaining the Eastside's character and development pattern. Pedestrian friendly alley in downtown connecting to parking in rear (top) and shops (bottom). CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-31 Mixed Use Corridors CD-Pii Establish development standards in the Zoning Ordinance for Mixed Use Corridors that create a pedestrian -scaled environment: • Require a minimum percentage of the frontage of sites along Lodi and Central avenues to be devoted to active uses. Ensure that depth and height of the provided space is adequate to accom- modate a variety of tenants and provide flexibility for the future. • Maintain a consistent building base/street- wall along majority of site frontage along all Mixed Use Corridors except Kettleman and Cherokee lanes, with minimum height ranging from 15 to 25 feet, depending on the scale and character of the corridor, with taller streetwall along wider corridors. • Along Sacramento Street, and Lodi and Central avenues, require new development to be built to the street edge, with parking located in the rear. • Require buildings to be finely articulated and visually engaging. • For properties located at key intersec- tions—in particular the intersections of Lodi Avenue and Central Avenue, Lodi Avenue and School Street, and Lodi Avenue and Sacramento Street—require appropriate design features, including: buildings that punctuate the corner with design elements and/or projects that provide additional public or pedestrian amenities (such as the inclusion of plazas). C113-11312 Provide incentives, through the development review, permitting and fee processes, to redevelop underutilized commercial proper- ties located within the Mixed Use Corridors. C113-11314 Minimize pavement widths (curb -to -curb) along Mixed Use Corridors to prioritize pedestrian and bicycle movement, while ensuring adequate street width for traffic flow. CD -P15 Improve or maintain streetscapes, along Mixed Use Corridors. Streetscape improve- ments could be implemented through a city streetscape program. Amenities may include: • Street trees • Wide sidewalks • Special paving • Street lighting • Seating • Info kiosks, particularly in the downtown area • Open bus stop shelters • Bicycle racks C113-11316 Provide continuous street trees along the curb, between the vehicle roadway and the sidewalk, unless this is physically impossi- ble due to constraints such as underground utility lines. Minimize curb cuts to emphasize continuous unbroken curb lengths. CD -P17 Develop a wayfinding and signage scheme along the city's major corridors and streets that utilizes public art and street elements, such as banners and light fixtures. The scheme should reinforce the City's identity and linkages to downtown. Include Kettleman Lane, Lodi Avenue, Cherokee Lane, Sacramento Street, Central Avenue, and Stockton Street in the wayfinding scheme. CD -P18 Require active uses at the ground floor on CD -P13 To provide development flexibility, consider Lodi and Central avenues within their Mixed incorporating overall development intensity Use Corridor designations, as noted shown measures (such as floor area ratio) for all non- residential and residential uses, rather than in Figures 4-8 and 4-9, respectively. regulating density/intensity separately. 4-32 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN MIXED USE CORRIDOR Parking located in the rear, with access off a side street. Buildings located at the street edge and oriented to the street. Corners occupied by taller buildings and punctuated with design elements. Active uses on the ground floor. Continuous street trees, pedestrian amenities, and signage along the corridor. Enhanced crosswalks and pedestrian refuge in median. Minimize curb -to -curb width. Continuous landscaped street median along the corridor. Parking is consolidated in a rear lot in this section of downtown. Street trees, corner bulb -outs, street furniture, distinctive pavers, ground - floor active uses, and buildings located at the street edge together form a street that is safe and attractive for pedestrians. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-33 Streets, Connectivity, and Accessibility Refer to Chapter S: Transportation for policies related to transportation infrastructure, including for pedestrians and bicycles. C113-11319 Develop requirements for street trees in all new growth areas that maximize shade to minimize urban heat island impacts. CD -P20 Require all subdivisions in new growth areas to prepare a street plan demonstrat- ing maximum connection to existing streets, specifically incorporating streets shown in Figure 4-4 and intermediate street connec- tions. Ensure that new development on the west side enables expansion of the street grid for future growth, beyond this General Plan horizon. Existing and emerging development at the City's edges has not been designed to enable future extensions, producing discon- nected neighborhoods. CD -P21 Discourage gated development and cul- de-sacs. Where gated developments are provided, ensure that connectivity to the rest of the city is not compromised, by creating pedestrian/bicycle and vehicular connec- tions within the development and to public streets. Where cul-de-sacs are provided, require pedestrian and bicycle connec- tion at the terminus of the cul-de-sac to the adjacent street. Limit maximum block lengths in new neighborhoods to 600 feet, with pedestrian/bicycle connection no more than 400 feet apart (where resulting from connection at end of cul- de -sac), and 400 feet between through streets along Neigh- borhood Mixed Use Centers. 4-34 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN CD -P22 Encourage alternatives to soundwalls and permit new soundwalls only where alterna- tives are not feasible, such as along Highway 99, the railroad tracks, Expressways, and Major Arterials. Along Major Arterials that coincide with a Mixed Use Center, such as Kettleman Lane, ensure that soundwalls do not disrupt pedestrian -orientated character. While soundwalls can limit sound to develop- ment immediately adjacent to traffic, much of the sound is simply reflected to develop- ment further away, resulting in increases in ambient noise levels. Moreover, soundwalls are disruptive to neighborhood character and connectivity. Alternative designs could include frontage roads, dense vegetation, and ensuring sufficient insulation in residen- tial units that would potentially be impacted by the noise. CD -P23 Create smooth transitions between neigh- borhoods and across the railroad with pedestrian paths and/or uniform streetscape design. CD -P24 Use bike lanes, trails, or linear parks to improve connectivity throughout the city and in particular between housing located south of Kettleman and amenities located north of Kettleman, as shown in Figure 4-7. These pathways should employ easy and safe crossings and connect to destinations such as downtown, shopping centers, parks, and/ or schools. CD -P25 Increase public art throughout Lodi. Encourage the placement of art in locations that are interactive and accessible to the public. Develop a funding strategy to ensure adequate support of arts and cultural programs. CUL-DE-SAC CONNECTION .andscaped tight -of -Way Cul-de-sac connections can increase connectivity for pedestrians and bicycles. Lush street trees provide shade and minimize urban heat island impacts. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-35 New Residential Neighborhoods CD -P26 Focus new growth, which is not accommo- dated through infill development of existing neighborhoods, in easily -accessible and pedestrian friendly neighborhoods that include neighborhood -oriented commercial, public services such as schools and parks, and residential uses. CD -P27 Design new development to connect with nearby uses and neighborhoods; include paths to connect to the rest of the city; exhibit architectural variety and visual interest; conform to scale requirements; and relate housing to public streets. CD -P28 Minimize the visual impact of automobiles in residential areas. Methods include reducing CD -P31 Integrate new Mixed Use Centers into the city's existing fabric and proposed new development. Provide a network of streets and connections that expands circulation opportunities for pedestrians and bicyclists and ensures connections by multiple modes between the new centers, and existing neighborhoods. garage frontage, minimizing curb cuts, CD -P32 setting garages and parking areas back from houses, locating garages at rear or along alleyways, and providing narrow roads. Mixed Use Centers CD -P29 Require all development at sites designated Mixed Use Center to provide a mix of com- mercial uses, while allowing residential uses, to create a "node," typically centered around a plaza, or "a main street," with a minimum of ten percent (10%) of the land area devoted to non-residential land uses, to create pedes- trian vitality in the core area. Allow a range of other supportive commercial uses, such as medical, dental, and real-estate offices, as well as community facilities. CD -P30 Require each core to have at least one plaza or other satisfactory gathering space along the main street that enables gathering and promotes a sense of neighborhood identity. 4-36 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Update Subdivision ordinance to require: • Master plans for new development that show publicly accessible parks, and a connected street grid. • Blocks that do not exceed 600 feet in length unless additional pedestrian connections or public space is included. • Street trees on public streets. • Sidewalks on public streets. In order to use less energy and reduce light pollution, ensure that lighting associated with new development or facilities (including street lighting, recreational facilities, and parking) shall be designed to prevent artificial lighting from illuminating adjacent residential neighborhoods and/or natural areas at a level greater than one foot candle above ambient conditions. CD -P33 Require that any office uses in Mixed Use Centers front along the street edge with minimal setbacks; locate parking in the rear or under- ground; provide plazas and other open space amenities for employees; provide street land- scaping; and provide pedestrian connections where appropriate. CD -P34 Minimize curb cuts to expand pedestrian space and increase the supply of curbside parking. Methods include requiring abutting new developments to share a single access point from the road and allowing only one curb cut per parcel. New Office Development CD -P35 Require new office development to be designed to address not just automobile access, but also potential for transit access, and allowing lunchtime pedestrian access to adjacent uses. Locate new office devel- opment along the street edge, with the main entrance facing the street. Parking should not be located between the street and building. OFFICE DEVELOPMENT Parking located to side or rear of buildings 4-38 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Employee eating areas CD -P36 Include pedestrian paths that provide internal access on all site plans. Pedestrian paths should access the sidewalk, main building entrances, and parking areas. CD -P37 Provide landscaped setbacks between all parking areas and buildings, and at the edges of parking areas. Internal pedestrian access within site --L L-3 Landscaped planter at edge of parking area Site Planning and Green Building Refer to Chapter 7: Conservation for related energy and climate change policies and Chapter 8: Safety for related stormwater management policies. CD -P38 Promote location and siting of buildings that minimizes energy use by features such as enhancing use of daylight, minimizing summer solar gain, and use of ventilating breezes. CD -P39 Design any City -owned buildings or City - owned buildings that are proposed for new construction, major renovation to meet the standards set by LEEDTm or equivalent. CD -P40 Prepare, or incorporate by reference, and implement green building and construction guidelines and/or standards, appropriate to the Lodi context, by 2012. The guide- lines and/or standards shall ensure a high level of energy efficiency and reduction of environmental impacts associated with new construction, major renovation, and operations of buildings. Ensure that these guidelines/standards: • Require documentation demonstrating that building designs meet minimum perfor- mance targets, but allow flexibility in the methods used. Solar photovoltaic system in a residential setting. • Exceed California's 2005 Title 24 regulation standards for building energy efficiency by 15%, with particular emphasis on industrial and commercial buildings. • Reduce resource or environmental impacts, using cost-effective and well -proven design and construction strategies. • Reduce waste and energy consumption during demolition and construction. • Identify street standards, such as street tree requirements, appropriate landscaping practices, and acceptable materials. • Incorporate sustainable maintenance standards and procedures. • Promote incorporation of energy conserva- tion and weatherization features in existing structures. Develop programs that spe- cifically target commercial and industrial structures for energy conservation and weatherization measures in order to reduce annual kWh per job. These guidelines could be developed directly from the LEEDT"^ system developed by the U.S. Green Building Council, the California-based Build It Green GreenPoint rating system, or an equivalent green building program. Permeable pavement design. CHAPTER 4: COMMUNITY DESIGN & LIVABILITY 1 4-39 Page intentionally left blank. 4-40 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN A safe and efficient transportation system contributes to a community's quality of life and economic vitality. Complemented by land use planning, transportation policies seek to provide access to employment and educational opportunities, commercial and recreational centers, public services, and other amenities. Moreover, by enhancing the circulation network to enable convenient use of alternative travel modes—such as biking, walking, and transit—the General Plan seeks to reduce air quality impacts and greenhouse gas emissions and enable recreation opportunities. The Transportation Element describes trends in residents' travel patterns to establish a basis for improvements, existing and proposed improve- ments for each mode and type of transportation, and policies to achieve a multi -modal transportation network. 5-1 The majority of commute trips are taken by single -occupant vehicles, although carpooling has become increasing popular in recent years. Transit and bike trips represent a much smaller share of commute trips. 5-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 5.1 TRAVEL TRENDS The z000 U.S. Census provides Journey to Work data that indicates the travel mode to and from work for Lodi residents and nonresident employees. Between 19go and z000, the Census reports some shifts in the patterns of where people work and live in and around Lodi. The work locations for Lodi residents are presented in Chart 5-I. Less than half (46%) of Lodi employed residents both lived and worked in the city in z000. Despite a io% population increase between 1990 and z000, there was not much change in the proportion of residents who held jobs within Lodi. In z000, 21% of Lodi employed residents worked in Stockton, 4% worked in the Sacramento region, z% worked in the Bay Area, and smaller numbers commuted to other cities in San Joaquin and Sacramento Counties (not shown in table). The residential locations for Lodi employees are shown in Chart 5-2. In z000, about half of the jobs (51%) in Lodi were filled by Lodi residents. In contrast to the io% population growth between 19go and z000, the number of jobs in Lodi increased by over 15% during this period. However, there was a substantial decrease in the pro- portion of jobs that were filled by Lodi residents (from 64% to 51%). Once again the Census reports consider- able commuting between Lodi and Stockton. In z000, Stockton residents filled about 18% of the jobs in Lodi, Galt residents filled about 4%, and smaller numbers of workers commuted from other cities in San Joaquin and Sacramento Counties (not shown in table). The U.S. Census also provides data for commute -related travel trends for city residents in terms of travel mode. As shown in Table 5-I, approximately 76% of city residents commuted via single -occupant automobile in z000. This is a decrease of almost 4% since 19go. At the same time, carpooling increased from iz% to 16%, and transit use increased from o.r% to 0.5% of total trips. Bicycling and walking decreased somewhat from 5% to 4%, and the proportion of residents working at home increased slightly over this period. The average travel time to work increased from zo.o minutes in 19go to 22.5 minutes in z000, as shown in Table 5-1. In addition, the proportion of residents whose travel times exceeded 45 minutes (generally considered the threshold for a long commute) increased over this period, from 7% to 12%. This increase may be due to worsening traffic congestion in the region's freeways and economic trends that have induced workers to find cheaper housing further from their workplaces. CHART 5-1: WORK LOCATIONS FOR LODI EMPLOYED RESIDENTS 100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% 1990 2000 - WORKING OUTSIDE LODI - WORKING INSIDE LODI Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 1990 and 2000. Table 5-1 also compares the 2000 Census data for the City of Lodi to similar statistics for the State of Cali- fornia as a whole. Residents in Lodi are less likely to use public transit and more likely to drive to work alone than the statewide average. Lodi residents also enjoy a substantially shorter commute than the average Califor- nia resident. CHART 5-2: RESIDENTIAL LOCATIONS FOR LODI EMPLOYEES 100% 80% 60% 40% 20% 0% 1990 2000 - LIVING OUTSIDE LODI - LIVING INSIDE LODI Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 1990 and 2000. TABLE 5-1: COMMUTE TRAVEL FOR LODI RESIDENTS (1990 AND 2000) AND RESIDENTS STATEWIDE (2000) TRAVEL CHARACTERISTIC LODI RESIDENTS (1990) LODI RESIDENTS (2000) CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS (2000) Commute Mode Choice Single Occupant Auto 79.6% 76.0% 71.8% Carpool 11.9% 15.8% 14.5% Public Transit 0.1% 0.5% 5.1% Bicycling/Walking 5.4% 3.9% 3.7% Other Means 1.1% 1.2% 1.0% Work at Home 1.9% 2.6% 3.8% Other Commute -Related Data Percentage who work outside Lodi 51% 54% N/A Percentage who work outside county of residence 9% 14% 17% Average Travel Time to Work 20.0 minutes 22.5 minutes 27.7 minutes Sources: U.S. Census, 1990 and 2000; San Joaquin Council of Governments, 1990 and 2000. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-3 COMPLETE STREETS Complete streets are designed and operated to enable safe, attractive, and comfortable access and travel for all users. Pedestrians, bicyclists, motorists, and public transit users of all ages and abilities are able to safely and comfortably move along and across a complete street. The Governor signed into law the California Complete Streets Act of 2008 (AB 1358) in September 2008, requiring that General Plans develop a plan for a multi -modal transportation system. LEVEL OF SERVICE Level of Service (LOS) represents a qualitative description of quantifiable traffic measures, such as average speed and intersection delay, to determine driver satisfaction. LOS ranges from "A," meaning no congestion and little delay, to "F," representing over -saturated conditions where traffic flows exceed design capacity, resulting in long queues and delays. 5-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 5.2 CIRCULATION SYSTEM The General Plan classifies street, bicycle, pedestrian, and transit networks to establish a complete multi -modal transportation network. These networks and their asso- ciated policies are described in the section below, along with priorities for parking, goods movement, and trans- portation demand management. To further the goal of optimizing travel by all modes, this General Plan incor- porates the concept of "complete streets." Roadway Network The existing transportation network in Lodi generally serves the community well. There are some areas of heavy vehicular traffic along Kettleman Lane/State Route (SR) Iz, the major commercial corridor in the south-central part of the city, and segments of SR -99 sometimes expe- rience heavy traffic volumes. As projected growth occurs in the western and southern areas of town, improve- ments to transportation facilities around the perimeter of Lodi will generally include widening of some existing facilities and construction of new roadways to ensure a connected street network. Improvements at some SR -99 interchanges will also be needed to accommodate inter- regional traffic; planning and preliminary design efforts are already underway at the SR-99/Harney Lane inter- change. The Plan establishes a Level of Service standard to ensure adequate vehicle mobility and establish a benchmark for project approval. Roadway Types The roadway network in Lodi includes freeways, highways, expressways, arterials, collectors, and local streets. Each of these roadway types are defined below. Freeways, Highways, and Expressways Freeways are high-speed facilities that serve intercity or regional traffic, with access generally limited to grade - separated interchanges. Highways are also higher -speed, regional facilities, but access is provided at -grade in most cases, and in more rural areas the highway may allow access to individual parcels. Expressways are corridors with relatively high capacity and speed that can serve intra -city or intercity travel, typically allowing limited access to adjacent properties and providing signalized intersections at about 1/z -mile intervals. Pedestrian and bicycle travel is prohibited on freeways, but is often accommodated on expressways and on the more urban portions of highway corridors. The major freeway through Lodi is SR -99, which runs along the eastern part of town and connects Lodi to the Sacramento region to the north and the San Joaquin/ Stanislaus County areas to the south. Five interchanges along SR -99 provide access to Lodi. SR-rz is an east -west highway crossing the Central Valley; within Lodi, the segment of SR -12 between Lower Sacramento Road and SR -99 functions as a major arterial and is known as Kettleman Lane. East of SR -99, SR -i2, is known as Victor Road. There are no expressways currently in Lodi, but there are plans for sections of Harney Lane and Lower Sacramento Road to be developed as expressways. Arterials The primary function of arterial streets is to connect the regional roadway network with the local roadway network. In many cases, only limited access is provided to abutting parcels (e.g. at i/4 -mile increments). Two to four travel lanes are typically provided on arterial streets in Lodi. Some of the key arterials include Lower Sacra- mento Road, Ham Lane, Hutchins Street, Harney Lane, Century Boulevard, Lodi Avenue, and Turner Road. Collectors Collector streets link residential and commercial areas to each other and to the arterial street system. Two travel lanes are typically provided on collector streets in Lodi. Key collectors include Church Street, Elm Street, Mills Avenue, Vine Street, and Tokay Street. Local Streets Local streets accommodate low volumes of local traffic and provide access to individual parcels. Local streets typically have two travel lanes and allow parking on both sides of the street. Through traffic is permitted on local streets, but high speeds are discouraged. SR -99 runs north -south through Lodi, with overpasses that accommodate local traffic. SR -12 is known as Kettleman Lane in Lodi's urban area, and functions as a major arterial. A two-lane local street near downtown. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-5 Planned Improvements Given the new development areas anticipated in this General Plan, there will be a need for additional roadway capacity to serve future residents and employees. New arterial and collector roads provide access to the new residential, commercial, and industrial areas, and connect those areas with the existing local and regional transportation system. New roadways will continue the grid network that exists throughout the city (with collector/arterials generally spaced no more than a quarter mile apart), creating connections between new development areas and established neighborhoods and commercial centers. TABLE 5-2: MAJOR ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS Major improvements to the street network are described in Table 5-2 and Figure S -I. Figure 5-2 presents the roadway system that would result from implementation of these improvements and the policies outlined in this General Plan, including potential local streets. ROAD DESCRIPTION Armstrong Road Widened from 2 to 4 lanes Century Boulevard Widened from 2 to 4 lanes Railroad Crossing between Church Street and Stockton Street Extended to the new North/South Arterial west of Lower Sacramento Road Guild Ave Widened from 2 to 4 lanes Connection added from south of Vine Street to Kettleman Lane Kettleman Lane to Harney Lane section upgraded from local road to collector Harney Lane Widened from 2 lane arterial to 4 lane expressway between Lower Sacramento Road and SR -99 Kettleman Lane Widened from 2 to 4 lanes west of Devries Road Widened from 2 to 6 lanes between Devries Road and Lower Sacramento Road Widened from 4 to 6 lanes between Lower Sacramento Road and Guild Avenue Widened from 2 to 4 lanes east of Guild Avenue Lockeford St Widened from 2 to 4 lanes between Stockton Street and Cherokee Lane Lodi Avenue Widened from 2 to 4 lanes between Lower Sacramento Road and new North-South Arterial Lower Sacramento Road Widened from 4 to 6 lanes between Kettleman Lane and Harney Lane Reclassified as expressway between Lodi Avenue and Kettleman Lane Widened from 2 to 4 lanes south of Harney Lane New North/South Arterial Added between Sargent Rd and Harney Lane, west of Lower Sacramento Rd (to serve new westside development) Stockton Street Widened from 2 to 4 lanes between Kettleman Lane and Harney Lane Tokay Drive Extended to Westgate Drive Victor Road Widened from 2 to 4 lanes between SR -99 and Guild Avenue Vine Street Extended to the new North/South Arterial west of Lower Sacramento Road 5-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN FIGURE 5-1: ROAD IMPROVEMENTS Widened to 6 lanes Railroad 40 acres io � Widened to 4 lanes --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) acre, sommoss... New Roadway or Extension .—.— City Limits (2008) ° '/z , 2 MILES Freeway Local Street ------------------ Planned Local Street CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-7 FIGURE 5-2: GENERAL PLAN ROADWAY SYSTEM Freeway � Minor Arterial •••-•••-- Sphere of Influence (2008) ■■■EEE Planned Minor Arterial � State Highway 12 � Expressway � Major Arterial 5-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN •—•— CollectorCity Limits (2008) ------- Planned Collector Local Street 0 Planned Local Street Railroad ° 12 1 2 MILES Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities Lodi's generally level terrain makes bicycling and walking viable forms of mobility for both daily trans- portation and recreational purposes. As discussed in Section 5.i, approximately 4% of Lodi residents report bicycling or walking to work. In addition, it is apparent from observations that both bicycling and walking are popular methods for children to travel to school and for recreation. Bicycle lanes are provided on several streets in Lodi, with more bicycle lanes and routes proposed in the City's Bicycle Transportation Master Plan. Further increasing the geographic area accessible for biking, all Lodi Grapeline buses have bicycle racks. Walking is part of every trip, whether it is from the parking lot to a building or from home to a bus stop, work, or store. The walking environment is an important element of the public realm where people can interact, and should be a fundamental component of land use planning, design standards, and guidelines for a cohesive circulation system. Bicycle Network Bicycle facilities are classified into several categories, as described below and in Figure 5-3• Class I Bikeways (Bike Paths) Class I Bikeways are completely separate facilities desig- nated for the exclusive use of bicyclists and pedestrians with minimal vehicle crossings. Currently there are no Class I Bikeways in the city. However, there is a paved path from the swimming area at Lodi Lake to Lower Sacramento Road, and a multi -use path around the lake that allows vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian use. In addition, the General Plan supports new multi -use paths along the Woodbridge Irrigation Canal right-of-way and along the Victor Road/Lockeford Street railroad right-of-way, between the city's eastern boundary and downtown. Class II Bikeways (Bike Lanes) Class II Bikeways are signed and striped lanes des- ignated for the use of bicycles on a street or highway. The bicycle and pedestrian networks in Lodi aim to provide safe and com- fortable options for transportation and recreation. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-9 FIGURE 5-3: GENERAL PLAN BICYCLE SYSTEM . 1 1 1 1 1 1 Future Class I Bike Paths --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) t Existing Class II Bike Lanes ---- City Limits (2008) ■■■onsoo ■■ Future Class II Bike Lanes Existing Class III Bike Lanes ■■■■■■■■■■■ Future Class III Bike Lanes 5-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN o 1/z 1 z MILES Vehicle parking and vehicle/pedestrian cross-flow are permitted at designated locations. Class II bicycle lanes are provided on segments of Lower Sacramento Road, Mills Avenue, Hutchins Street, Elm Street, Kettleman Lane, Century Boulevard, and Harney Lane. Class III Bikeways (Bike Routes) Class III Bikeways are routes designated by signs or pavement markings for bicyclists within the vehicular travel lane (i.e., shared use) of a roadway. Portions of Beckman Road and Elm Street are currently designated as Class III bicycle routes. Pedestrian Network General Plan policies seek to ensure that pedestrian facilities and connections are constructed in all new developments. Sidewalks and other pedestrian facilities are not always provided in the outlying neighborhoods and lower -density, more rural areas of the city. Con- versely, Downtown has excellent pedestrian facilities, including wide textured sidewalks, curb ramps, and pedestrian signals, landscaping, and attractive street furniture such as street lamps, kiosks, and benches. Downtown also has many pedestrian -oriented buildings with interesting storefronts and outside seating. The older residential areas surrounding downtown also have complete sidewalks, curb ramps, and other pedestrian infrastructure. Planned Improvements General Plan policies seek to encourage and enhance pedestrian and bicycle mobility through design standards and implementation of the Bicycle Transpor- tation Master Plan. Design standards for new roadways in the city require the provision of sidewalks, crosswalks, and other pedestrian facilities. The City's Bicycle Trans- portation Master Plan envisions new Class II and III facilities along many existing and new streets in town as shown in Figure 5-3. The proposed future bicycle facili- ties fill in some of the missing components of the bicycle grid network, serving important crosstown streets such as Lodi Avenue, Turner Road, Ham Lane and Cherokee Lane, as well as serving the new neighborhoods antici- pated to develop over the course of this General Plan. Bicycle lanes are also proposed to be extended on several streets east of SR -99, as well as along Lower Sacramento Road across the Mokelumne River (providing access to the Town of Woodbridge) and along Lodi Avenue/ Sargent Road and Kettleman Lane west of the city. The proposed bicycle lane along Kettleman Lane is planned to extend to approximately Davis Road, and then turn into a Class III bicycle route and extend all the way to the boundary of San Joaquin County (according to the County Bikeway Plan). CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-11 The Grapeline and Amtrak provide transit service in Lodi. The Lodi Station serves as a transfer point for buses as well as for Amtrak rail service. 5-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Public Transit Services A variety of transit services are provided in Lodi, including fixed -route local bus, intercity bus service, and demand responsive service. Lodi has a multi -modal station (the Lodi Station) located downtown at Pine and Sacramento streets that serves as a transfer point for buses serving local and regional destinations, as well as for Amtrak rail service. Figure 5-4 shows the existing public transit route system in Lodi. Transit Providers and Facilities Lodi Grapeline The Lodi Grapeline provides local fixed -route and para - transit bus service in Lodi with about 30 vehicles in the fleet. All vehicles are wheelchair accessible. There are five weekday and four weekend fixed routes; each starts and ends at the Lodi Station. The routes connect with San Joaquin Regional Transit District (SJRTD) bus lines to Manteca, Lathrop, Tracy and Stockton, as well as South County Transit to Galt, Elk Grove and Sac- ramento. There are also three express routes that run during limited hours, specifically peak AM and PM hours, throughout the week, and mostly serve students traveling to school. Annual transit ridership is just over 307,000, which equates to approximately five annual transit trips per resident. The Grapeline's Dial -a -Ride service provides door-to- door transportation to the general public including seniors, disabled, and Medicare passengers. This service is available on demand and by reservation; it is a shared ride transit service. The City's VineLine (ADA complementary paratransit service) provides door-to-door transportation to persons who are ADA certified and unable to get to or from the fixed -route bus stops. This service is available by reserva- tion; it is a shared ride transit service. San Joaquin Regional Transit District The SJRTD provides two inter -city bus routes that connect major destinations in Lodi and Stockton. Route 23 runs between the Lodi Transportation Center and downtown Stockton, with transfers to local buses FIGURE 5-4: EXISTING TRANSIT SYSTEM Y p[ E. WOODBRIDGE RD - - r � r J i ... ......... . �f To Sacramento— f f E. WINEAY RD - _ + - ��•' _ E. CLARKSBURG RD i> TURNER RD ; i - -_-'. I -'i _:. - -- .. ..kir". r_ _� T.-?- -� I i I i • I_.�} iz V� 0� I SII` I �s i 31 W. Lac FORb STILbdij R RD _ - w EUIM Sr1i fStatibn - r: E PINE. E ST VICT ¢l - -W'aAKSF i-� - LODI ENT AD E. r ! ! _ f I iAVE —�_. TMURMAN ST_�! it 11- -...� wyi I I I _.W'MN S.: 57 ! _ - •g- E. VINE ST afeway/ i-: 9f I ' u 6 et i I 5j tJ-I I .— i W. LN ..I~ 1 z E est . KE7TLF�RgN LN L! - i a unw Plaza Lid Walrnart _ I ,` -W C RY BLVD ELCEN7URY BLVD r, EY RN LN 1_- a i 4 r I ZE.HOqAN LN r SCOTTSDALE R©._ - a I_ i• To Stockton To Stockton ARMSTRONG RD ]..E. ARMSTRONG; RD j Grapeline Bus Routes San Joaquin Transit District Bus Routes ,o acres South County Transit Bus Routes o 1/2 , z ® Amtrak MILES • Lodi Transportation Center --------- Sphere of Influence (2008) ---- City Limits (2008) CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 5-13 at several stops. Route 24 runs between the Lodi Trans- portation Center and the Kaiser Permanente Hospital at Hammer Lane and West Lane in northwest Stockton. SJRTD Hopper Service is a flexible fixed -route service connecting Escalon, Lathrop, Manteca, and Wood- bridge to Lodi, Stockton, and Tracy. SJRTD Hopper Route 93 connects Lodi and Stockton with stops at the Community Center for the Blind, Delta College, Sherwood Mall, and other destinations. The SJRTD also provides an Inter -regional Commuter Service, which is a subscription commuter bus service designed to help commuters who travel more than 50 miles each way to work. A total of 20 subscription buses connect San Joaquin County to Sacramento, the San Francisco Bay Area, and the Bay Area Rapid Transit (BART) system. Intercity Bus Greyhound Bus Lines, a national bus company, provides service to and from Lodi Station. Amtrak Lodi Station provides a Quik -Trak ticket kiosk for passengers traveling on the San Joaquin route, which connects Oakland and Sacramento to Bakersfield, with stops in Stockton, Turlock Denair, Merced, Madera, Fresno, Hanford, Corcoran, and Wasco, as well as Anti- och -Pittsburg, Martinez, Richmond, and Emeryville. Two trains provide service from Stockton to Sacra- mento with several Thruway bus connections offering even more travel options. Carpooling and Vanpooling The San Joaquin Council of Governments operates Commute Connection, which provides referral services to those interested in joining a car or vanpool. Match lists can be obtained by calling or submitting an online application to Commute Connection. Park -and -Ride Facilities In Lodi, Caltrans has a free park-and-ride facility at SR -99 and Victor Road. A second park-and-ride facility 5-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN is located just outside of Lodi at the I-5/SR-r2 inter- change. A third lot is planned at SR -99 and Harney Lane. Lastly, Caltrans District io is performing fea- sibility studies for park-and-ride lots as part of all new interchange and interchange modification projects. Planned Improvements The z.009 Lodi Short Range Transportation Plan (SRTP) for FY 2008/09-2017/18 was accepted by the Lodi City Council on May 6, 2009. The SRTP provides route modifications to reduce route redundancy and improve efficiency as well as provide a marketing program to increase awareness of GrapeLine and make the system more user-friendly. In the longer term, General Plan policies seek to extend local bus service to new development areas to provide transit services to new residents, while still main- taining effective service in existing neighborhoods. General Plan policies encourage transit -oriented devel- opment downtown, particularly in proximity to the Lodi Station. In addition, Plan policies support tran- sit -supportive amenities (e.g. bus shelters, signage and easy pedestrian access to bus stops) to be included in new developments. The exact location or routing of new transit services is not known at this time and will depend on the spatial arrangement of new development and the transit amenities included in each neighbor- hood; therefore, Figure 5-4 focuses on existing transit routes and services. Parking The City of Lodi has an abundance of free parking, ensuring that driving and parking at a destination is con- venient and reliable. General Plan policies seek to provide sufficient parking for businesses and residents, while balancing other interests. Namely, protecting adjacent neighborhoods from overflow parking situations and the environment, by reducing the land area devoted to impermeable surfaces. Managing parking may be used as a means of encouraging the use of alternative modes of transportation, such as bicycling and transit. Goods Movement Goods movement is an important component ofthe city's circulation system, serving industrial, commercial, and retail uses. A street system that accommodates trucks is essential to ensure the safe and efficient movement of goods between business centers and the freeways. Policies in this section support the movement of goods and also seek to reduce the impacts of truck opera- tions on city streets and adjacent land uses. The city is served by two freight rail services: the Southern Pacific Railroad, now part of Union Pacific, and the Central California Traction Company. These rail lines provide freight service to many of the industrial and warehouse uses on the east side of the city, and connect to the large intermodal facilities in nearby Stockton. Relevant policies are identified in both the Goods Movement and Public Transit (which includes railroad crossing safety) subsections in Section 5.3: Policies. Transportation Demand Management Transportation Demand Management (TDM) refers to a comprehensive strategy to reduce driving by promoting alternative modes, such as public transit, carpooling, bicycling, walking and telecommuting. Policies in this section support the City's efforts to reduce traffic, energy consumption, noise, greenhouse gas emissions, and pollution, by reducing automobile travel and promoting alternate modes of transportation. Public parking options in Lodi include the downtown parking garage, public lots, and on -street parking. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-15 5.3 POLICIES I41PLE MIERrrl,rell»rClS. Strategies relatedto transportation infrastructurefinancing Circulation System can be found in AppendixA: Implementation. T -Pi Ensure consistency between the timing of GUIDING i new development and the provision of trans- portation infrastructure needed to serve T -G1 Plan, develop, and maintain a comprehen- that development. Regularly monitor traffic sive, coordinated transportation system to volumes on city streets and, prior to issuance ensure the safe, efficient, and convenient of building permits, ensure that there is a movement of people and goods. funded plan for the developer to provide all necessary transportation improvements at T -G2 Maintain and update street standards the appropriate phase of development so as that provide for the design, construction, to minimize transportation impacts. operation, and maintenance of City streets based on a "complete streets" concept that T -P2 Review new development proposals for con - enables safe, comfortable, and attractive sistency with the Transportation Element and access for pedestrians, bicyclists, motorists, the Capital Improvements Program. Ensure and transit users of all ages and abilities, in that new projects provide needed facilities to a form that is compatible with and comple- serve developments and/or contribute a fair mentary to adjacent land uses. share to the City's transportation impact fee. T -G3 Develop neighborhood streets that encourage walking, biking, and outdoor T -P3 Work collaboratively with San Joaquin activity through sound engineering and County, San Joaquin Council ofGovern- urban design principles that limit potential ments, and Caltrans to maintain consistency speeding. with regional and State plans, and to suc- cessfully implement transportation T -G4 Provide for safe and convenient pedestrian, improvements in the vicinity of Lodi. bicycle, and transit circulation. T -P4 Maintain and update a Capital Improvements T -G5 Ensure the adequate provision of both Program so that identified improvements are on -street and off-street parking, taking appropriately prioritized and constructed in a into account the effect of parking manage- timely manner. ment techniques on urban design, economic vitality, and walkability. T -P5 Update the local transportation impact T -G6 Improve railroad crossings to minimize safety fee program, consistent with General Plan hazards and allow for additional capacity projections and planned transportation improvements. improvements. T -G7 Provide efficient and direct circulation for T -P6 Coordinate with the San Joaquin Council local truck traffic, with minimal disruption to of Governments and actively participate in residential neighborhoods. regional transportation planning efforts to ensure that the City's interests are reflected T -G8 Encourage reduction in vehicle miles traveled in regional goals and priorities. as part of a strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. T -P7 Continue to work with the San Joaquin Council of Governments on regional trans- portation funding issues, including the update of regional transportation impact fees. Roadway Network 5-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN T -P8 Participate in discussions with Caltrans and neighboring jurisdictions to develop a fair -share fee program for improvements to regional routes and state highways. This fee should reflect traffic generated by individual municipalities and pass-through traffic. Roadway Network T -P9 Allow exceptions to LOS standards upon findings by the City Council that achieving the designated LOS would: • Be technologically or economically infeasi- ble, or • Compromise the City's ability to support other important policy priorities, such as: T -P11 Strive to comply with the Level of Service standards and other performance measures on Routes of Regional Significance as defined by the County -wide Congestion Management Program. T -P12 For purposes of design review and environ- mental assessment, apply a standard of Level of Service E during peak hour condi- tions on all streets in the City's jurisdiction. The objective of this performance standard is to acknowledge that some level of traffic congestion during the peak hour is accept- - Enhancing the urban design characteris- tics that contribute to pedestrian comfort and convenience; T -P13 - Avoiding adverse impacts to alternate modes of transportation; - Preserving the existing character of the community; - Preserving agricultural land or open space; or - Preserving scenic roadways/highways. T -P10 Exempt downtown from LOS standards to encourage infill development in order to create a pedestrian friendly urban design character and densities necessary to support transit, bicycling, and walking. Development decisions in downtown should be based on community design and livability goals rather than traffic LOS. (Downtown is defined by the Downtown Mixed -Use desig- nation in the Land Use Diagram.) able and indicative of an economically vibrant and active area, and that infrastruc- ture design decisions should be based on the conditions that predominate during most of each day. Undertake street improvements shown in Table 5-4 and maintain, require or acquire right of way, as necessary. Coordinate with other jurisdictions, including San Joaquin County, and Caltrans, on improvements to street segments common to the City of Lodi and other jurisdictions. It should be noted that because the General Plan will be imple- mented over an extended time frame, street capacity enhancements will be prioritized through the City's Capital Improvements Program process and will occur as develop- ment proceeds. T -P14 Design streets in new developments in con- figurations that generally match and extend the grid pattern of existing city streets. This is intended to disperse traffic and provide multiple connections to arterial streets. Require dedication, widening, extension, and construction of public streets in accor- dance with the City's street standards. Major street improvements shall be completed as abutting lands develop or redevelop. In currently developed areas, the City may determine that improvements necessary to meet City standards are either infeasible or undesirable. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-17 T-11315 Maintain, and update as needed, roadway design standards to manage vehicle speeds and traffic volumes. centers and residences, and high-density residential areas. 5-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN T-11321 Work cooperatively with the Lodi Unified T -P16 Limit street right-of-way dimensions where School District on a "safe routes to schools" necessary to maintain desired neighborhood program that aims to provide a network of character. Consider allowing narrower street safe, convenient, and comfortable pedes - rights -of -way and pavement widths for local trian routes from residential areas to schools. streets in new residential subdivisions. Improvements may include expanded sidewalks, shade trees, bus stops, and con - T -P17 Implement traffic calming measures to slow nections to the extended street, bike, and traffic on local and collector residential transit network. streets and prioritize these measures over congestion management. Include round- Bicycle Facilities abouts, corner bulb -outs, traffic circles, and other traffic calming devices among these T -P22 Use the City's Bike Master Plan as a com- measures. prehensive method for implementing bicycle circulation, safety, and facilities develop - Pedestrian Facilities ment. Update the Plan for consistency with Figure 5-3, which defines bike route connec- Policies describing street connectivity related to urban tions in new development areas. design can be found in Chapter 4: Community Design and Livability. T-11323 Coordinate the connection of local bikeways and trails to regional bikeways identified in T-11318 Foster walkable streets through streetscape the San Joaquin County Bicycle Transporta- improvements, continuous sidewalks on both tion Plan. sides of streets, and encouraging pedestrian access wherever feasible. Update the Subdi- T-11324 Require the placement of bicycle racks or vision Ordinance to include requirements for lockers at park-and-ride facilities. sidewalks, street trees, and lighting. Where sidewalks do not exist within existing devel- T-11325 Establish standards requiring new commer- opments, and are desired, explore a program cial and mixed-use developments (of sizes to provide sidewalks by reducing the curb- exceeding certain minimum thresholds) to -curb road width, in cases where safety to provide shaded and convenient bicycle and traffic flow are not compromised. racks, as appropriate. When such facilities are required, use specifications provided in T-11319 To maintain walkability and pedestrian Caltrans' Design Manual, Section 1000, or safety, consider roadway width and roadway other appropriate standards. design features such as islands, pedestrian refuges, pedestrian count -down signals, and Public Transit Services other such mechanisms. This policy applies to new roadway construction as well as T-11326 Implement the City's Short Range Transit existing roadways where pedestrian safety Plan and the San Joaquin Council of Govern - issues may occur due to roadway design or ment's Regional Transit Systems Plan, using width. the most cost effective methods available and based upon professional analysis. T-11320 In new development areas, include pedes- trian connections to public transit systems, T-11327 Review new development proposals for con - commercial centers, schools, employment sistency with the Short Range Transit Plan. centers, community centers, parks, senior Ensure new projects provide needed transit 5-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN facilities to serve developments and provide all needed facilities and/or contribute a fair share for improvements not covered by other funding sources. T-11328 Continue to support the efficient operation of the Lodi Station, and to explore opportuni- ties to expand the multi -modal transportation services provided there. T -P29 Encourage continued commuter rail service in Lodi by cooperating with Amtrak and sup- porting transit -oriented development and improvements around Lodi Station. T-11330 Encourage ridership on public transit systems through marketing and promotional efforts. Provide information to residents and employees on transit services available for both local and regional trips. T -P31 Maintain transit performance measures suffi- cient to meet State requirements. T-11332 Coordinate transit services and transfers between the various transit operators serving Lodi. T -P37 Require a commitment of funding for railroad crossing protection devices from private development requiring new railroad spurs. T-11338 Continue the ongoing comprehensive program to improve the condition and safety of existing railroad crossings by upgrading surface conditions and installing signs and signals where warranted. Parking Policies related to the design of parking lots and struc- tures and their relationship to the street and buildings are provided in Chapter 4: Community Design and Livabil- ity. Off street parking regulations and a program for an expanded Downtown Parking District are described in Chapter a: Land Use. T -P39 Review and update parking standards periodically, and require new develop- ments to provide an adequate number of off-street parking spaces in accordance with those parking standards. The parking T -P33 Require new development to provide transit improvements where appropriate and feasible, including direct pedestrian access to transit stops, bus turnouts and shelters, and local streets with adequate width to T-11340 accommodate buses. T -P34 Continue to actively support and manage the Lodi Grapeline bus service, and to expand public transit services when justified by new demand. T-11335 Require community care facilities and senior housing projects with more than 25 units to provide accessible transportation services for the convenience of residents. T -P36 Coordinate with the California Public Utilities Commission to implement future railroad crossing improvements. standards will allow shared parking facili- ties whenever possible to reduce the number of new parking stalls required. Consider- ation will also be given to parking reductions for mixed-use projects or projects that have agreed to implement sustainable and enforceable trip reduction methods. Consider replacement of on -street parking in commercial areas that will be lost to addi- tional turn lanes at intersections, with an equal number of off-street spaces within the same vicinity, where feasible. T-11341 Continue to implement existing preferen- tial residential parking programs such as in the Eastside residential neighborhood, in the vicinity of the PCP Cannery, and adjacent to high schools. Consider expanding the pref- erential residential parking program to other neighborhoods only where parking intrusion from adjacent uses clearly undermines the neighborhood's quality of life after all other options are deemed unsuccessful. CHAPTER 5: TRANSPORTATION 1 5-19 T -P42 Improve parking opportunities in the downtown area and along Lodi Avenue (between downtown and Cherokee Lane) by examining rear or vacant lots and other underutilized areas for potential off-street parking. In addition, expand the Downtown Parking District to encompass the entire Downtown Mixed Use area shown in the Land Use Diagram (Figure 2-1). T -P43 Consider development of local park-and- ride facilities, particularly in conjunction with future rail and bus services, if the demand for such facilities is warranted and economically feasible. T -P44 Provide park and ride facilities designed to accommodate public transit, van and car pool users. Goods Movement T -P45 Maintain design standards for industrial streets that incorporate heavier loads associ- ated with truck operations and larger turning radii to facilitate truck movements. Consider requiring developments using commercial vehicles with large turning radii to provide needed intersection improvements along direct routes from development to freeway access points. T -P46 Ensure adequate truck access to off-street loading areas in commercial areas. T -P47 Encourage regional freight movement on freeways and other appropriate routes; evaluate and implement vehicle weight limits as appropriate on arterial, collector, and local roadways to mitigate truck traffic impacts in the community. Transportation Demand Management T -P48 Promote ridesharing and cooperate with regional travel demand management programs to reduce peak -hour traffic con- gestion and help reduce regional vehicle miles traveled. 5-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN T -P49 Promote employment opportunities within Lodi to reduce commuting to areas outside of Lodi. T -P50 Reduce the total vehicle miles of travel per household by making efficient use of existing transportation facilities and by providing for more direct routes for pedestrians and bicy- clists through the implementation of "smart growth" and sustainable planning principles. Parks and open spaces provide opportunities for recreation, relaxation, informal sports, walking, or simply a break from the stresses of everyday life. They also serve as gathering places where community members can meet, informally or for planned activities. These activities need to be supported with an adequate supply of accessible and appropriately developed space. The city should have parks with a distribution and form that allows them to be enjoyed by workers during the day, used by children and the elderly close to their homes, and to serve as a point of focus for residential neighborhoods. The General Plan builds on Lodi's existing parks and recreation facilities, ensuring that community members will continue to enjoy park and rec- reation services. This Element provides background on the city's existing parks, open space, and recreation facilities; describes planned improve- ments; and outlines policies and standards to ensure a continued high level of service as the city grows. 6-1 Emerson Park (top), Blake Park (middle), and Hale Park (bottom) provide recreation and open space facilities for local neighborhoods. 6 -2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 6.1 EXISTING PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE SYSTEM This section presents a summary of the existing condi- tions of Lodi's parks, recreational programs, recreational facilities, and open space areas. The Lodi Department of Parks and Recreation serves not just residents of the City of Lodi, but also non-residents living in the Lodi Unified School District service area north of eight Mile Road. Currently (Zoog), Lodi has 23 developed and four undeveloped parks and open spaces. Table 6-1 details the type and breakdown of park and basin acres for each of the existing parks and open spaces. As the table shows, basins play a large role in the provision of parks and open spaces, accounting for 34% of all parkland. Figure 6-1 illustrates the City's existing, planned, and proposed parks and open spaces. A comprehensive Park, Recreation, and Open Space Plan was adopted in 1994, providing a detailed study, plan, and implementation strategy for parks and open space in Lodi. The General Plan builds from the standards and park types defined in this plan. Park Types Mini/Urban Parks Mini/Urban parks include tot lots, children's play- grounds, and other small single purpose play lots designed primarily for very young children. Due to their small size, facilities are usually limited to a small open grass area, a children's playground, and occasional picnic site. Mini/Urban parks are typically located in areas that are fully developed and vacant land is scarce. There is only one mini -park in Lodi. Neighborhood Parks Neighborhood Parks include playgrounds and parkland primarily designed for non -supervised and non -orga- nized recreation, and as passive open space. In addition to grassy area, recreation facilities may include ball fields, basketball courts, dog areas, playgrounds, soccer fields, swimming pools, and meeting rooms. Ideally, neighbor - hood parks serve a 1/2 -mile radius area. Currently, there are 14 neighborhood parks in Lodi. Community Parks Community parks serve a larger segment of the popula- tion, and are primarily designed for active and structured recreation for both children and adults. While individual and family activities are encouraged, community parks are a main channel for organized activities and sports. In addition, all or a large portion of land in these parks also function as detention basin during rainy seasons. These parks have a service area of one to two-mile radius and range from io to z6 acres in size. There are currently two community parks in the city—Kofu and Salas—provid- ing ball fields, basketball courts, dog areas, playgrounds, picnic areas, meeting rooms, skateboard park, in-line hockey and tennis court facilities. Regional Parks The Lodi Lake Park is the only regional park within Lodi's City limits. A regional park serves the entire region, attracting visitors far beyond the boundaries of the city. Typically exceeding ioo acres in size, regional parks feature a wide range of activities and facilities. The 43 -acre Lodi Lake Park is characterized by the Mokelumne River, swimming, beaches, and large picnic areas. It is also attached to the Lodi Lake Wilderness Area. A proposed expansion of the park, planned on the Lodi Lake West Bank Area, will add approximately eight acres to the regional park (five additional acres have been designated for the surface water treatment facility). Natural Open Space The Lodi Lake Wilderness Area is the only natural open space within City limits. Natural open space is undevel- oped land primarily left in its natural environment with recreation uses as a secondary objective. The Lodi Lake Wilderness Area spans 58 acres, including 25 acres of lake area. Located adjacent to Lodi Lake Park, this site was intended to preserve the riparian and natural open space along the Mokelumne River. This open space also provides 2.3 miles of paved and unpaved trails. Lodi Lake Park and Wilderness Area serve a regional population and pro- vide access to a natural open space. Kofu Park is a community park with amenities that serve a larger area. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-3 Special Use Areas Special Use Areas are public recreation areas or land occupied by specialized facilities, including special land- scaped areas, community gardens, single purpose sport uses, or sites occupied by recreation buildings such as a senior or community center. There are no defined service areas for this type of parks and open spaces. Currently, five City parks fall into this category: Armory Park/ Chapman Field, the Grape Bowl, the Softball Complex, Zupo Field, as well as Hutchins Street Square, described below. These facilities are assets for Lodi residents, but also provide opportunities for regional attraction, such as for athletic tournaments. TABLE 6-1: EXISTING PARKS, OPEN SPACES, AND ACTIVITY FACILITIES Source: City of Lodi Department of Park and Recreation, 2009. 6-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Acres NAME PARK TYPE PARK PARK/BASIN TOTAL Armory Park/Chapman Field Special Use 3.2 3.2 Beckman Park Neighborhood 0.8 15.8 16.6 Borchardt Park Mini/Urban 0.8 0.8 Candy Cane Park Mini/Urban 0.2 0.2 Century Meadows Park Neighborhood 2.7 2.7 Emerson Park Neighborhood 3.0 3.0 English Oaks Park Neighborhood 3.7 3.7 Grape Bowl Special Use 15.0 15.0 Hale Park Neighborhood 3.1 3.1 Henry Glaves Park Neighborhood 2.8 11.3 14.0 Hutchins Street Square Special Use 4.5 4.5 John Blakely Park Neighborhood 10.0 10.0 Katzakian Park Neighborhood 5.0 5.0 Kofu Park Community 2.0 8.0 10.0 Lawrence Park Neighborhood 2.8 2.8 Legion Park Neighborhood 6.0 6.0 Lodi Lake Park Regional 43.0 43.0 Lodi Lake Wilderness Area Natural Open Space 58.0 58.0 Peterson Park Neighborhood 2.2 19.8 22.0 Samuel D. Salas Park Community 2.5 23.5 26.0 Softball Complex Special Use 7.6 7.6 Van Buskirk Park Neighborhood 1.0 1.0 Vinewood Park Neighborhood 0.8 15.2 16.0 Zupo Field Special Use 3.3 3.3 Total 183.9 93.6 277.5 Source: City of Lodi Department of Park and Recreation, 2009. 6-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN FIGURE 6-1: PARKS, RECREATIONAL FACILITIES, AND OPEN SPACE Existing Parks/Open Space/ Recreation ,u Proposed/Planned Parks/Open Space/ Recreation ° 112 ' z MILES Proposed Bike/Pedestrian Trail Urban Reserve ------- Sphere of Influence (2008) --- City Limits (2008) CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-5 Hutchins Street Square is one of the cultural centers of Lodi, hosting theater performances and offering recreation classes. Century Meadows Park. TABLE 6-2: OTHER PARKS AND OPEN SPACES WITHIN THE PLANNING AREA NAME ACRES Woodbridge Wilderness Area 17 Micke Grove Regional Park 258 Total 275 Source: City of Lodi, 2007, San Joaquin County, 2007 6-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Hutchins Street Square This t2 -acre facility is a cultural, recreational, business, and community center of Lodi. Originally built in igi9 as Lodi Union High School, the site was burned by arson in 1974, and has transformed over the years into the vibrant community center that is now Hutchins Street Square. It offers student enrichment and adult specialty art and cultural classes, a performance theater, a senior center, a swimming pool, and a conference center. Hutchins Street Square also leases its facilities for private events. The facility is administered by the City and has an advocacy/fundraising board, The Hutchins Street Square Foundation. Other Parks, Recreation Facilities, and Open Spaces While the City of Lodi is the main provider of parkland recreational facilities for the community, San Joaquin County also provides amenities in the Planning Area. Table 6-2 and Figure 6-I illustrate these natural open space resources. In total, these sites add an additional 275 acres of parkland and open space within the planning area. Woodbridge Wilderness Area This regional park, operated by San Joaquin County, provides a 1/4 -mile of Mokelumne River frontage in the Town of Woodbridge. The natural area features a riparian environment where fishing enthusiasts catch trout, black bass and catfish. Micke Grove Regional Park This 258 -acre regional oak tree park features the Micke Grove Zoo, a Japanese Garden, outdoor picnic shelters and indoor venues for receptions and events, Fun Town at Micke Grove Amusement Park, the San Joaquin Historical Museum, softball fields, and children's play- grounds. San Joaquin County operates the park, which lies just south ofArmstrong Road, west of SR -99. Park Distribution Given the crucial role of open spaces in an urban envi- ronment, parks should have maximum accessibility. They should be located within a quick walk, bike ride, or drive from residents' homes. Lodi has a thorough network of parks, which are fairly well distributed around the city. A substantial area of southwest Lodi currently lacks open space, but two parks are proposed for the area, as shown on Figure 6-I. Parks and Recreation Facilities and Programs Lodi offers a wide range of recreational programs and facilities within its parks and open spaces, as shown in Table 6-3. Playgrounds, picnic areas, and restrooms are available in nearly all parks. Some notable recreation facilities in Lodi include in-line hockey at Peterson Park, a skateboard park at Kofu Park, the Softball Complex, the Grape Bowl stadium, and Zupo Hardball Field. In addition, many parks also provide sports fields that cofunction as detention basins during the rainy season. The Lodi Parks and Recreation Department provides a remarkable variety of recreation programs and services to residents and non-residents. The Department offers both youth and adult sports, a kids' summer camp, swim lessons, and a host of other recreation programs. In coor- dination with Hutchins Street Square, the Lodi Public Library, and the Parks and Recreation Department, the City publishes a calendar of arts and recreation opportu- nities and offers convenient sign-up for activities. F'r ^:M Facilities at Katzakian Park, the Softball Complex, and the Grape Bowl host recreation programs and provide opportunities for tournaments and special events. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-7 TABLE 6-3: EXISTING PARKS AND OPEN SPACE, BY RECREATION FACILITIES AND SERVICES OFFERED NAME H l0 �` a C d 'O _ m _ N to m a O V N a p� LL A p IL r O N ,C F V V C .E H N O y i S O d A H Y O y J C O •N C 4.5 o C N 2 t6 L 07 D N H Armory Park / Chapman Field • • • Beckman Park • Borchardt Park Candy Cane Park • Century Meadows Park • Century Park • • Emerson Park • English Oaks Common • Grape Bowl • • • • • • Hale Park • Henry Glaves Park • • • • • Hutchins Street Square • • • • • John Blakely Park • Katzakian Park • • • • • Kofu Park • Lawrence Park • Legion Park • • • • • Lodi Lake Park • Lodi Lake Wilderness Area Peterson Park (Westgate) • • • • • • • Samuel D. Salas Park • Softball Complex • • • • • Van Buskirk Park • • • • Vinewood Park • Zupo Hardball Field • • • Source: City of Lodi Department of Park and Recreation, 2009. 8-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 6.2 PLANNED IMPROVEMENTS TABLE 6-4: PLANNED PARKS AND DRAINAGE BASINS The City of Lodi already has four undeveloped park and basin sites within City limits, totaling 88 acres. Approved developments could add over 72 acres of open space. The General Plan identifies an additional 210 acres of park, open space, and basin areas. Planned Parks and Open Spaces Table 6-4 details the City's undeveloped parks and open spaces, representing either city -owned properties with approved or proposed plans. Roger, DeBenedetti, and Pixley Parks have remained undeveloped since the 1994 Parks Master Plan due to financing challenges. These three parks have proposed plans, but are waiting for City Council's approval. The Lodi Lake West Bank Area will provide a total of eight acres of passive outdoor parkland and open space. Approved Developments The approved Southwest Gateway, Westside, and Reynolds Ranch developments will incorporate park, trail, and drainage basin requirements once the projects are complete. These requirements are outlined in Table 6-5. New General Plan Parks, Open Spaces, and Recreation Facilities Distribution and Connectivity New parks and open spaces have been distributed throughout the new growth areas to ensure convenient access for new and existing residents, as shown in Figure 6-1. Each mixed-use center designated on the Land Use Diagram in Figure z -i (see Chapter z: Land Use) has a park located adjacent to it. In addition, each new school proposed in the new growth area contains an adjacent park. As result, students, residents, workers, and visitors have convenient access to City park, from school, resi- dences, work, or while out shopping at a nearby store. Moreover, this co -location encourages use at different times of day. All new parks face the street and are situated on new streets, ensuring that parks are inviting Source: City of Lodi Department of Parks and Recreation, 2009. TABLE 6-5: REQUIRED PARKS AND DRAINAGE BASIN FOR APPROVED DEVELOPMENT Acreage PARKS TYPE PARK PARK/ BASIN TOTAL DeBenedetti Park Community 24.3 24.7 49.0 Lodi Lake West Bank Area Natural Open Space 8.0 8.0 8.0 Pixley Park Neighborhood 5.0 22.0 27.0 Roget Park Community 4.3 Mini (2) 4.3 Total 4.2 41.6 46.7 88.3 Source: City of Lodi Department of Parks and Recreation, 2009. TABLE 6-5: REQUIRED PARKS AND DRAINAGE BASIN FOR APPROVED DEVELOPMENT Source: City of Lodi Department of Park and Recreation, 2009. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-9 Acreage PROJECT NAME TYPE (#) PARK/ OPEN SPACE PARK/ BASIN TOTAL Reynolds Ranch Project Neighborhood 4.0 4.0 Ped/Bike Trail Buffer 8.0 8.0 Basin 9.0 9.0 Southwest Gateway Project Neighborhood (3) 3.9 17.4 21.0 Mini (2) 4.2 4.2 Ped/Bike Trail 5.1 5.1 Westside Project Neighborhood (2) 4.4 10.3 14.7 Mini (2) 3.7 3.7 Ped/Bike Trail 2.3 2.3 Total 35.6 36.7 72.3 Source: City of Lodi Department of Park and Recreation, 2009. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-9 Pixley Park, currently under construction, will create parkland east of SR -99. The Woodbridge Irrigation Canal could be used as a trail for recreation. TABLE 6-6: GENERAL PLAN PARK ACREAGE AND RATIOS Population Existing + Planned 63,362 Approved Developments 9,700 Proposed General Plan 26,400 Total 99,500 Total may not sum exactly due to rounding. Source: Dyett & Bhatia, 2009; Department of Finance, 2008. 6-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN for residents in the neighborhood, but also in the greater community. Parks that abut the street edge provide visual and actual accessibility and ensure safety of users because of these "eyes on the street." Two multi -use trails are proposed, along the Wood- bridge Irrigation District canal right-of-way, and along Victor Road/Lockford Street railroad right-of-way, from the city's eastern boundary to downtown. These trails would provide paths for walking, jogging, and biking. Mid-sized neighborhood parks (8-15 acres each) are distributed in the new growth areas in the western and southern portion of the city. Two large parks (each roughly z3 acres), which could contain more expanded recreation facilities and ball fields, are located at each end of the proposed trail, providing a key connection for these amenities. In sum, the General Plan designates zro acres of parks and open space to meet the needs of existing and future community members, as shown in Table 6-6. Approxi- mately 40 percent of the new open spaces are proposed to serve as drainage basins only. To maintain the level of service residents and visitors have come to enjoy and expect, the City and private developers must continue to provide new park facilities and drainage basins. Note that while new open space areas are not mapped in the Urban Reserve Area—just as other individual land uses like schools are not shown—these will be required as part of new development in these locations. Calcula- tions assume that 12 percent of the Urban Reserve area will be developed as parkland to meet the needs of new users in this area. ACRES ACRES PER 1,000 RESIDENTS Parks and Parks and Parks Only Drainage Basins Parks Only Drainage Basins 226 366 3.6 5.8 36 72 3.7 7.5 136 210 5.2 8.0 397 648 4.0 6.5 Joint -Use Parks and Facilities The City of Lodi and the Lodi Unified School District approved a joint -use agreement in z000; this agreement outlines procedures for sharing facilities, including the parks that the District operates on its school sites. By coordinating use—particularly on weekends and during the summer when school is not in session— community members can enjoy access to more parks, and the City and School District are able to reduce their individual costs. Moreover, joint -use of open spaces that are in the older areas of the city, such as those around downtown and in the eastern neighborhoods, increase park space for existing residents in these more estab- lished neighborhoods. Standards The General Plan defines an overall park and open space standard of eight acres per 1,00o residents. At least five acres of this open space should be designated for parks only (that is, excluding drainage basins). This standard ensures a high level of park facilities and services for new residents and enhances the park supply and ratio GENERAL PLAN STANDARDS for existing users. In addition, the City's Parks and Rec- reation Plan, prepared in 1994, defines more detailed standards, by the type of park. In 2oo8, the City provided 366 acres of parkland to its 63,36z residents (including planned open spaces)—a ratio of 5.8 acres per 1,00o residents. Excluding basins reduces these numbers to 226 acres and a ratio of 3.6 per 1,00o residents. Parks and open spaces that result from approved development projects and the General Plan improve these ratios substantially. The General Plan provides an additional z10 acres of parkland for the anticipated population Of26,400 residents, representing a ratio of 5.2 acres of parks and 8.o acres of parks and drainage basins per 1,00o persons, thereby sustaining the General Plan standard. Accounting for existing, planned, and General Plan des- ignated open spaces, Lodi's projected 99,50o residents could expect a total of 648 acres of open space under the General Plan. This would provide 6.5 acres per 1,000 residents (or a ratio of 4.0, excluding drainage basins), slightly higher than the ratio currently provided. • Eight acres of parks and drainage basins per 1,000 new residents, with five acres serving as parkland only. • A park within a quarter -mile of each residence. TYPE SERVICE AREA SIZE (ACRES) ACRES PER 1,000 RESIDENTS Mini-Parks/Tot Lots 1/a mile radius <3 none Neighborhood 1/2 mile radius 5-15 2.5 Community 1/2 mile radius 20-30 1.8 Regional Community or Region 50+ 0.8 Natural Open Space Community or Region Varies 2.1 Special Use Areas Community or Region Varies 0.8 Total 8.0 Source: City of Lodi Park and Recreation Plan, 1994. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-11 Financing To assist in the acquisition and development of City parks, the City requires dedication of parkland or payment of in -lieu fees on all new residential, com- mercial, office, and industrial development. The fee is reviewed periodically and revised as necessary. Despite these fees, the City has had difficulty raising enough capital to acquire and develop new parks, open spaces, and recreation facilities. Several recent residential devel- opment projects, including Reynolds Ranch, Southwest Gateway, and Westside, have elected to build open space and recreation facilities on site, in sizes consistent with the City requirements. Including parkland in the site development process allows the City to work with devel- opers to ensure that parks are accessible and appropriate for both new and existing community members. One of the challenges to financing and providing adequate park land is that the City is the parks and rec- reation provider for the entire north County area (the Lodi Unified School District service area, north of Eight Mile Road). 6-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 6.3 POLICIES For stormwater management policies, see Chapter 8.• Safety. P -G1 Provide and maintain park and recreation facilities for the entire community. P -G2 Protect natural resource areas, native vege- tation, scenic areas, open space areas, and parks from encroachment or destruction. P-133 Improve connectivity between parks and rec- reation facilities. P -G4 Expand non -vehicular paths and trails and bikeways. • Provide a variety of open spaces and facilities to serve the needs of the community, ensuring a balance between indoor and outdoor organized sports and other recreation needs, including passive and leisure activities. P -P6 Continue working with the Lodi Unified School District to share use of school and City park and recreation facilities through a mutually beneficial joint use agreement. P -P7 Work with developers of proposed develop- ment projects to provide parks and trails, as well as linkages to existing parks and trails. P -P8 Coordinate with the Woodbridge Irriga- tion District to develop a recreation trail for walking, jogging, and biking along the canal right-of-way, as shown in Figure 6-1. P -P9 Support improvements along the Mokelumne P -Pi Acquire and develop additional neighborhood River in consultation and cooperation with the and community parks to serve existing and County and with creek restoration and design future needs. professionals. P -P2 Provide open space to meet recreation and storm drainage needs, at a ratio of eight acres of open space per 1,000 new residents. At least five acres must be constructed for park and recreation uses only. Drainage basins should be constructed as distinct facilities, as opposed to dual -functioning park and drainage basin facilities. P -P3 Pursue the development of park and recre- ation facilities within a quarter -mile walking distance of all residences. P-1134 Ensure that parks are visible and accessible from the street, welcoming the surrounding neighborhood and citywide users. P -P5 Update the City's Open Space and Recreation Master Plan, as necessary to: • Arrange a distribution of open spaces across all neighborhoods in the city; • Ensure that parks are visible and accessible from the street, to the surrounding neigh- borhood, and citywide users; and P -P10 Improve accessibility to the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake Wilderness Area with walking and biking trails. Site park use and new facil- ities and trails in Lodi Lake Park such that they will not degrade or destroy riparian or sensitive habitat areas. P -P11 Encourage the planting of native trees, shrubs, and grasslands in order to preserve the visual integrity of the landscape, provide habitat conditions suitable for native vegetation, and ensure the maximum number and variety of well -adapted plants are maintained. P-11312 Encourage retention of mature trees and woodlands to the maximum extent possible. The City shall regulate the removal of trees that are defined as "heritage trees." P -P13 Identify and discourage the removal of signif- icant trees on private and public property by establishing a tree inventory and tree manage- ment ordinance. Where removal is required, the City shall require a two-for-one replace- ment or transplantation. CHAPTER 6: PARKS, RECREATION, AND OPEN SPACE 1 6-13 P-11314 Review infrastructure needs for existing and new recreational facilities, and where appro- priate, identify required improvements in the City's Capital Improvement Program. P -P15 Renovate the Grape Bowl in order to increase use and revenue generation. P-11316 Ensure safety of users and security of facilities through lighting, signage, fencing, and land- scaping, as appropriate and feasible. P-11317 Continue to provide parks and recreation services to all residents within the Lodi Unified School District service area north of Eight Mile Road. Expand visitor and non-resident fee-based programs to ensure that non-resi- dents pay their share of park maintenance and improvement costs. P-11318 Promote the use of the City's existing and planned Special Use park and recreation facil- ities for both local resident use and for visitor attractions, such as athletic tournaments. P -P19 Require master planned residential commu- nities to dedicate parkland consistent with General Plan standards. In -lieu fees will only be acceptable where an exemption from providing a neighborhood park facility would not adversely affect local residents because an existing park is nearby. P -P20 Address park dedication and new devel- opment impact fees as part of the Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations Update, to ensure compliance with the General Plan park and open space standard. P-11321 Seek out new and protected funding sources in order to maintain and expand park inventory. 6-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN The preservation of natural resources is critical to Lodi's environmental quality, economic development, and overall quality of life for its residents. Maintaining agricultural land stimulates the city's and region's economy and aesthetic identity. The protection of biological resources and habitat encourages biodiversity and the viability of plant and animal life. Good water and air quality are essential for ensuring health and safety. And conserving energy helps to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and preserve non -renewing resources. In addition to natural resources, manmade historic resources, such as building and historical event sites, help to form the city's identity. The Conservation Element establishes policies for the conservation of natural resources in Lodi. Topics addressed include agricultural and soil resources; biological resources; cultural and historic resources; hydrology and water quality; energy and climate change; and air quality. Water supply and conservation are addressed in Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure. Flooding and drainage are addressed in Chapter 8: Safety. 7-1 7.1 AGRICULTURAL AND SOIL RESOURCES Agricultural activities play an important role in the city's economy, culture, and identity. Grapes, processed foods, nuts, fruit, and milk are all major commodities in the Planning area, with both established national and inter- national markets. Wine grape growers in the Lodi area alone produce an annual crop with an estimated worth $S billion, which includes contributions from sales, wages, tourism, and other direct and indirect effects`. In addition to the direct contributions of agriculture, there are secondary economic impacts as well, including a food processing industry, winemaking and tourism (see the Economic Development section of Chapter 2: Land Use for details). This section provides an overview of agricultural and soil resources in the Planning Area, including land classified as Important Farmlands and/ or containing Williamson Act contracts. Note that Chapter 8: Safety contains policies concerning soil resources as they relate to safety concerns (e.g. geology and seismicity). Soils In 1992, a soil survey for San Joaquin County was conducted by the United States Department of Agricul- ture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, which creates maps of surface soils for use in land use decision making. The Planning Area consists of a total of 25 different detailed soil types. Most soil types in the Planning Area are sandy loams (such as Tokay and Acampo), which are highly productive for agriculture and present little constraint to development. Limited acreages of addi- tional types of soil types are also found throughout the Planning Area. The Tokay-Acampo soil group is char- acterized by moderately well -drained and well -drained, moderately coarse textured soils. The soils are deep to hardpan and located on low fan terraces. The primary detailed soil types present within this group include Tokay and Acampo. The Tokay soils are very deep and well drained. Typically, the surface layer and subsoil Stonebridge Research. "Economic Impact of Wine and Grapes in Lodi 2009." May 2009. Annual estimate for 2007. 7-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN are moderately coarse textured. The Acampo soils are 40 to 6o inches to a hardpan and are moderately well drained. The surface layer and subsoil are moderately coarse textured. Agriculture Important Farmlands within the Planning Area Farmland across the State is classified by the California Department of Conservation with respect to its potential for agricultural productivity. In 2004, an estimated 40,73o acres (roughly 8o% of the total Planning Area) were designated for some type of agricultural use. As shown in Table 7-1 and Figure 7-1, lands designated as Prime Farmland account for an estimated 65% of the Planning Area. Agricultural Production San Joaquin County The 2007 Agricultural Report for San Joaquin County indicates that milk and grapes are the leading agricul- tural commodities in the county, with annual values of approximately $466 million and $217 million, respec- tively. The gross value of agricultural production for 2007 in San Joaquin County was estimated at $2 billion, an all-time high.2 Lodi Planning Area Within the Planning Area, 38,24o acres—approxi- mately 75% of the total Planning Area—are currently in active agricultural production, with just 3% of land clas- sified as "Idle" agricultural land. Table 7-2 identifies the type of crops within the Planning Area. Lands classified as vineyards account for a majority of the lands in agri- cultural production. San Joaquin County Agricultural Commissioner's Office, 2007. Note that these values are estimates based on the most common method of sale for the commodities and do not include indirect effects or revenues. TABLE 7-1: LAND USE IN PLANNING AREA, BY FARMLAND MAP AND MONITORING PROGRAM DESIGNATION Source: California Department of Conservation, 2004b; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007,• ESA, 2007. TABLE 7-2: CROP TYPE DISTRIBUTION CROP TYPE ACRES % OF PLANNING AREA % OF 25,275 50% Urban PLANNING FMMP DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION ACRES AREA Prime Farmland Land that has the best combination of physical and chemical 32,926 65% 2,273 characteristics for the production of crops. Native Vegetation 1,983 Farmland of Statewide Importance Similar to Prime Farmland but with minor shortcomings, such 1,911 4% Truck, Nursery and Berry Crops as greater slopes or less ability to hold and store moisture. 2% Grain and Hay Crops Unique Farmland Land of lesser quality soils used for the production of specific 4,442 9% 2% high -economic value crops 309 <1% Farmland of Local Importance Land of importance to the local agricultural economy as 1,420 3% 22 determined by each county's board of supervisors and local advisory committee. Grazing Land Land on which the existing vegetation is suited to the grazing 31 <i% of livestock. Urban and Built -Up Land Land occupied by structures with a building density of at 8,701 17% least 1 unit to 1.5 acres, or approximately 6 structures to 10 - acre parcel. Other Categories Low-density rural developments; brush, timber, wetland, and 1,400 3% riparian areas. Vacant and nonagricultural land surrounded on all sides by urban development and greater than 40 acres. Source: California Department of Conservation, 2004b; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007,• ESA, 2007. TABLE 7-2: CROP TYPE DISTRIBUTION CROP TYPE ACRES % OF PLANNING AREA Vineyard 25,275 50% Urban 8,628 17% Deciduous Fruits and Nuts 4,138 8% Pasture 3,635 7% Field Crops 2,273 4% Native Vegetation 1,983 4% Idle 1,330 3% Truck, Nursery and Berry Crops 1,152 2% Grain and Hay Crops 976 2% Livestock and Poultry Farms 770 2% Native Riparian 309 <1% Water 319 <1% Citrus and Subtropical 22 <1% Source: Department of Water Resources, 1996; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007,• ESA, 2007. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-3 fir....... 4Y � ... .. � son PIP it '. Aw r . Preservation and Conservation Williamson Act The California Land Conservation Act of 1965, Sections 512oo et seq. of the California Government Code, commonly referred to as the Williamson Act, enables local governments to restrict the use of specific parcels of land to agricultural or related open space use. Land- owners enter into contracts with participating cities and counties and agree to restrict their land to agriculture or open space use for a minimum of io years. Contracts are automatically renewed every year, for an additional year, unless a property owner initiates the non -renewal process which starts the nine-year non -renewal period, after which time the contract is terminated. In August 1998, the Williamson Act's Farmland Security Zone (FSZ) provisions were enacted with the passage of Senate Bill 1182 (California Government Code Section 51296-51297.4). This sub -program, called the "Super Williamson Act," enables agricultural landowners to enter into contracts with a specific county for 20 -year increments. Land restricted by an FSZ contract is valued for property assessment purposes at 65% of its William- son Act valuation, or 65% of its Proposition 13 valuation, whichever is lower. Figure 7-1 provides the locations of parcels within the Planning Area that have an active Williamson Act Contract (18,251 acres), a Williamson Act Contract in non -renewal status (124 acres), or a FSZ contract (1,343 acres).3 The General Plan growth areas coincide with 927 acres of active contracts, 16 acres in non -renewal contracts and 37 FSZ contracts. General Plan policies support the continuation of Williamson Act contracts in anticipated urban growth areas, until the contracts have expired and the market is ready for urban development. Farmland Conversion While one quarter of the gross new General Plan potential development area is infill and will not reduce the amount of farmland, some conversion of agricultural Williamson Act contract mapping and analysis relies on the following sources: California Department of Conservation, Division of Land Resource Protection, Farmland Mapping and Monitoring Program. Sacramento, CA, 2004; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007; and ESA, 2007. Lodi's climate and soil are well suited for agricultural production—a key industry in the city's and region's economy CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-5 land to urban use is inevitable given Lodi's growth needs. If the General Plan were developed to maximum capacity, 2,893 acres of Prime Farmland would be replaced by urban development (including parks and open spaces). This area represents 69% of the new urban area delineated in the General Plan Land Use Diagram. The most prevalent crop types that would be displaced if the General Plan developed to its fullest potential are vineyards (1,676 acres), deciduous fruits and nuts (516 acres), and field crops (322 acres). However, multiple policies are identified in this General Plan to prevent excessive agricultural land conver- sion, including prioritizing infill development within the existing City limits, compact development in new growth areas, and the continuation of the vast majority of agricultural activities in the Planning Area. 7.2 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES While a significant majority of the Planning Area is urbanized or in agricultural use, the Planning Area includes a variety of biological communities which provide habitat for both rare and common wildlife and plant species. This section describes biological resources existing or potentially occurring within the Planning Area. Wildlife Habitats Wildlife habitats provide food, shelter, movement corridors, and breeding opportunities for wildlife species. More common wildlife species frequently use more than one habitat type—for example, riparian habitat for breeding sites, resting sites, cover while moving from one area to another, or thermal cover, and range into open upland grasslands, scrub, or over open water to forage. The Planning Area contains mostly human -modified habitats. A mosaic of smaller areas of lacustrine, wetland, riparian, grassland, and open water habitat types occur along the Mokelumne River and other waterways in the Planning Area. All of these habitats, as classified in California Wildlife Habitats, are shown in Figure 7-2 and Table 7-3, and briefly described in the section below. 4 4 Mayer, Kenneth E. and W.F. Laudenslayer, Jr. A Guide to Wildlife Habitats of California." State of California Resources Agency, Depart- ment of Fish and Game. Sacramento, CA, 1988. Plan policies help to enable smooth transitions between urban and agricultural uses. 7-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN ■ 7.2 BIOLOGICAL RESOURCES While a significant majority of the Planning Area is urbanized or in agricultural use, the Planning Area includes a variety of biological communities which provide habitat for both rare and common wildlife and plant species. This section describes biological resources existing or potentially occurring within the Planning Area. Wildlife Habitats Wildlife habitats provide food, shelter, movement corridors, and breeding opportunities for wildlife species. More common wildlife species frequently use more than one habitat type—for example, riparian habitat for breeding sites, resting sites, cover while moving from one area to another, or thermal cover, and range into open upland grasslands, scrub, or over open water to forage. The Planning Area contains mostly human -modified habitats. A mosaic of smaller areas of lacustrine, wetland, riparian, grassland, and open water habitat types occur along the Mokelumne River and other waterways in the Planning Area. All of these habitats, as classified in California Wildlife Habitats, are shown in Figure 7-2 and Table 7-3, and briefly described in the section below. 4 4 Mayer, Kenneth E. and W.F. Laudenslayer, Jr. A Guide to Wildlife Habitats of California." State of California Resources Agency, Depart- ment of Fish and Game. Sacramento, CA, 1988. Plan policies help to enable smooth transitions between urban and agricultural uses. 7-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Agricultural Areas Vegetation composition and structure in agricultural habitats are variable, depending on the type of crops grown, timing of operational activities, and the time of year. For these reasons, habitat value for wildlife is also variable. Croplands provide food and water for these species, but do not generally provide long-term shelter due to the frequency of disturbance. Typical wildlife species that may use agricultural habitat include a variety of rodents—such as California ground squirrel (Spermophilus beecheyi) and California vole (Microtus californicus); and birds—such as red -winged blackbird (Agelaius phoeniceus), northern harrier (Circus cyaneus), white-tailed kite (Elanus leucurus), and yel- low -billed magpie (Pica nuttali). Urban Areas Wildlife species that use urban habitat are variable, depending on the density of development, the surround- ing land use, and the types and availability of vegetation and other habitat features available for foraging, nesting, and cover. In general, wildlife habitat in urban areas consists of landscaped areas with a mix of both native and exotic ornamental plant species. Species using these areas are conditioned to a greater level of human activity than those in natural and less developed areas. Wildlife species typically found in urban habitat include American crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos), rock dove (Columba livia), American robin (Turdus americana), Brewer's blackbird (Euphagus cyanocephalus), house finch (Carpodacus mexicanus), house sparrow (Passer domesticus), northern mockingbird (Mimus polyglot- tos), mourning dove (Zenaida macrocoura), raccoon (Procyon lotor), Virginia opossum (Didelphis virgini- ana), and striped skunk (Mephitis mephitis). Annual Grassland Annual grassland areas are generally surrounded by agricultural land, but may also border smaller areas of wetland or riparian habitat. Along the Mokelumne River, annual grassland habitats are interspersed with lacustrine and open water habitats as well. Annual grassland is typically composed of herbaceous exotic TABLE 7-3: HABITAT AND LAND USE ACREAGE FOR THE PLANNING AREA Source: California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection 2002; San Joaquin County, 2003; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007, and ESA, 2007, Agriculture land is the primary habitat type in the Planning Area (top). Lacustrine habitat is more limited; it supports aquatic life along the Moke- lumne River and around Lodi Lake (bottom). CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-7 % OF PLANNING LAND USE/HABITAT ACRES AREA Agriculture 41,110 81% Urban 8,400 17% Annual Grassland 620 1% Valley Foothill Riparian 350 <i% Freshwater Emergent Wetland 130 <i% Lacustrine 120 <i% Water 120 <1% Total 50,850 100% Source: California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection 2002; San Joaquin County, 2003; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007, and ESA, 2007, Agriculture land is the primary habitat type in the Planning Area (top). Lacustrine habitat is more limited; it supports aquatic life along the Moke- lumne River and around Lodi Lake (bottom). CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-7 grasses and forbs, and may include weedy species such as perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne), soft chess (Bromus hordeaceus), foxtail barley (Hordeum murinum), ripgut brome (Bromus diandrus), wild oats (Avena sp.), and stork's bill (Erodium botrys). Annual grassland habitats that contain or are adjacent to more complex habitats or habitat features (e.g. riparian) are more likely to have a greater habitat value and support a greater diversity of wildlife species. Wildlife species that use annual grassland include a variety of sparrows, white-tailed kite, northern harrier, red-tailed hawk, burrowing owl (Athene cunicularia), ring-necked pheasant (Phasianus colchicus), various rodents, lizards, snakes, and sal- amanders. Vernal pools are generally found within grasslands habitat. Valley Foothill Riparian Valley foothill riparian habitat consists of an overstory canopy of valley oak (Quercus lobata) and may include interior live oak (Quercus wislizenii), black walnut (Juglans hindsii) and boxelder (Acer negundo). Under - story vegetation may include toyon (Heteromeles arbutifolia), wild grape (Vitus californicus), and Hima- laylan blackberry (Rubus bicolor). Riparian habitats can be complex in structure and composition, and abundant in wildlife diversity and richness. Many species of wildlife use this habitat type for movement corridors, foraging, cover, and breeding. Wildlife species that use valley foothill riparian habitat include black phoebe (Sayornis nigris), Nuttall's woodpecker (Picoides nuttalii), ruby -crowned kinglet (Regulus calendulus), red -shouldered hawk (Buteo lineatus), gray squirrel (Sciurus griseus), and raccoon. Freshwater Emergent Wetland Freshwater emergent wetland is adapted to frequent inundation and ponding and includes hydrophilic emergent species such as common cattail (Typha latifolia) and rule rush (Scirpus acutus). Within the Planning Area, freshwater emergent wetland occurs in small patches adjacent to annual grassland, and can be surrounded by agricultural lands, or interspersed with a variety of other habitats along the Mokelumne River corridor. Wetland habitats provide habitat for wildlife 7-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN species such as waterfowl and wading birds, black- birds (Agelaius sp.), amphibians, and reptiles such as garter snake (Thamnophis sp.) and pond turtle (Emys marmorata). Lacustrine Lacustrine is an aquatic habitat type occurring in rel- atively small numbers predominately along the Mokelumne River. This habitat is limited within the Planning Area. Lacustrine habitat includes lakes, reser- voirs, ponds, and ponded areas along streams. Permanent lacustrine habitats typically support fish species and also provides foraging, cover, and breeding habitat for other aquatic species such as pond turtle, amphibians, various waterfowl and piscivorus species such as belted king- fisher (Ceryle alcyon), great blue heron (Ardea herodias), and bald eagle (Haliaeetus leucocephalus). Open Water Open water or riverine habitats in the Planning Area include the Mokelumne River, which runs through the northern portion of the Planning Area, and the White Slough Water Pollution Control Plant in the southwest- ern portion of the Planning Area along I-5. It is the least abundant habitat type in the Planning Area. Open water, like similar lacustrine habitat, provides habitat for a variety of fish and other aquatic or semi -aquatic species. San Joaquin County Multi -Species Conservation and Open -Space Plan The San Joaquin County Multi -Species Conservation and Open -Space Plan (SJMSCP) is a habitat conserva- tion plan that seeks to protect agriculture, open space, habitat, and wildlife, in order to address the impacts of urban development and conversion of open space land. The Plan outlines a voluntary strategy that develop- ers and property owners can participate in to mitigate impacts of development. In 2001, the city of Lodi adopted the SJMSCP, thereby allowing project appli- cants to use this plan to mitigate open space conversions while satisfying CEQA requirements. Project appli- cants may: pay an in -lieu fee that mitigates cumulative impacts; dedicate habitat lands as conservation easement or fee title; purchase mitigation bank credits from a mitigation bank approved by SJMSCP; or propose an alternative plan, consistent with the SJMSCP goals and equivalent in biological value. In preparing the SJMSCP, land uses and habitats were mapped throughout the county, categorized into land use categories, and incorporated into a geographic information system database to help determine com- pensation fees. Many of the new urban areas defined by the General Plan are not included in the mapped extent for Lodi. Such projects will be subject to the Plan's "unmapped project process," which includes a case-by-case review by the Habitat Technical Advisory Committee. Table 7-4 identifies the amounts, general locations, and descriptions of the land use compensa- tion zone categories. Special Status Species in the Planning Area Special -status species are plants and animals that, because of their documented rarity or vulnerability to various causes of habitat loss or population decline, are recognized by federal, state, or other agencies. Some of these species receive specific protection that is defined by federal or state endangered species legislation. Others have been designated as "sensitive" on the basis of adopted policies and expertise of state resource agencies or organizations with acknowledged expertise, or policies adopted by local governmental agencies such as counties, cities, and special districts to meet local con- servation objectives. A table in Appendix B identifies the complete list of spe- cial -status species that may be found in the Planning Area, their general habitat requirements, and whether or not the species is covered under the SJMSCP. Species covered by the SJMSCP are subject to the requirements for mitigation or compensation as identified in the SJMSCP or as required by federal and state regulations. Habitat Conversion Annual grassland and riparian habitats provide important advantages to several sensitive species in the Planning Area. Development in the Planning Area could eliminate or modify agricultural land and some riparian and seasonally wet grassland. However, the General Plan does not propose any development along the Mokelumne River where the most significant con- centration of sensitive resources is located. Policies seek to minimize the disturbance of habitat and wildlife and avoid fragmentation of these resources through the development review process, site-specific biological studies, and by prioritizing contiguous urban develop- ment and open space planning. TABLE 7-4: SAN JOAQUIN COUNTY MULTI -SPECIES CONSERVATION AND OPEN -SPACE PLAN LAND USE COMPENSATION ZONES WITHIN THE PLANNING AREA LAND USE COMPENSATION ZONE BIOLOGICAL COMMUNITIES PLANNING AREA ACREAGE' % OF PLANNING AREA Multi -Purpose Open Space Orchards, vineyards, and some water features 21,820 43% Agricultural Habitat Open Space Perennial and annual croplands 18,590 36% No -Pay Zone Urban 8,710 17% Natural Land Riparian, vernal pool, grassland habitats, and some agricultural rangeland 1,670 3% Vernal Pools Vernal Pools 40 <11% Total 50,830 100% ' Total acreage for each land use compensation zone does not correspond entirely to the total acreage identified for each habitat described in Table 7-3. San Joaquin County, 2003; Dyett & Bhatia, 2007; and ESA, 2007. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-9 _-- ----� C CD Q_ LO-WO 0N M I I z I r m i ' YIUMIIIRY o .. _ A iP 3 tia�owoa o " f r - y ir I J Idel, o ` IErr.z v MkIL I rn I i" r A:." . ErJ Agriculture Urban '----- Planning Area 0 Annual Grassland _Valley Foothill Riparian -•--•------- Lodi Sphere of Influence (2008) '—'— _ Freshwater Emergent Wetland 0 Water City Limits (2008) _ Lacustrine Source: California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection, 2002; San Joaquin County, 2003, Dyett & Bhatia, 2007; and ESA, 2007. 7.3 CULTURAL RESOURCES In addition to a desire by the local community to protect cultural resources, State laws, most notably CEQA, protect archaeological and other cultural resources. Cultural resources are defined as buildings, sites, struc- tures, or objects that may have historical, architectural, archaeological, cultural, or scientific importance. Infor- mation on cultural resources was obtained through archival research, contacts with knowledgeable people, and a reconnaissance -level field survey of the Planning Area. Archaeological resources are places where human activity has measurably altered the earth or left deposits of physical remains. Archaeological resources may be either prehistoric (before the introduction of writing in a particular area) or historic (after the introduction of writing). The majority of such places in this region are associated with either Native American or Euroameri- can occupation of the area. Contemporary Native American resources, also called ethnographic resources, can include archaeological resources, rock art, and the prominent topographical areas, features, habitats, plants, animals, and minerals that contemporary Native Americans value and consider essential for the preservation of their traditional values. Prehistoric Context Although the Planning Area may have been occupied by Native Americans for 12,000 years or longer, the evidence of early human use is likely buried by alluvial deposits that have accumulated during the last several thousand years. Reliable evidence from archaeological excavations indicates that this region of California has certainly been occupied for at least 6,000 years. Later periods are better understood because there is more rep- resentation in the archaeological record. The ethnographically known people (the Native American people occupying the Planning Area at the time of contact with non -Native American peoples such as explorers and settlers) are called Northern Valley Yokut. The Northern Valley Yokut Indians held an extensive region within north -central California, which ranged between the Diablo Mountain range to the west, the Sierra Nevada to the east, the north bend of the San Joaquin River to the south, and the Mokelumne River to the north. Semi -sedentary, the Yokuts lived in sin- gle-family dwellings and depended heavily on salmon, waterfowl and acorns for subsistence. Their technol- ogy included pottery, baskets, bow and arrow, bedrock mortars, pestles, portable mortars, and flaked stone tools. The Yokut traded with the Paiute and Shoshone to the east, Salinan and Coastanoan on the coast, and Miwok in the western central valley. (Wallace 1978) Existing Cultural Resources Areas of relative cultural resource sensitivity can be identified based on the patterns that are reflected in the known site locations and by applying certain assump- tions regarding the environmental factors that predict archaeological site locations. For instance, areas proximal to water sources, high ranking food resources, relatively flat slope aspect, and areas of social and political impor- tance would be factors that would predict prehistoric use. In areas where comprehensive cultural resource surveys have not been undertaken—such as the current Planning Area where only six percent of the total area is estimated to have been surveyed—there is a general greater utility in the protection and management of the resources than presenting specific site locations. According to the record search data and the foregoing assumptions, most prehistoric settlements within and surrounding the Planning Area were focused along the Mokelumne River and Bear Creek (southeast of Lodi). Although some areas have greater sensitivity than others for the presence of prehistoric or historic archaeologi- cal resources, it is possible to encounter archaeological deposits during ground -disturbing activities in almost any location. Prehistoric Archaeological Resources The evidence from previous survey work and site inves- tigations in the Planning Area indicate that prehistoric site types in unsurveyed portions of the Planning Area may include: CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-11 • Surface scatters of lithic artifacts and debitage associated with or without associated midden accu- mulations, resulting from short-term occupation, and/or specialized economic activities, or long-term occupation. • Bedrock milling stations, including mortar holes and metate slicks, in areas where suitable bedrock outcrops are present. • Petroglyphs and/or pictographs. • Isolated finds of cultural origin, such as lithic flakes and projectile points. Historic Archaeological Resources Historic archaeological site in portions of the Planning Area may include: • Historic artifact scatters and buried deposits of his- toric debris and artifacts; • Building foundations and associated deposits; • Levees and roads; and • Remains of farms and ranches. 7-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Native American Consultation Cultural resource identification inquiries also included a letter to the Native American Heritage Commission requesting a review of the sacred lands file in regards to the Planning Area and a list of Native American contacts within the region. The Commission's February 13, 2007 response stated that the sacred lands files did not contain cultural resources information for the immediate Planning Area, but cautioned that absence of specific site information does not indicate the lack of cultural resources. The response also included eight contacts who have requested information on projects such as this and who may have knowledge of cultural resources within the Planning Area. On March 7, z,007, ESA sent letters to designated contacts with informa- tion about the proposed project and a request to contact staff if there were any questions or concerns. Since that time, one letter had been received from Billie Blue Elliston of the Ione Band of Miwok Indians, who stated that their research indicated that the project may be within their tribe's ancestral territory and asked to remain informed about the project. On May 9, 2oo7, follow-up phone calls were made to the individuals and organizations identified by the Native American Heritage Commission. No additional information was obtained as a result of these calls. 7.4 HISTORIC RESOURCES Historic resources are standing structures of historic or aesthetic significance. Architectural sites dating from the Spanish Period (1529-1822) through the post - World War II period (1945-1955) are generally considered for protection if they are determined to be historically or architecturally significant. Sites dating after the post -World War II period may also be considered for protection if they could gain significance in the future. Historic resources are often associated with archeologi- cal deposits of the same age. A records search of pertinent survey and site data at the Central California Informa- tion Center, California State University, Stanislaus, in February, 2007 [CLIC # 66o6L] revealed known and recorded cultural resources within the Planning Area. An inventory of properties listed in the National Register of Historic Places (National Register), the California Register of Historic Resources (California Register), the California Inventory of Historic Resources (1976), the California Historical Landmarks (1996), the California Points of Historical Interest (1992 and updates), and the California Office of Historic Preservation (OHP) are also provided. Due to the extensive number of surveys and archaeological sites in the project vicinity, a com- prehensive listing of the reports is not included. Rather, an example of the types of studies and archaeological sites is provided. Historic Setting By the early Moos, Spaniards had started exploring the area, adversely impacting the Native population. The 1848 Gold Rush further affected the Yokut population as white settlers began to inhabit the area permanently or travel through on their way to the gold fields in the Sierra Nevada. Lodi began in 1869 as the Town of Mokelumne, founded by the Central Pacific Railroad. The railroad connected Lodi with Sacramento to the north and Oakland and Stockton to the south, and the town was laid out parallel to the tracks. To avoid confusion with Mokelumne Hills and Mokelumne City, the townspeople changed the name to Lodi in 1874.1 I Gudde, 1998. Old images of Sacramento, School, and Lockeford streets. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-13 Local industries, such as the Lodi Flouring Mill, and agriculture promoted further growth in the area. The Ivory Store, at the corner of Pine and Sacramento streets, was established in 1869, and other merchants soon followed with their businesses .6 Access to rail transportation allowed crops and products to be trans- ported throughout the country. Wheat and watermelons were the predominant crops throughout the nineteenth century. In 1885, Japanese immigrants settled the area to work on ranches. Over time, they purchased lands and grew grapes. In the late 189os German nationals settled Lodi and also participated in the grape industry. Flame Tokay grapes were first planted in the area in the late nineteenth century and by 19oo, Lodi had over two million grape vines. In 1906, the City was incorporated, and held its first Tokay Carnival the next year, which would later evolve into the Lodi Grape Festival? The Lodi Arch, which covers the gateway entrance to downtown, was built to commemorate the first Grape Festival in 1934• Over the following century, Lodi grew from a popula- tion of 2,000 to over 6o,000. In 1912 Lodi's first City Hall/fire station was built on Main Street. The current City Hall building was dedicated in 1928. In 1913, the Lodi Union High School opened for classes, and in 1919, entrepreneur Roy Allen brewed and sold his first batch of A&W Root beer in Lodi. Local farmers and wineries weathered the Prohibition Era well, growing grapes and shipping them out in secret for wine making. In 1956 the Federal Government officially acknowledges Lodi as a wine grape growing district. The City's continued growth led to the creation of numerous schools and public utilities and services throughout the second half of the twentieth century. Since the mid-i99os, the City has been involved in numerous restoration projects for its historic resources throughout the city, including the City Hall, the Lodi Arch, and the Southern Pacific Lodi Train Station. e City of Lodi, zoo6. 7 City of Lodi, zoo6. 7-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Historic Preservation Framework Federal Programs National Historic Preservation Act The National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), enacted in 1966, established the National Register, authorized funding for state programs with participation by local governments, created the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, and established a review process for protecting cultural resources. The NHPA provides the legal framework for most state and local preserva- tion laws. The National Register is the Nation's official list of cultural resources worthy preservation. It is part of a national program to coordinate and support public and private efforts to identify, evaluate and protect historic and archaeological resources. State Programs California Register of Historical Resources The California Register was established in 1992, through amendments to the Public Resources Code, as an authoritative guide to be used by state and local agencies, private groups and citizens to identify the State's histor- ical resources and to indicate what properties are to be protected from substantial adverse change. The Cal- ifornia Register includes resources that are formally determined eligible for, or listed in, the National Register; State Historical Landmarks numbered 710 or higher; Points of Historical Interest recommended for listing by the State Historical Resources Commis- sion (SHRC); resources nominated for listing and determined eligible in accordance with criteria and procedures adopted by the SHRC; and resources and districts designated as city or county landmarks when the designation criteria are consistent with California Register criteria. California Point of Historical Interest Program The California Point of Historical Interest Program was established in 1965 to recognize local historic proper- ties not able to meet the restrictive criteria of the State Historical Landmarks program. The criteria for the Points are the same as those that govern the Landmark program, but are directed to local (city or county) areas. California Points of Historical Interest do not have direct regulatory protection, but are eligible for official landmark plaques and highway directional signs. Mills Act Historic Property Contract State -enabling legislation, known as the Mills Act, allows jurisdictions to enter into contracts with private property owners of qualified historic properties to provide a property tax reduction in exchange for the owners agreeing to preserve, rehabilitate and maintain their historic properties. Mills Act historic property contracts always have provisions for rehabil- itating a property with specifications for complying with the Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Rehabilitation. This property tax reduction is usually most beneficial to owners who have made recent purchases. Local Preservation Ordinance A historic preservation ordinance is the primary tool used by municipalities to protect historic resources in a community. Local governments in California have authority to adopt a historic preservation ordinance to provide regulations regarding historic and cultural resources. Historic preser- vation ordinances are structured to address the particular needs and resources within a community. While Lodi has several individual buildings on the National Register, it does not have any designated historic or conservation districts. Such districts would ensure that the overall neighborhood character of a neighborhood— within which individual buildings may not be designated, but which contribute to the overall character—are protected and enhanced. Establishing historic districts would help address issues of incompatible new construc- tion and additions that have been occurring in some of the city's historic neighborhood. It would also address issues of public realm—such as streets, lampposts, and trees—that contribute to the overall urban character of a district. Most of the city's historic structures, including the Women's Club (top) and Hotel Lodi (bottom) are located downtown. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-15 City Hall (top), the Southern Pacific Train Station (middle), and the Lodi Arch (bottom) are some of the City's prized historic resources and restoration projects. 7-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN While delineation of historic districts is beyond the scope of the General Plan, the Plan provides the policy basis and direction for more detailed evaluation and delineation of historic districts, and a basis for imple- menting standards and guidelines for conservation of the character of historic districts. Within historic districts, key features such as building typology, streetscape, lighting, materials, and signage could be maintained and preserved. Regardless of inclusion in a historic district, the character of existing older neighborhoods should be preserved by ensuring that new infill develop- ment is consistent with the existing form. Existing Historic Resources According to the record search data and the foregoing assumptions, most of the historically significant resources are clustered around the downtown area and in Woodbridge. Properties that are listed on or found eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or which have not yet been evaluated for signif- icance are presented in Table 7-5 and Figure 7-3. Lodi currently has six buildings in the National Register of Historic Places as well as several others that are eligible. TABLE 7-5: HISTORIC PROPERTIES IN LODI AND WOODBRIDGE SITE/BUILDING LOCATION YEAR BUILT HISTORIC LANDMARK DESIGNATION NATIONAL REGISTER STATUS Bridge #29-2R SR -99 1930 Identified, not evaluated Hotel Lodi 5 S. School Street 1915 NR Listed in NR, individual property Lodi Arch/Mission Arch Pine Street 1907 NR, SHL No 931 Listed in NR, individual property Lodi Armory 333 N. Washington St 1930 Determined eligible for NR as an individual property Lodi Carnegie Library 305 W. Pine Street 1909 Determined eligible for NR as an individual property Lodi City Hall 221 W. Pine Street 1928 Determined eligible for NR as an individual property Miyajima Hotel 4 N. Main Street 1937 Identified, not evaluated Morse/Skinner Ranch House 13063 SR 99 1869 NR1 Listed in NR, individual property Southern Pacific Railroad Depot 2 N. Sacramento St. 1907 Removed from eligibility for NR Theodore H Beckman Ranch House 1150 W. Kettleman Ln. 1902 SPH14 Determined eligible for NR as a contributor to a historic district Women's Club of Lodi 325 W. Pine Street 1923 NR Listed in NR, individual property IOOF Hall 18961 Lower Sacramento Rd, Woodbridge 1860 NR Listed in NR, individual property San Joaquin Valley College 18500 N Lilac St, Woodbridge 1879 SHL No. 520 CR, needs reevaluation Wood's Ferry and Wood's Bridge County Hwy JIO, Woodbridge 1852 & 1858 SHL No. 163 CR, needs reevaluation Woodbridge County Hwy JIO, Woodbridge 1859 SHL No. 358 CR, needs reevaluation Woodbridge Masonic Lodge #131 1040 Augusta Street, Woodbridge 1882 NR Listed in NR, individual property Source: Directory of Properties in the Historic Property Data File for San Joaquin County, Office of Historic Preservation. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-17 FIGURE 7-3: HISTORIC RESOURCES ■ Historic Site or Resource godCfPS io Urban Reserve a"e ....... Sphere of Influence (2008) --- City Limits (2008) 7-18 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 0 ,/2 1 2 MILES 7.5 HYDROLOGY AND WATER QUALITY Lodi has several water resources within the Planning Area that contribute to the water supply and provide habitat for wildlife. This section discusses surface and groundwater resources and policies that seek to ensure that future development does not negatively impact water quality. For a discussion of water supply and con- veyance as the city's population grows, see Chapter 3: Growth Management. Flooding and drainage is discussed in Chapter 8: Safety. Topography and Climate The Planning Area is a low-lying, gently sloping former floodplain of the Mokelumne River that lies within six miles of the San Francisco Bay -San Joaquin River Delta (Delta). Elevations of the Planning Area range from about 50 feet above sea level along the river bank in the northeastern portion to about 25 feet in the southwest corner. The average slope is about o.1 -o.2 percent, with west-southwest aspect toward the Delta sloughs. The climate in the Planning Area consists of long, dry, hot summers and mild winters. Between 1948 and 20o6, the average annual temperature ranged from a low of 46 degrees Fahrenheit (°F) and a high of 74°F. Within this same time period, annual rainfall was approximately 18 inches! Surface Water Resources Small streams or creeks that pass through the Planning Area include Pixley Slough and Bear Creek, located in the southeastern portion of the Planning Area (see Figure 7-4). A number of canals and drainages are scattered throughout the Planning Area and in par- ticular near the western boundary closer to the Delta. No other surface streams are recognized within the Planning Area. Lodi Lake is located behind Woodbridge Dam on the Mokelumne River within the City's northern boundary. Lodi Lake also serves as a diversion for ' Western Regional Climate Center, 2007. Woodbridge Irrigation District's (WID) South Main Canal, providing irrigation waters to currently undevel- oped lands in the western and southern portions of the Planning Area. The South Main Canal runs through the central portion of the Planning Area and within the existing City limits. The Mokelumne River is the major waterway running through the northeastern portion of the Planning Area. This important waterway is located within the San Joaquin Valley watershed and drains about 66o square miles above the Planning Area and extends to io,000 feet high in the Sierra Nevada. The Comanche Reservoir is located on the Mokelumne River approximately 20 miles northeast of the Planning Area .9 Surface Water Quality Impacts to water quality result from runoff during wet weather events, direct discharge associated with industrial/ commercial activities and illicit dumping. Treated sewage generated in the Planning Area is eventually discharged to the San Joaquin River via the City's wastewater treatment facility, but the discharge is generally cleaner than the river water quality and is not considered a pollutant. Pollutant sources within the Planning Area may be generated from past waste disposal practices, agricultural chemicals, and chemicals and fertilizers applied to landscaping. Contam- inants may include sediment, hydrocarbons and metals, pesticides, nutrients, bacteria, and trash. The State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB), in compliance with the Clean Water Act, Section 303(d), has prepared a list of impaired water bodies in the State of California. As of 20o6, the Lower Mokelumne River was listed as being impaired by zinc and copper. These contaminants likely originated upstream from the Planning Area from mining activities. The Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board is required to develop and implement a plan to lower the amounts of these contaminants in this water body to an acceptable level.'o s City of Lodi, 1988; Department of Water Resources, 2oo6. ° SWRCB, 20o6. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-19 FIGURE 7-4: REGIONAL WATERSHEDS AND WATERWAYS 0 5 10 20 MILES Q Watershed - Waterway Lodi Planning Area [♦ Lodi City Limits 7-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Sutter ek 'Flocks d�f • . •' `s sa 4�aF. mnes-Elry e< la c to Gal�d°� , j kson Gee Amador ss 'ndse s� D I t a,,�w 0 _ r Pardee ' I J� ' • ommanch o Resery Ir � ofPCeek y o Wr ��e d• .rte/ tJef. � n - 0 Steam Ri �. a <r Valley Puta 5° Hey 2 Cache We— Foy a oor Y <•Qu (Elfnira 2 wer Subarea) ke s° road Nees an i6 r Bear C 2 99 North Va $$ F r L r Calaveras to Subarea a s San San ' aquin ` Brentwoo De a •k 4 4 Nort ey ;' loor uck-Littlejohn Subarea < ' Woodwar ReservolS- 0 5 10 20 MILES Q Watershed - Waterway Lodi Planning Area [♦ Lodi City Limits 7-20 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Groundwater Resources The Planning Area overlies the Eastern San Joaquin sub -basin of the greater San Joaquin Valley Groundwater Basin. Groundwater in the Planning Area is recharged by local precipitation and through percolation from surface waters. The Mokelumne River is the primary source of groundwater recharge in the Planning Area. The city of Lodi, as well as the entire Central Valley, is underlain by a vast thickness of alluvium that was derived from surrounding mountains, transported by the Mokelumne River and other streams, and deposited in shallow seas of river floodplains. This alluvium is now saturated below a relatively shallow depth. Thus, the sedimentary layers underlying the Planning Area are a part of the major aquifer system that extends through- out the Central Valley from Red Bluff to Bakersfield." Groundwater Quality Contaminants As the primary source of water supply for the city of Lodi, any potential water quality issues can seriously threaten the city's water supply. The four primary con- taminants of concern are Dibromochloropropane (DBCP), Methyl-Tert-Butyl-Ether (MTBE), Tetra- chloroethylene (PCE), and Trichloroethylene (TCE). " Department of Water Resources, 2oo6. Several of the City's wells are equipped with chlorina- tion equipment intended to release controlled amounts of chlorine to help purify the water supply in the event of an emergency. Six of the City's wells utilize granular activated carbon to remove DBCP from the water. MTBE, PCE, and TCE have affected the groundwater supply to a lesser extent than DBCP. While PCE and TCE have been detected in some of the City's wells, the wells are still compliant with drinking water standards. Efforts to clean up the contamination are underway. " Overdraft Over the past 40 years, pumping for municipal and industrial uses in eastern San Joaquin County has exceeded the basin's sustainable yield. This has caused groundwater elevations to decline at an average rate Of 1.7 feet per year and has dropped by as much as roo feet in some areas. Groundwater overdraft has reduced storage in the basin by as much as two million acre feet and caused groundwater depressions in the sub -basin east of Lodi. Overdrafting has the potential to decrease the water quality in the groundwater basin by allowing saltwater from the Delta to move into the basin underly- ing the western portion of the Planning Area.13 City of Lodi, zoo6. Department of Water Resources, 20o6. Lodi Lake. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-21 7.6 ENERGY AND CLIMATE CHANGE This section describes climate change and its potential impacts on the city and region. It provides an overview of the energy and mineral resource sector, including the city's contributions to global climate change (GCC) and its energy conservation efforts to try to reduce green- house gas (GHG) emissions and the rate of GCC. Air quality is discussed separately, in Section 7.7, but also has a direct impact on GHG emissions, GCC, public health, and overall quality of life. Although, oil, gas and mineral resources have been mined previously in the county and even within the Planning Area, currently there are no significant resources or extraction operations in the Planning Area. Global Climate Change Greenhouse Gases The Earth's atmosphere is naturally composed of gases that act like the glass panes of a greenhouse, retaining heat to keep the temperature of the Earth stable and hospitable for life at an average temperature of 6eF. Recently, elevated concentrations of these gases in the atmosphere have had a destabilizing effect on the global climate, fueling the phenomenon commonly referred to as GCC. GCC is defined as a change in the average weather of the earth that may be measured by wind patterns, storms, precipitation, and temperature. (See Section 2.7 for a detailed description of GHG emissions sources.) Potential Impacts According to the California Climate Action Team, accelerating GCC has the potential to cause a number of adverse impacts in California, including but not limited to: shrinking Sierra snowpack that would threaten the state's water supply; public health threats caused by higher temperatures and more smog; damage to agricul- ture and forests due to reduced water storage capacity, rising temperatures, increasing salt water intrusion, flooding, and pest infestations; critical habitat modi- fication and destruction; eroding coastlines; increased 7-22 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN wildfire risk; and increased electricity demand. The IPCC predicts that global mean temperature increase from r990-2too could range from 2.0 to 11.5 °F. It projects a sea level rise of seven to 23 inches by the end of the century, with a greater rise possible depending on the rate of polar ice sheet melting. Just as GCC is a result of the cumulative impact of billions of actions at many levels, including the local and individual levels, the solution to GCC requires taking action at each of these levels. State Regulations State regulations offer direction and regional and local goals and policy measures. Executive Order S-3-05 Executive Order S-3-05, signed on June r, 2005, recog- nized California's vulnerability to climate change, noting that increasing temperatures could potentially reduce snow pack in the Sierra Nevada, which is a primary source of the State's water supply. Additionally, according to this Order, climate change could influence human health, coastal habitats, microclimates, and agricultural yield. The Order set the GHG reduction targets for Cal- ifornia: by 2oio, reduce GHG emissions to 2000 levels; by 2o2o reduce GHG emissions to r990 levels; by 2,050 reduce GHG emissions to 8o percent below 1990 levels. California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 Assembly Bill (AB) 32 outlines measures by which the State and its businesses and residents can reduce heat - trapping emissions from a variety of sources, including mobile sources and stationary sources such as power plants and refineries. In addition to setting a binding limit on greenhouse gas emissions, AB 32 requires the California Air Resources Board (CARB), the State Energy Resources Conservation and Develop- ment Commission, and the California Climate Action Registry to jointly administer State policy specific to global warming issues. In addition, AB 32 requires CARB to institute a mandatory emissions reporting and tracking system to monitor compliance with the emissions limit. To that end, CARB adopted a scoping plan in December 2008 to guide the development of detailed regulations in accor- dance with AB 32. This plan includes local government targets to reduce emissions by 15% by 2020 over 2oo8 levels. GHG rules and market mechanisms adopted by CARB will take effect and are legally enforceable beginning in 2012. As a result, the plan seeks to limit GHG emissions to reduce global warming pollution by 145 million tons by 2020 or to 25 percent below fore- casted emissions (reduced to 1990 levels by 2020). Senate Bill 375 Senate Bill (SB) 375 (Chapter 7z8, Statutes of zoo8) links transportation and land use planning with the CEQA process to help achieve the GHG emission reduction targets set by AB 3z. Regional transportation planning agencies are required to include a sustainable community strategy (SCS) in regional transportation plans. The SCS must contain a planned growth scenario that is integrated with the transportation network and policies in such a way that it is feasible to achieve AB 32 goals on a regional level. SB 375 also identifies new CEQA exemptions and stream lining for projects that are consistent with the SCS and qualify as Transporta- tion Priority Projects. Local Energy Resources and Conservation Efforts Sources and Service Providers Electrical service to the city is provided by the Lodi Electric Utility. The Lodi Electric Utility is a cus- tomer -owned and City -operated utility that provides electrical services for residential, commercial, and indus- trial customers in the city. Since 1968, the Lodi Electric Utility has been a member of the Northern California Power Agency (NCPA), which is a California Joint Powers Authority comprised of seventeen public utilities. Through NCPA, Lodi Electric Utility is able to obtain electricity at cost, facil- itating low energy prices for customers. The NCPA owns and operates a variety of electric generation facili- ties, such that the Lodi has access to a variety of energy sources. In 2007, S3% of the city's power came from renewable energy sources, primarily geothermal and small and large hydroelectric; natural gas (z9%) and coal (18%) composed the remaining power sources.14 Natural gas service for the Planning Area is provided by Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E) and is piped from gas fields in Tracy and Rio Vista. Energy and Mineral Resources Natural gas extraction used to be common within the Planning Area, but most wells are no longer in use. As of 2,005, there were only 74 active wells in the county producing approximately 9,600,00o million cubic feet of natural gas.Is Locally, the Lodi Gas field is located approximately one mile north of the northeastern corner of the Planning Area, buffered by agricultural land. Lodi Gas Storage, LLC utilizes wells in this field for gas storage. The 1,450 -acre field was originally deter- mined to be depleted in 1972. However, there are still large pockets of gas in two reservoirs. These reservoirs are now used to store gas, which is transported via a 33 -mile long pipeline that runs along Acampo Road, the northern boundary of the Planning Area, from Lower Sacramento Road to Interstate -5. The pipeline connects the storage facility with two PG&E connections east of the Planning Area.I6 The Planning Area does not contain significant mineral resources. The California Geological Survey's (formerly the Division of Mines and Geology) Special Report 16o identifies the classification of aggregate resources within the Stockton -Lodi Production -Consumption Region. According to this report, the Planning Area is < City of Lodi, Electric Utility Department. "Power Content Label: Actual Power Mix zoo7" http://Iodielectric.com/about/powercontent. php California Department of Conservation, Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources. Annual Report of the State Oil and Gas Super- visor, zoo6. `6 Jones and Stokes, 1999. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-23 designated as MRZ-1, meaning it is highly unlikely to contain significant mineral resources.17 Energy Conservation Reducing the carbon content of the fuel source and overall energy consumption can reduce GHG emissions and limit the negative impacts of GCC. The City currently administers and implements a variety of local energy conservation and waste reduction programs, including: • Low -voltage LED lighting equipment in traffic signals. • Solar assisted equipment at all new bus shelters/ stops. • Curbside recycling (which has allowed the city to meet the California Integrated Waste Management Act of 1989 requirement to divert at least 50% of waste from landfills). • Energy education programs for children and students. • Standards for photovoltaic panel installation. • Lighting, heating, solar, and air conditioning rebate programs for residential and non-residential custom- ers through the City's Electric Utility. The General Plan seeks to reduce energy consump- tion through conservation efforts and renewable energy sources, as well as through land use, transportation, water, and green building and construction strategies, discussed elsewhere in the Plan. 7 California Division of Mines and Geology. Mineral Land Classifica- tion of Portland Cement Concrete Aggregate in the Stockton -Lodi Production -Consumption Region, Special Report 16o. 1988. 7-24 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 7.7 AIR QUALITY Good air quality is essential for protecting public health, ensuring a high quality of life, and maintaining a low rate of GHG emissions. However, located in the San Joaquin Valley Air Basin (SJVAB), Lodi is subject to air quality problems due to the SJVAB's unique topography and weather patterns. Therefore, a review of existing air quality sources and strategy for improvement is an essential component of the General Plan. This section complies with AB i7o (an update to Govern- ment Code Section 6S302.1) by providing existing conditions data (including attainment, and standards); local, district, state, and federal programs and regulations; and a compre- hensive set of guiding and implementing policies. General Plan policy measures seek to reduce air quality impacts, in order to improve public health, reduce GHG emissions and enhance overall quality of life. Climate and Atmospheric Conditions Air pollutant emissions overall are fairly constant throughout the year, yet the concentrations of pollutants in the air vary from day to day and even hour to hour. This variability is due to complex interactions of weather, climate, and topography. These factors affect the ability of the atmosphere to disperse pollutants. Conditions that move and mix the atmosphere help disperse pollutants, while conditions that cause the atmosphere to stagnate allow pollutants to concentrate. Local climatological effects, including topography, wind speed and direction, temperature, inversion layers, precipitation, and fog can exacerbate the air quality problem in the SJVAB. San Joaquin Valley Air Basin The SJVAB is approximately z50 miles long and averages 35 miles wide, and is the second largest air basin in the state. The SJVAB is defined by the Sierra Nevada in the east (8,00o to 14,000 feet in elevation), the Coast Ranges in the west (averaging 3,000 feet in elevation), and the Tehachapi mountains in the south (6,00o to 8,000 feet in elevation). The valley is basically flat with a slight downward gradient to the northwest. The valley opens to the sea at the Carquinez Straits where the San Joaquin -Sacramento Delta empties into San Francisco Bay. The San Joaquin Valley (Valley), thus, could be considered a "bowl" open only to the north. Wind Conditions and Air Pollutants During the summer, wind speed and direction data indicate that summer wind usually originates at the north end of the Valley and flows in a south -southeasterly direction through the Valley, through Tehachapi pass, into the Southeast Desert Air Basin. In addition, the Altamont Pass also serves as a funnel for pollutant transport from the San Francisco Bay Area Air Basin into the region. During the winter, wind speed and direction data indicate that wind occasionally originates from the south end of the Valley and flows in a north -northwesterly direction. Also during the winter months, the Valley generally expe- riences light, variable winds (less than io mph). Low wind speeds, combined with low inversion layers in the winter, create a climate conducive to high carbon monoxide (CO) and respirable and fine particulate matter (PMio and PM2.5, respectively) concentrations. Climate The SJVAB has an "Inland Mediterranean" climate averaging over z6o sunny days per year. The valley floor is characterized by warm, dry summers and cooler winters. For the entire Valley, high daily temperature readings in summer average 950F. Temperatures below freezing are unusual. Average high temperatures in the winter are in the Sos, but highs in the 3os and 40s can occur on days with persistent fog and low cloudiness. The average daily low temperature is 450F. The vertical dispersion of air pollutants in the Valley is limited by the presence of persistent temperature inver- sions. Solar energy heats up the Earth's surface, which in turn radiates heat and warms the lower atmosphere. Therefore, as altitude increases, the air temperature usually decreases due to increasing distance from the source of heat. A reversal of this atmospheric state, where the air temperature increases with height, is termed an inversion. Inversions can exist at the surface or at any height above the ground, and tend to act as a lid on the Valley, holding in the pollutants that are generated here. Cars and trains emit greenhouse gases, contributing to air quality impacts in the region. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-25 Policies, Programs, and Regulations Federal At the federal level, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has been charged with implementing national air quality programs. The EPA's air quality mandates are drawn primarily from the federal Clean Air Act (CAA). The federal CAA was first signed into law in 1963. Congress substantially amended the federal CAA in 1970, 1977, and 199o. The EPA sets federal standards for vehicle and stationary sources and provides research and guidance in air pollution programs. Federal Clean Air Act The federal CAA required the EPA to set National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for several problem air pollutants on the basis of human health and welfare criteria. The federal CAA requires air quality plans to include measures necessary to achieve these standards and requires that all City plans, programs and projects that require federal approval (including regional transportation plans), conform to air quality plans. Sanctions will apply if feasible measures are not expeditiously adopted. Two types of NAAQS have been established: primary standards, which protect public health, and secondary standards, which protect public welfare (e.g., crops, forests, materials, visibility, etc.). Primary NAAQS have been established for the following criteria air pollutants: CO, ozone (03), PM10, PM2.5, nitrogen dioxide (NOz), sulfur dioxide (SO2-), lead (Pb). All of the above, except CO, also have some form of secondary standard. The primary NAAQS standards are intended to protect, within an adequate margin of safety, those persons most susceptible to respira- tory distress, such as people suffering from asthma or other illness, the elderly, very young children, or others engaged in strenuous work or exercise. Transportation Funding and Programs In addition to setting health -based standards for air pol- lutants, the EPA also oversees state and local actions to 7-26 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN improve air quality. The Intermodal Surface Transpor- tation Efficiency Act requires transportation projects to not impact the ability to attain air quality standards and requires demonstration of expeditious implemen- tation of Transportation Control Measures (TCM). In addition, Federal Transportation Funding Reauthori- zation provides funding for transportation projects that enhance air quality and for expeditious implementation of TCMs included in air quality plans. State States are required to develop and implement air pollution control plans designed to achieve and maintain the NAAQS established by the EPA. States may also establish their own standards, provided the state standards are at least as stringent as the NAAQS. Cal- ifornia has established California Ambient Air Quality Standards (CAAQS) pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 396o6(b) and its predecessor statutes. The California Legislature established CARB in 1967. CARB is the agency responsible for coordination and oversight of state and local air pollution control programs in California and for implementing the California Clean Air Act (CCAA) of 1988. Other CARB duties include monitoring air quality in conjunction with air monitoring networks maintained by air pollution control districts (APCDs) and air quality manage- ment districts (AQMDs), establishing CAAQS (which are more stringent than the NAAQS in many cases), setting emissions standards for new motor vehicles, and reviewing district input for the State Implementation Plan (SIP) required by the federal CAA amendments. The SIP consists of the emissions standards for vehicular sources set by the ARB as well as attainment plans adopted by the APCD or AQMD and approved by the ARB, with objective of attain the NAAQS. The State of California, through the CARB and Bureau of Automotive Repair, develops programs to reduce pollution from vehicles and consumer products. The following list provides a brief explanation of important regulations set forth by the State of California. California Clean Air Act The CCAA provides a planning framework for attain- ment of the CAAQS for ozone, CO, SOz,, and NOz. The CCAA classifies ozone nonattainment areas as moderate, serious, severe, and extreme based on severity of violation of state ambient air quality standards. For each class, the CCAA specifies air quality management strategies that must be adopted. For all nonattainment categories, attainment plans are required to demonstrate a five -percent -per -year reduction in nonattainment air pollutants or their precursors, averaged every consec- utive three-year period, unless an approved alternative measure of progress is developed. Air districts respon- sible for air basins with air quality that is in violation of CAAQS for ozone, CO, SOz, and NOz are required to prepare an air quality attainment plan that lays out a program to attain the CCAA mandates. The CCAA requires all feasible control measures, including TCM, to reduce emissions; provides for indirect source programs in attainment plans; and contains targets for emission reductions, vehicle miles traveled, and average vehicle ridership. Assembly Bill r7o In adding Section 65302.1 to the Government Code, AB 17o requires cities and counties in the Valley to incor- porate strategies to improve air quality in their general planning efforts. Senate Bill7og Senate Bill 709 adds Chapter 5.7 to Part 3 of Division 26 of the Health and Safety Code, giving the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District (SJVAPCD) more responsibility in terms of permitting, fee implemen- tation, and agricultural assistance, but also gives the District the authority to require the use of best available control technology for existing sources, promote cleaner -burning alternative fuels, and encourage and facilitate ridesharing. It also adds Section 9250.16 to the Vehicle Code to allow the District to adopt a surcharge on motor vehicle registration fees. Using renewable energy resources, such as solar, and planting trees can help reduce air quality impacts and ensure the health and safety of the community. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-27 California Government Code Section 65o89 This section of the Government Code requires trip reduction and travel demand management in Conges- tion Management Programs. Regional Air pollution does not follow political boundaries. Therefore, many air quality problems are best managed on a regional basis. In 1991, the State Legislature deter- mined that management of an air basin by a single agency would be more effective than management through each county within that basin. Air basins are geographic areas sharing a common "air -shed." Most major metropolitan areas in California now fall under the authority of multi -county APCDs or AQMDs. Air districts have the primary responsibility for control of air pollution from all sources other than direct motor vehicle emissions, which are the responsibility of CARB and EPA. Air districts adopt and enforce rules and reg- ulations to achieve state and federal ambient air quality standards and enforce applicable state and federal law. San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District The SJVAPCD has jurisdiction over air quality matters in the SJVAB. Until the passage of the CCAA, the primary role of county APCDs was controlling station- ary sources of pollution, such as industrial processes and equipment. With the passage of the CCAA and federal CAA amendments, air districts were required to implement transportation control measures and were encouraged to adopt indirect source control programs to reduce mobile source emissions. These mandates created the necessity for air districts to work closely with cities, counties, and regional transportation planning agencies to develop new programs. The SJVAPCD entered into a memorandum of under- standing with the transportation planning agencies of the eight counties in the SJVAB in 1992. This memoran- dum of understanding ensures a coordinated approach in the development and implementation of transporta- tion plans throughout the Valley. This action has helped the Regional Transportation Planning Agencies comply 7-28 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN with pertinent provisions of the federal and state Clean Air Acts as well as related transportation legislation (such as the Intermodal Surface Transportation Effi- ciency Act). The SJVAPCD develops plans and implements control measures in an effort to advance Valley attainment of CAAQS and NAAQS. The District has developed plans to attain state and federal standards for ozone and particulate matter. The SJVAPCD's air quality plans include emissions inventories to measure the sources of air pollutants, to evaluate how well different control methods have worked, and to show how air pollution will be reduced. The plans also use computer modeling to estimate future levels of pollution and make sure that the Valley will meet air quality goals on time. The SJVAPCD Governing Board approved three major plans in 2,007-2,008: 2007 Ozone Plan This plan includes an in-depth analysis of all possible control measures and projected that the Valley will achieve the 8 -hour ozone standard (as set by EPA in 1997) for all areas of the SJVAB no later than 2023. This plan went above and beyond minimum legal require- ments by including a "Fast Track" control strategy. Through Fast Track, new strategies produce real reduc- tions (even though they cannot be legally counted in the plan at this time) and will clean the air before the deadline. The ARB approved the 2007 Ozone Plan on June 14, 2007. 2007 PMzo Plan The SJVAPCD has compiled a series of PMro plans, with the first one in 1991. Based on PMro measure- ments from 2003-2,0o6, EPA found that the SJVAB had reached the federal PMro standard. The SJVAPCD's 2007 PM10 Maintenance Plan assures that the Valley will continue to meet the PMro standard and requests that EPA formally redesignate, or label, the Valley to attainment status. On April S, 20o8, EPA stated their intent to approve the PM10 Maintenance Plan. 2oo8 PM2.5 Plan Building upon the strategy used in the 2007 Ozone Plan, the SJVAPCD agreed to additional control measures to reduce directly produced PM2.5. The 2008 PM2.5 Plan estimates that the SJVAB will reach the PM2.5 standard (as set by EPA in 1997) in 2014. The ARB approved the Plan on May 22, 20o8, and the plan has been submitted to EPA. District Tools The SJVAPCD has prepared guidance documents to aid agencies in performing environmental reviews. The documents are briefly described below: • Air Quality Guidelines for General Plans (AQGGP): The AQGGP is a guidance and resource document for cities and counties to use to address air quality in their general plans. The AQGGP includes goals, policies, and programs to reduce vehicle trips, reduce miles travelled, and improve air quality. • Guideline for Assessing and Mitigating Air Quality Impacts (GAMAQI): The GAMAQI is an advisory document, that provides Lead Agencies, consultants, and project applicants with uniform procedures for addressing air quality in environmental documents. • Environmental Review Guideline (ERG): The ERG fulfills CEQA requirements for agencies to adopt procedures and guidelines for implementing CEQA. The document is intended to guide District staff in carrying out CEQA and to assure the public that environmental impacts related to District actions are thoroughly and consistently addressed. • Transportation Infrastructure: The federal CAA amendments require transportation plans to conform to the air quality goals of the SIP. This means that states must assure that transportation programs do not undermine the attainment of air quality standards. The Regional Transportation Planning Agencies are responsible for making the conformity finding. The Air District's role in this process is one of consultation. • Air Quality Programs: The CCAA allows air districts to delegate the implementation of transpor- tation control measures to any local agency as long as the following conditions are met: (i) the agency must submit an implementation plan to the district for approval; (2) the agency must adopt and imple- ment measures at least as stringent as those in the district's plan; and (3) the district must adopt pro- cedures for reviewing the performance of the local agency in implementing the measures. San Joaquin Council of Governments In addition, SJCOG is expected to take on a collaborative role in climate change and air quality planning, as a result of SB 375. As the region's metropolitan planning orga- nization, SJCOG will be required to prepare an SCS to reduce vehicle miles traveled in the regions and demon- strate the ability for the region to attain CARB's targets. (See Section z.6, for details on SB 375 and related bills). CARB is expected to finalize targets by September 2o1o. Local Local government's responsibility for air quality increased significantly with the passage of the CCAA and the federal CAA amendments. The SJVAPCD is required to address state air quality standards by way of TCMs and indirect source programs in its air quality attainment plans; but, cities and counties, through their Councils of Government, are responsible for most implementation. Local government responsibilities for air quality include: 1. Land use planning: the data, analysis, and the guiding and implementing policies identified in this General Plan; z. Environmental Review: reviewing and mitigat- ing the environmental impacts of development projects; 3. Transportation: developing and maintaining the transportation infrastructure in the community, including transit systems and bicycle networks; CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-29 4. Local programs: implementing local air quality pro- grams such as commute -based trip reduction and rideshare; and 5. GHG emissions reduction: reducing emissions, pursuant to AB 32 and SB 375, as regional targets are defined by CARB and local targets by SJCOG. Attainment Status CARB and the EPA have established criteria air pollution standards in an effort to protect human health and welfare. Geographic areas are deemed "attainment" if these standards are met or nonattainment if they are not met. Nonattainment status is classified by the severity of the nonattainment problem, with marginal, moderate, serious, severe, and extreme nonattainment classifications for ozone. Nonattainment classifications for PM range from marginal to serious. The SIP is a living document that is periodically modified to reflect the latest emissions inventories, planning documents, rules, and regulations ofAir Basins as reported by the agencies with jurisdiction over them. The EPA reviews SIPS to determine if they conform to the mandates of the federal CAA amendments and will achieve air quality goals when implemented. If the EPA determines a SIP to be inadequate, it may prepare a Federal Implementation Plan for the nonattainment area and impose additional control measures. TABLE 7-6: TOP 10 SOURCES CRITERIA POLLUTANT EMISSIONS At the federal level the District is currently designated as serious nonattainment for the 8 -hour ozone standard, attainment for PMio and CO, and nonattainment for PM2.5. A new finding of "extreme" nonattainment with the 8 -hour ozone standard is currently pending, and is expected to be approved by the federal EPA in 2009. At the state level the District is designated as nonattainment for the 8 -hour ozone, PMio, and PM2.5 standards. Existing Emission Sources and Emission Levels Criteria Pollutants In general, primary pollutants are directly emitted into the atmosphere, and secondary pollutants are formed by chemical reactions in the atmosphere. Air pollution in the Valley results from emissions generated in the Valley as well as from emissions and secondary pollutants transported into the Valley. It is thought that the bulk of the Valley's summer and winter air pollution is caused by locally generated emissions. Due to the Valley's meteorology, topography, and the chemical composi- tion of the air pollutants, NOx is the primary culprit in the formation of both ozone and PM2.5. The SJVAPCD's Annual Report to the Community, October 2oo8 provides a brief discussion of sources of air pollution and identifies the top sources of emissions in the SJVAB, as shown in Table 7-7. NOx EMISSIONS VOC EMISSIONS DIRECTLY EMITTED PM2.5 Heavy Heavy -Duty Diesel Trucks Farming Operations Managed Burning and Disposal Off -Road Equipment Oil and Gas Production Residential Fuel Combustion Farm Equipment Consumer Products Farming Operations Trains Pesticides/Fertilizers Heavy Heavy -Duty Diesel Trucks Medium Heavy Duty Diesel Trucks Light Duty Passenger Vehicles Fugitive Windblown Dust Light Duty Passenger Vehicles Heavy Heavy -Duty Diesel Trucks Paved Road Dust Light Duty Trucks - LDT2 Off -Road Equipment Unpaved Road Dust Food and Agricultural Processing Recreational Boats Cooking Oil and Gas Production Light Duty Trucks - LDT2 Off -Road Equipment Medium Duty Trucks Food and Agriculture Chemical Industrial Processes Source: San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District, 2008. 7-30 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Greenhouse Gases GHGs are gases that absorb and emit radiation within the thermal infrared range, trapping heat in the earth's atmosphere. There are no "attainment" concentration standards established by the federal or state government for greenhouse gases. In fact, GHGs are not generally thought of as traditional air pollutants because green- house gases, and their impacts, are global in nature, while air pollutants affect the health of people and other living things at ground level, in the general region of their release to the atmosphere". Common GHGs include water vapor, carbon dioxide (COz), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N20), ozone (03), and chloro- fluorocarbons (CFCs). Some greenhouse gases occur naturally and are emitted to the atmosphere through both natural processes and human activities. Other GHGs are created and emitted solely through human activities. The principal greenhouse gases that enter the atmosphere because of human activities are CO2, CH4, N20, and fluorinated carbons. $ In April zoo7, the U.S. Supreme Court concluded (Massachusetts v. EPA) that GHGs meet the CAA definition of an air pollutant, and are thus subject to regulation by EPA. Emission Levels The SJVAPCD's regional air quality monitoring network provides information on existing ambient concentrations of criteria air pollutants. Monitored ambient air pollutant concentrations reflect the number and strength of emissions sources and the influence of topographical and meteorological factors. Table 7-8 presents a five-year summary of air pollutant (concen- tration) data collected at the three monitoring stations in the vicinity of the project area on Hazelton Street, East Mariposa Road, and at the Wagner -Holt School in Stockton. The Hazelton Street station measures concen- trations of all air pollutants, including the two for which the SJVAB remains "nonattainment", ozone, PMio, and PM2.5. The East Mariposa Road Station measures ozone concentrations only and has not been collect- ing data for the last four year. The Wagner -Holt School Station measures PMio concentrations only. Pollutant concentrations measured at these stations should be representative of background air pollutant concentra- tions at or near the Planning Area. These measured air pollutant concentrations are then compared with state and national ambient air quality standard. Policies seek to reduce air pollutants to maintain community health and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-31 TABLE 7-7: SUMMARY OF MONITORING DATA FOR THE NEAREST STATIONS TO THE PLANNING AREA 2002-2006 POLLUTANT STATE STANDARD NATIONAL STANDARD POLLUTANT CONCENTRATION BY YEAR 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Ozone (Hazelton Street) Highest 1 -hour average, ppm2 Days over State Standard Days over National Standard Highest 8 -hour average, ppm Days over National Standard 0.09 0.07c NA 0.08 0.102 2 0 0.081 0 0.104 3 0 0.088 1 0.096 1 0 0.080 0 0.099 3 0 0.086 1 0.109 6 0 0.092 3 Ozone (E Mariposa Road) Highest 1 -hour average, ppm2 0.09 NA 0.108 NA NA NA NA Days over State Standard 5 NA NA NA NA Days over National Standard 0 NA NA NA NA Highest 8 -hour average, ppm 0.07 0.08 0.086 NA NA NA NA Days over National Standard 1 NA NA NA NA PM10 (Hazelton Street) Highest 24-hour avg (Ng/m3)2 50 150 138.7 116.4 176.1 84.0 77.0 Est. Days over State Standard 58 17 18 47 N/A Est. Days over National Standard 0 0 1 0 N/A Annual average, Ng/m3 20 50 36.1 28.4 29.4 29.8 N/A PM10 (Wagner -Holt School) Highest 24-hour avg (Ng/m3)2 50 150 84.0 53.0 50.0 74.0 52.0 Est. Days over State Standard 39 20 0 18 N/A Est. Days over National Standard Annual average, Ng/m3 20 50 0 30.6 0 22.8 0 22.4 0 23.1 N/A N/A PM2.5 (Hazelton Street) Highest 24-hour avg (ug/m3)2 NA 65 64.0 45.0 41.0 63.0 46.2 Days over National Standard 0 0 0 0 0 Annual average, Ng/m3 12 15 16.7 13.6 13.2 12.5 13.0 Carbon Monoxide (Hazelton Street) Highest 8 -hour average, ppm 9.0 9 3.2 3.1 2.5 2.9 2.2 Days over Standard 0 0 0 0 0 Bold values are in excess of applicable standard. NA = Not Applicable or Not Available. 1. Data was collected at the Hazelton Street monitoring station unless otherwise noted. The E Mariposa Road station monitors for ozone only. 2. ppm = parts per million; fag/m3 = micrograms per cubic meter. 3. This concentration was approved by the Air Resources Board on April 28, 2005 and became effective May 17, 2006. Source: California Air Resources Board, Summary of Air Quality Data, 2006b, Gaseous and Particulate Pollutants, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006 data are from the ARB web site at <www.arb.ca.gov/adam>. 7-32 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 7.8 POLICIES C -G1 Promote preservation and economic viability of agricultural land surrounding Lodi. C -G2 Maintain the quality of the Planning Area's soil resources and reduce erosion to protect agricultural productivity. C -G3 Protect sensitive wildlife species and their habitats. C -G4 Protect, restore and enhance local water- courses and associated plant, wildlife, and fish species, particularly in the Mokelumne River and floodplain areas. C-135 Encourage the identification, protection, and enhancement of archaeological resources. Agricultural and Soil Resources C -Pi Work with San Joaquin County and the City of Stockton to maintain land surround- ing Lodi in agricultural use. Encourage the continuation of Flag City as a small free- way -oriented commercial node, with no residential uses. C -P2 Work with San Joaquin County, relevant land owners, interested parties and groups to ensure economic viability of all agricultural businesses and supporting industries. C-1133 Support the continuation of agricultural uses on lands designated for urban uses until urban development is imminent. C -G6 Preserve and enhance districts, sites, and C-1134 Encourage San Joaquin County to conserve structures that serve as significant, visible agricultural soils, preserve agricultural land connections to Lodi's social, cultural, surrounding the City and promote the contin- economic, and architectural history. uation of existing agricultural operations, by supporting the county's economic programs. C -G7 Promote community awareness and appreciation of Lodi's history, culture and architecture. C -G8 Protect and improve water quality in the Mokelumne River, Lodi Lake, and major drainage ways. C -G9 Conserve energy and reduce per capita energy consumption. C -G10 Reduce greenhouse gas emissions to 15% below 2008 levels by 2020, to slow the negative impacts of global climate change. C -G11 Support land use, transportation manage- ment, infrastructure, and environmental planning programs that reduce vehicle emissions and improve air quality. C -G12 Minimize the adverse effects of construction related air quality emissions and Toxic Air Contaminants on human health. C -P5 Ensure that urban development does not constrain agricultural practices or adversely affect the economic viability of adjacent agri- cultural practices. Use appropriate buffers consistent with the recommendations of the San Joaquin County Department of Agri- culture (typically no less than 150 feet) and limit incompatible uses (such as schools and hospitals) near agriculture. C -P6 Require new development to implement measures that minimize soil erosion from wind and water related to construction and urban development. Measures may include: • Construction techniques that utilize site preparation, grading, and best management practices that provide erosion control and prevent soil contamination. • Tree rows or other windbreaks shall be used within buffers on the edge of urban devel- opment and in other areas as appropriate to reduce soil erosion. CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-33 C-1137 Adopt an agricultural conservation program (ACP) establishing a mitigation fee to protect and conserve agricultural lands: • The ACP shall include the collection of an agricultural mitigation fee for acreage converted from agricultural to urban use, taking into consideration all fees collected for agricultural loss (i.e., AB1600). The mitigation fee collected shall fund agri- cultural conservation easements, fee title acquisition, and research, the funding of agricultural education and local marketing programs, other capital improvement projects that clearly benefit agriculture (e.g., groundwater recharge projects) and admin- istrative fees through an appropriate entity ("Administrative Entity") pursuant to an administrative agreement. • The conservation easements and fee title acquisition of conservation lands shall be used for lands determined to be of statewide significance (Prime or other Important Farmlands), or sensitive and necessary for the preservation of agri- cultural land, including land that may be part of a community separator as part of FIGURE 7-5: CONSERVATION EASEMENT PRIORITY LOCATION a comprehensive program to establish community separators. Agricultural land should be preserved at a minimum ratio of one-to-one for acres converted to urban use. The ACP shall encourage that conservation easement locations are prioritized as shown in Figure 7-5: (A) the Armstrong Road Agricultural/ Cluster Study area east of Lower Sac- ramento Road; (B) the Armstrong Road Agricultural/ Cluster Study area west of Lower Sac- ramento Road; (C) elsewhere in the Planning Area, one mile east and west of the Urban Reserve boundaries respectively; and (D) outside the Planning Area, elsewhere in San Joaquin County. • The mitigation fees collected by the City shall be transferred to a farmland trust or other qualifying entity, which will arrange the purchase of conservation easements. The City shall encourage the Trust or other qual- ifying entity to pursue a variety of funding sources (grants, donations, taxes, or other funds) to fund implementation of the ACP. 7-34 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN C-1138 Maintain the City's Right -to -Farm Ordinance, and update as necessary, to protect agri- cultural land from nuisance suits brought by surrounding landowners. Biological Resources C -P9 Support the protection, preservation, resto- ration, and enhancement of habitats of State orfederal ly-listed rare, threatened, endan- gered and/or other sensitive and special status species, and favor enhancement of contiguous areas over small segmented remainder parcels. C -P10 Continue to coordinate with the San Joaquin Council of Governments and comply with the terms of the Multi Species Habitat Conserva- tion and Open Space Plan to protect critical habitat areas that support endangered species and other special status species. C-Pii Work with other agencies to ensure that the spread of invasive/noxious plant species do not occur in the Planning Area. Support efforts to eradicate invasive and noxious weeds and vegetation on public and private property. C-11312 Protect the river channel, pond and marsh, and riparian vegetation and wildlife commu- nities and habitats in the Mokelumne River and floodplain areas. Prohibit any activity that will disturb bottom sediments con- taining zinc deposits in Mokelumne River, because such disturbance could cause fish kills. Prohibit activities that could disturb anadramous fish in the Mokelumne River during periods of migration and spawning. C-11313 Support the protection, restoration, expansion, and management of wetland and riparian plant communities along the Mokelumne River for passive recreation, groundwater recharge, and wildlife habitat. C-11314 Explore the purchase of or establishment of a joint agreement for open space preservation and habitat enhancement in the Woodbridge Irrigation District's property located north of the Mokelumne River. Ensure the open space preservation and enhancement of this property, while exploring opportunities for public access. C-11315 Site new development to maximize the pro- tection of native tree species and sensitive plants and wildlife habitat. Minimize impacts to protect mature trees, Swainson's hawk, vernal pool tadpole shrimp, and any threat- ened, endangered or other sensitive species when approving new development. Mitigate any loss. C-11316 Work with the California Department of Fish and Game in identifying an area or areas suitable for Swainson's hawk and burrowing owl habitat. Preserve land through a mit- igation land bank to mitigate impacts on existing habitat for these species. Establish a mechanism for developer funding for the acquisition and management of lands in the mitigation bank. Cultural Resources C -P17 For future development projects on previ- ously un -surveyed lands, require a project applicant to have a qualified archeologist conduct the following activities: (1) conduct a record search at the Central California Information Center at the California State University, Stanislaus, and other appropri- ate historical repositories, (2) conduct field surveys where appropriate and required by law, and (3) prepare technical reports, where appropriate, meeting California Office of Historic Preservation Standards (Archeologi- cal Resource Management Reports). C-11318 In the event that archaeological/paleon- tological resources are discovered during site excavation, the City shall require that grading and construction work on the project site be suspended until the signif- icance of the features can be determined by a qualified archaeologist/paleontolo- gist. The City will require that a qualified archeologist/paleontologist make recom- mendations for measures necessary to CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-35 protect any site determined to contain or constitute an historical resource, a unique archaeological resource, or a unique pale- ontological resource or to undertake data recovery, excavation, analysis, and curation of archaeological/paleontologist materials. City staff shall consider such recommenda- tions and implement them where they are feasible in light of project design as previ- ously approved by the City. C-11319 If any human remains are discovered or rec- ognized in any location on the project site, there shall be no further excavation or dis- turbance of the site or any nearby area reasonably suspected to overlie adjacent human remains until: The San Joaquin County Coroner/Sheriff has been informed and has determined that no investigation of the cause of death is required; and If the remains are of Native American origin: (1) the descendants of the deceased Native Americans have made a timely recom- mendation to the landowner or the person responsible for the excavation work, for means of treating or disposing of, with appropriate dignity, the human remains and any associated grave goods as provided in Public Resources Code Section 5097.98, or (2) The Native American Heritage Commis- sion was unable to identify a descendant or the descendant failed to make a recommen- dation within 24 hours after being notified by the commission. Historic Resources C-11320 Encourage the preservation, maintenance, and adaptive reuse of existing historic buildings by developing incentives for owners of historically -significant buildings to improve their properties. C-11321 Require that, prior to the demolition of a historic structure, developers offer the structure for relocation by interested parties. C -P22 Require that environmental review consis- tent with the California Environmental Quality 7-36 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Act be conducted on demolition permit applications for buildings designated as, or potentially eligible for designation as, historic structures. C-11323 Conduct a comprehensive survey of historic resources in Lodi, including consideration of potentially eligible historic resources. Update Figure 7-3 upon completion of the survey. Designate a structure as historic if it: • Exemplifies or reflects special elements of the city's cultural, architectural, aesthetic, social, economic, political, artistic, and/or engineering heritage; • Is identified with persons, businesses, or events significant to local, State, or National history; • Embodies distinctive characteristics of style, type, period, or method of construc- tion or is a valuable example of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship; • Represents the notable work of a builder, designer, engineer, or architect; and/or • Is unique in location or has a singular physical characteristic that represents a familiar visual feature of a neighborhood, community, or the city. Designate a district as historic if it: • Is a geographically definable area possess- ing a concentration or continuity of sites, buildings, structures, or objects as unified by past events or aesthetically by plan or physical development; or • Identifies relevant key neighborhoods either as historic districts or merit districts. Designate accordingly if 50% of property owners in the proposed district agree to the designation. An "Historic District" means any area con- taining a concentration of improvements that has a special character, architectural importance, historical interest, or aesthetic value, which possesses integrity of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association or which represents one or more architectural periods or styles typical to the history of Lodi. A "Merit District" recognizes a district's history but does not provide for a regula- tory structure at this time. The structures of these districts may not be architec- turally significant, but the role that these neighborhoods have played in the city's development, the cultural and economic conditions that resulted in the construction of these neighborhoods and the stories sur- rounding them make them an important part of the city's history for which they should be acknowledged and celebrated. C -P24 Follow preservation standards outlined in the current Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabil- itating, Restoring, and Reconstructing Historic Buildings, for structures listed on the National Register of Historic Places or Cali- fornia Register of Historical Resources. C -P28 C -P25 Coordinate historic preservation efforts with other agencies and organizations, including the Lodi Historical Society, San Joaquin C -P29 County Historical Society and other historical organizations. Hydrology and Water Quality See Chapter3: Growth Management and Chapter 6: Parks, Recreation, and Open Space for water -related policies that address water supply and conservation; and riparian areas within open spaces, respectively. C -P26 Monitor water quality regularly to ensure that safe drinking water standards are met and maintained in accordance with State and EPA regulations and take necessary measures to prevent contamination. Comply with the requirements of the Clean Water Act with the intent of minimizing the discharge of pollutants to surface waters. C -P27 Monitor the water quality of the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake, in coordination with San Joaquin County, to determine when the coliform bacterial standard for contact recre- ation and the maximum concentration levels of priority pollutants, established by the Cal- ifornia Department of Health Services, are exceeded. Monitor the presence of pollut- ants and variables that could cause harm to fish, wildlife, and plant species in the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake. Post signs at areas used by water recreationists warning users of health risks whenever the coliform bacteria standard for contact recreation is exceeded. Require new industrial develop- ment to not adversely affect water quality in the Mokelumne River or in the area's groundwater basin. Control use of potential water contaminants through inventorying hazardous materials used in City and indus- trial operations. Regularly monitor water quality in municipal wells for evidence of contamination from dibromochloropropane (DBCP), saltwater intrusion, and other toxic substances that could pose a health hazard to the domestic water supply. Close or treat municipal wells that exceed the action level for DBCP. Minimize storm sewer pollution of the Mokelumne River and other waterways by maintaining an effective street sweeping and cleaning program. C -P30 Require, as part of watershed drainage plans, Best Management Practices, to reduce pollutants to the maximum extent practicable. C -P31 Require all new development and rede- velopment projects to comply with the post -construction Best Management Practices (BMPs) called for in the Stormwa- ter Quality Control Criteria Plan, as outlined in the City's Phase 1 Stormwater NPDES permit issued by the California Water Quality Control Board, Central Valley Region. Require that owners, developers, and/or successors -in -interest to establish a mainte- nance entity acceptable to the City to provide funding for the operation, maintenance, and replacement costs of all post -construction BMPs. C -P32 Require, as part of the City's Storm Water NPDES Permit and ordinances, the CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-37 7-38 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN implementation of a Grading Plan, Erosion C-11338 Encourage the development of energy Control Plan, and Pollution Prevention Plan efficient buildings and communities. All during the construction of any new devel- new development, including major reha- opment and redevelopment projects, to the bilitation, renovation, and redevelopment maximum extent feasible. projects, shall incorporate energy conser- vation and green building practices to the C-11333 Require use of stormwater management maximum extent feasible and as appropri- techniques to improve water quality and ate to the project proposed. Such practices reduce impact on municipal water treatment include, but are not limited to: building orien- facilities. tation and shading, landscaping, and the use of active and passive solar heating and water C-11334 Protect groundwater resources by working systems. The City may implement this policy with the county to prevent septic systems in by adopting and enforcing a Green Building unincorporated portions of the county that Ordinance. are in the General Plan Land Use Diagram, on parcels less than two acres. C-11339 Ensure environmentally responsible municipal operations by implementing the C-11335 Reduce the use of pesticides, insecticides, following measures: herbicides, or other toxic chemical sub- stances by households and farmers by Procure environmentally preferable providing education and incentives. products and services where criteria have been established by governmental or other Energy and Climate Change widely recognized authorities (e.g. Energy Star, EPA Eco Purchasing Guidelines). C-11336 Prepare and adopt a comprehensive climate Integrate environmental factors into the action plan (CAP) by 2012, with implemen- City's buying decisions where external tation beginning in 2013. The CAP will bean authorities have not established criteria, such as by replacing disposables with additional policy document for the City of reusables or recyclables, taking into Lodi, based on polices listed in Appendix account life cycle costs and benefits, and A. The CAP should include the following evaluating, as appropriate, the environmen- provisions: tal performance of vendors in providing • An inventory of citywide greenhouse gas products and services; emissions; • Raise staff awareness on the environmental • Emissions targets that apply at reasonable issues affecting procurement by providing intervals through the life of the CAP; relevant information and training; • Enforceable greenhouse gas emissions Encourage suppliers and contractors to control measures; offer environmentally preferable products and services at competitive prices; • A monitoring and reporting program to Require all departments and divisions to ensure targets are met; and practice waste prevention and recycling. • Mechanisms to allow for revision of the . When City fleet vehicles are retired, replace CAP, as necessary. vehicles through the purchase or lease of C-11337 Promote incorporation of energy conserva- alternative fuel or hybrid substitutes. tion and weatherization features into existing As contracts for City -contracted fleet structures. Update the Zoning Ordinance services (such as transit buses, trash and make local amendments to the Califor- haulers, and street sweeper trucks) are nia Building Code, as needed, to allow for the renewed, encourage contractors to replace implementation of green building, green con- their vehicles with alternative fuel or hybrid struction, and energy efficiency measures. substitutes through the contract bid process. 7-38 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN C-11340 Reduce energy consumption within City gov- greenhouse gases. Develop a tree planting ernment facilities and motor fleets. informational packet to help future residents understand their options for planting trees. C-11341 Encourage the use of passive and active solar devices such as solar collectors, C-11346 Promote public education energy conser- solar cells, and solar heating systems into vation programs that strive to reduce the the design of local buildings. Promote consumption of natural or human -made voluntary participation in incentive programs energy sources. to increase the use of solar photovoltaic systems in new and existing residential, com- C-11347 Post and distribute hard -copy and electronic mercial, institutional, and public buildings. information on currently available weather- ization and energy conservation programs. C-11342 Continue to offer rebates to residential, com- mercial, industrial and municipal customers Air Quality of Lodi Electric Utility who install photovoltaic (PV) systems or that participate in the Lodi SeeChapter2: Land Use, Chapter4: Community Design and Energy Efficient Home Improvement Rebate Livability, and Chapter 5. Transportation for relatedpolicies Program. Ensure that rebate programs are thatseek to improve air quality andreduce emissions through well advertised to the community and offer land use, transportation, and urban design strategies. rebates that are sufficient to gain community interest and participation. C-11348 Require all construction equipment to be maintained and tuned to meet appropriate C-11343 Work with the California Energy Commission EPA and CARIB emission requirements and and other public and non-profit agencies to when new emission control devices or opera - promote the use of programs that encourage tional modifications are found to be effective, developers to surpass Title 24 Energy Effi- such devices or operational modifications are ciency standards by utilizing renewable to be required on construction equipment. energy systems and more efficient practices that conserve energy, including, but not C-11349 Continue to require mitigation measures as limited to natural gas, hydrogen or electri- a condition of obtaining permits to minimize cal vehicles. Offer incentives such as density dust and air emissions impacts from bonus, expedited process, fee reduction/ construction. waiver to property owners and developers who exceed California Title 24 energy effi- C-11350 Require contractors to implement dust sup- ciency standards. pression measures during excavation, grading, and site preparation activities. Tech - C -11344 Develop, adopt, and implement a heat island niques may include, but are not limited to: mitigation plan to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, smog, and the energy required Site watering or application of dust to cool buildings. This plan should contain suppressants; requirements and incentives for the use of • Phasing or extension of grading operations; cool roofs, cool pavements, and strategic • Covering of stockpiles; shade tree placement, all of which may result • Suspension of grading activities during high in as much as 6-8° F temperature decrease wind periods (typically winds greater than from existing conditions. 25 miles per hour); and • Revegetation of graded areas. C-11345 Encourage the planting of shade trees along C-11351 Cooperate with other local, regional, and all City streets and residential lots (but, par- State agencies in developing and implement- ticularly in areas that currently lack street ing air quality plans to achieve State and trees) to reduce radiation heating and CHAPTER 7: CONSERVATION 1 7-39 Federal Ambient Air Quality Standards and address cross -jurisdictional and regional transportation and air quality issues. C -P52 Use the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District's (SJVAPCD) Guide for Assessing and Mitigating Air Quality Impacts for determining and mitigating project air quality impacts and related thresholds of significance for use in environmental documents. The City shall consult with the SJVAPCD during CEQA review for projects that require air quality impact analysis and ensure that the SJVAPCD is on the distribu- tion list for all CEQA documents. C -P53 Support recommendations to reduce air pol- lutants found in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District (SJVAPCD) local attainment plans and use its regulatory authority to mitigate "point" sources of air pollution (e.g., factories, power plants, etc.). C -P54 Ensure that air quality impacts identi- fied during the project -level CEQA review process are fairly and consistently mitigated. Require projects to comply with the City's adopted air quality impact assessment and mitigation process, and to provide specific mitigation measures as outlined in policies of Chapter 5: Transportation. C -P55 Assess air quality mitigation fees for all new development, with the fees to be used to fund air quality programs. C -P56 Require the use of natural gas or the installa- tion of low -emission, EPA -certified fireplace inserts in all open hearth fireplaces in new homes. Promote the use of natural gas over wood products in space heating devices and fireplaces in all existing and new homes. Follow the guidelines set forth in San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District's Rule 4901. C-11357 Review, support, and require implementa- tion (as applicable) of San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District guidance and rec- ommendations (including those identified in the Guide for Assessing and Mitigating Air 7-40 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Quality Impacts) in regards to several key issues including: • Environmental Assessment; • Air Quality Mitigation Agreements; • Integrated Planning; • Air Quality Education; • Congestion Management/Transportation Control Measures; • Toxic and Hazardous Pollutant Emissions; • Fugitive Dust and PM10 Emissions; and • Energy Conservation and Alternative Fuels. C-11358 Require new sensitive uses proposed to be located within 500 feet of high volume traffic routes where daily vehicle counts exceed 100,000, to use an HVAC system with filtration to reduce/mitigate infiltration of vehicle emissions as warranted by exposure analysis. C-11359 Require industrial development adjacent to residential areas to provide buffers and institute setback intended to ensure land use compatibility in regards to potential Toxic Air Contaminant exposure. The Safety Element identifies the natural and manmade hazards that exist within the city. It seeks to mitigate their potential impacts, through both preventative and response measures, to ensure the continued health and safety of Lodi community members. This Element addresses flooding and drainage; potentially hazardous materials and operations; seismic and geologic hazards; fire hazards; and emergency management. Potential health hazards related to air quality are addressed in Chapter 7: Conservation. Storm drain infrastructure related to flooding and drainage is discussed in Chapter 3: Growth Man- agement and Infrastructure. 8-1 Drainage basins (top), Lodi Lake (middle), and the Woodbridge Irrigation Canal (bottom) help to drain stormwater. 8-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 8.1 FLOODING AND DRAINAGE Flood Zones Based on revised flood risk evaluations prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for the City of Lodi and San Joaquin County, effective October 19, 2009, flood hazards are a constraint to development only in two areas of the city: the area immediately adjacent to the Mokelumne River along the city's northern boundary, and the area around the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility, the City's wastewater treatment facility, in the southwest corner of the Planning Area. As shown on Figure 8-I, these areas lie within Zone AE, meaning that they are subject to a i% annual (ioo-year) flood. Flooding depths in this area are generally greater than three feet. No new development is planned within either of these areas. Most of the city and the Planning Area lie within Zone X, which describes lands subject to the o.z% annual (Soo -year) flood zone or that lie within the roo-year flood zone, but with flooding depths less than one foot. This suggests that these areas have a low susceptibil- ity to major flooding, but would be inundated during a Soo -year flood event. The remaining portions of the city and Planning Area are classified as Zone X, meaning that they lie outside the Soo -year flood zone. Dam Inundation Large quantities of water stored in reservoirs along the Mokelumne, Calaveras, and Stanislaus River systems pose a potential threat to inhabitants of the Planning Area. Flooding could occur as a result of releases from reservoirs upstream of the Planning Area. Partial or complete failure of a dam along any of these rivers, espe- cially the Mokelumne River, could cause inundation in the Planning Area. Dams that pose a direct threat to the Planning Area include Camanche, Camanche South and North Dikes, and Pardee Dam. The entire Planning Area would be inundated in the event of a failure of any of these dams, except for the Camanche North Dikes Dam, whose failure would just flood the Planning Area north of Kettleman Lane. - Zone AE: Special flood hazard area subject to inundation by the I% Planning Area annual chance flood. No base flood elevations determined. _____ annng 0 Zone X (500): Areas of 0.2% annual chance flood with average depths of less than 1 foot or with drainage areas less than 1 square mile; and areas protected by levees from 1 % annual chance flood. °; 0 Zone X: Areas determined to be outside the 0.2% annual chance flood. ............• Sphere of Influence ------- City Limits ............••••• Urban Reserve Flood Protection Berms along the Mokelumne River were privately built and vary in height. Upstream of SR -99, the adjacent agricultural lands are protected against floods up to the So -year currents by low discontinuous berms. Berm overtopping here from larger flood events (e.g. the ioo-year flood) would not, however, cause inundation in the Planning Area. Berms west of SR -99 are higher and provide protection from flows slightly greater than the ioo-year event. Should a major storm event cause berms to be over topped or if a berm or dam fails, flooding would occur. Flooding can also occur when runoff exceeds the capacity of local systems and cannot drain adequately. As long as berms are not over -topped and maintain their structural integrity, flooding is con- sidered to be very unlikely. San Joaquin County has prepared a Dam Failure Plan that identifies hazards to the county from dams and res- ervoirs. The Dam Failure Plan also identifies actions that will be taken to respond to flood -related emergencies in the event that flooding occurs. These actions would include implementation of the Standardized Emergency Management System and the County's Multi -Hazard Emergency Plan (see Section 8.5: Emergency Manage- ment for details).' Although major flooding is not anticipated, as existing agricultural and open space lands are converted to urban uses, there will be an increase in stormwater runoff from additional impervious surfaces. To minimize those impacts, General Plan policies seek to manage stormwater runoff, through the permitting process, good stormwater management practices (e.g. porous materials, cisterns, bioswales, etc.), and the construc- tion of open spaces and drainage basins (see Chapter 6: Parks, Recreation, and Open Space). San Joaquin County, 2003. 8-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 8.2 POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND OPERATIONS This section focuses on human -made hazards associated with the exposure to hazardous materials, as well as fire, transportation, and utility corridor hazards. Hazardous wastes generated by both residents and businesses within the Planning Area contribute to environmental and human health hazards that have become an increas- ing public concern. However, proper waste management and disposal practices can minimize public concern over toxicity and the contamination of soils, water, and the air. Hazardous Materials As of May 2009, the State Water Resources Control Board reported an inventory of Leaking Underground Storage Tanks (LUST) and other (non -fuel) cleanup sites. The majority of the LUST sites have been reme- diated, with only nine sites listed as still "open" for remediation, monitoring, or assessment. These sites are described in a table in Appendix C and shown in Figure 8-2. The California Integrated Waste Management Board (CIWMB) is responsible for managing California's solid waste stream. The CIWMB works in partnership with local government, industry, and the public to reduce waste disposal and ensure environmentally safe landfills are maintained. Table 8-I and Figure 8-z describe solid waste, recycling, and landfills facilities (including closed facilities). TABLE 8-1: SOLID WASTE AND/OR RECYCLING FACILITIES AND LANDFILL SITES IN THE PLANNING AREA SITE ADDRESS Solid Waste and Landfill Lodi City Landfill N of Awani Dr. and Mokelumne River Dr. Central Valley Waste Services 1333 E. Turner Rd. Valley Landscaping 1320 East Harney Ln. Recycling Centers Pinos Recycling Co. 741 S Cherokee Ln. Tokay Recycling Center 60 S Cluff Ave. Tomra Pacific Inc/Apple Market 1320 W Lockeford St. Diaz Recycling 845 S Central Ave. Nexcycle/Save Mart #209 610 W Kettleman Ln. Tomra Pacific Inc/Food 4 Less 2430 W Kettleman Ln. Nexcycle/Safeway #1648 2449 W Kettleman Ln. Source: California Integrated Waste Management Board, 2007. Plan policies seek to ensure the safe operation of storage tanks and poten- tially hazardous materials. Lodi is served by three solid waste facilities and multiple recycling centers. CHAPTER 8: SAFETY 1 8-5 FIGURE 8-2: POTENTIAL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SITES Leaking Underground '--"--"- Urban Reserve dCPS fP5 Storage Tanks (LUST) ------- Sphere of Influence (2008) ® Other Cleanup Sites --- City Limits (2008) U 111 1 z MILES . Solid Waste Facilities and Landfill Sites Recycling Facilities 8-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Potentially Hazardous Operations Airports and Airstrips Airport -related hazards are generally associated with aircraft accidents, particularly during takeoffs and landings. Airport operation hazards include incom- patible land uses, power transmission lines, wildlife hazards (e.g. bird strikes), and tall structures (e.g. traffic control towers). (Note that noise impacts are discussed in Chapter 9: Noise.) Existing public use airports within or adjacent to the Planning Area include: • Kingdon Airpark: seven miles southwest of down- town Lodi; • Lodi Airpark: five miles southwest of downtown Lodi, near the intersection of Armstrong and Lower Sacramento roads (inside the Planning Area); and • Ten private airstrips within or adjacent to the Planning Area. The zoo9 San Joaquin County Airport Land Use Plan provides information on existing and future opera- tions, potential hazards, and land use compatibility. According to the Plan Kingdon Airpark is planning to extend its runway to permit more flights and aircraft types (i.e. from solely accommodating single-engine planes to allowing business jets and turboprop aircraft). No future improvements are anticipated at the Lodi Airpark. Given the distance of these airports from the city's boundaries, the airports do not present substantial hazards to people or property in Lodi. The Plan's land use compatibility matrix and compat- ibility zone map is shown in Figure 8-3. The southeast portion of Lodi, south of Century Boulevard, lies with in Zone 8: Airport Influence Area, which does not have any land use restrictions. A portion of the Urban Reserve General Plan area, along the north side of Hogan Lane, lies within Zone 7: Traffic Pattern. This classification prohibits outdoor stadiums and non-residential uses with densities greater than 450 persons per acre, and requires at least ro% open space. Railroads Potential hazards associated with railroads include colli- sions and train derailment. Either of these incidents can lead to human injury or death as well as causing various environmental impacts. The Federal Railroad Adminis- tration regulates railroad safety and provides oversight to the use of railroads. Lodi is served by two national rail lines, Union Pacific Railroad and the Burlington Northern Santa Fe. The city is also served by a local railroad, Central Califor- nia Traction, which runs contiguous to industrial areas. Daily passenger service via Amtrak is available from Lodi to San Francisco, Los Angeles, Sacramento and points between. A more detailed discussion of railroad operations and infrastructure may be found in Chapter 5: Transportation. Utility Corridors One of the primary causes of disruption to underground natural gas pipelines, which are present in the Planning Area, is external force damage that occurs during exca- vation activities. Such damage can create pipeline leaks or ruptures and lead to hazardous health and safety conditions. However, a national program is in place to prevent accidental pipeline damage caused by exca- vation. For areas adjacent to an underground utility pipeline, the U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Pipeline Safety requires that individuals contact the state "One -Call" center prior to beginning excava- tion. Advanced planning, effective use of these one -call systems, accurate locating and marking of underground facilities, and the use of safe -digging practices can all be effective in reducing underground facility damage and potentially hazardous conditions. CHAPTER 8: SAFETY 1 8-7 ! p c p L6 L to 8.3 SEISMIC AND GEOLOGIC HAZARDS In general, geologic and seismic hazards do not pose a substantial risk to development in Lodi or to overall public safety. The Central Valley is filled with a thick sequence of sediments eroded from the Sierra Nevada range to the east. The most recent deposits in the region are floodplain deposits, consisting of clay, silt, and some sand. Seismicity The Planning Area is located 65 miles east of the Bay Area and lies within Seismic Risk Zone 3. Earthquakes in Seismic Risk Zone 3 pose a lesser risk than those experienced in Zone 4 (such as the San Francisco Bay Area). The Planning Area may be affected by regionally occurring earthquakes; however, impacts resulting from such an event are not likely to be severe. Figure 8-4 iden- tifies active and potentially active faults in and around the Planning Area. Regional Faults Lodi's nearest active fault is the Greenville Fault, located approximately 34 miles south of the Planning Area.2 The Maximum Moment magnitude of the maximum probable earthquake on the Greenville Fault is estimated to be 6.9 3 Other faults close to the Planning Area exhib- iting historic displacement (activity within the last zoo years) are the Concord -Green Valley and Hayward Faults located approximately 45 miles west-northwest and 56 miles west of the Planning Area, respectively. Portions of the Calaveras Fault zone also have been rated as being active within the last zoo years; those portions are located approximately 46 miles southwest of the site. The nearest Quaternary fault (z million years ago to present) to the Planning Area showing evidence of activity within the past 1.6 million years is the San Joaquin Fault located approximately 24 miles southwest of the Planning Area.4 The nearest mapped fault trace, the Stockton Fault, is not considered an active fault. Jennings, 1994. 3 Peterson et al. 1996. 4 Jennings 1994; Bartow 1991. Seismic Structural Safety The greatest geologic hazard in Lodi is the structural danger posed by groundshaking from earthquakes orig- inating outside of the area. During a high intensity event, some damage could occur to well -made structures and chimneys; some towers could fall; and poorly con- structed or weak structures could be heavily damaged. The susceptibility of a structure to damage from ground shaking is related to the underlying foundation material. A foundation of rock or very firm material can intensify short -period motions, which affect low-rise buildings more than tall, flexible ones. A deep layer of saturated alluvium can cushion low-rise buildings, but it can also accentuate the motion in tall buildings. Other poten- tially dangerous conditions include, but are not limited to: building architectural features that are not firmly anchored, such as parapets and cornices; roadways, including column and pile bents and abutments for bridges and overcrossings; and above -ground storage tanks and their mounting devices. The risk of surface fault rupture is considered low. The probability of soil liquefaction actually taking place in the Planning Area is considered to be a low to moderate hazard, due to the substantial distance from the active Hayward and Calaveras Fault zones and the type of ground shaking expected from those faults. Other Geologic Hazards Additional geologic hazards that may exist within the Planning Area include soil erosion and settlement. The Planning Area is primarily flat and thus the risk of unstable soils or landslides is considered relatively low. Soil Erosion Soil erosion is the process whereby soil materials are worn away and transported to another area either by wind or water. Rates of erosion can vary depending on the soil material and structure, placement, and the general level of human activity. Soil containing high amounts of sand or silt can be easily eroded while clayey soils are less susceptible. The Tokay soils present in the Planning Area have a moderate potential for wind erosion. The CHAPTER 8: SAFETY 1 8-9 FIGURE 8-4: REGIONAL FAULTS \ L` LAC \ + Y O L O C U N T ��r 4 C U N TY :C y 1 - % Da ' •, � Winters• 0 4 p " 'St. Hele it • Dixon -N A A t \ I e o S A C R. A M.E N T'& I , 1. CV U T. \ C-0 U N T Y 10 \& i 1 ` 'AMADOR l dcaville Sb O M��ff 1 1 ., S 'O L A` N O .. o O Tj�f onom apd. d •` o a X . t,Galf � p city Vis Weton lf Va ej ` lanning Ali a - Area M A R I N y OUNTY/ Hercule / Pinole nu e � o 1 (, mon ��ppleai$nt Onc a o StOc ' 1 ll / • 1 entwood I/ ` llCI on \ Wal Q l C T R St°�kti° S a \ tt _ `oP.f Ck}�6%1 Q.. U I N OT CO U N T Y •Danville S , �� • anteca anC, �.° \ n Ramon \ / •Escalon i •� �� Active Fault (Historic Displacement) Active Fault (Holocene Displacement) Potentially Active Fault (Quaternary Displacement) Inactive Fault (Pre -Quaternary) 8-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 0 5 10 20 MILES 1�, ublin e V •Tracy RlporL y.. I S A N ' an L an no M A T E O \ �•Pleason • �C' S. ermor - 1, � OUNTYi� �J" •�� uno HaNv \ ` `� A M E A • edingame ` T v` Active Fault (Historic Displacement) Active Fault (Holocene Displacement) Potentially Active Fault (Quaternary Displacement) Inactive Fault (Pre -Quaternary) 8-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 0 5 10 20 MILES Tujunga soils, found in more limited quantities in the Planning Area, have a severe potential for wind erosion if vegetative covering is removed. Expansive Soils Expansive soils are largely comprised of clay, which expand in volume when water is absorbed and shrink when dried. Structural damage may result over a long period of time, usually resulting from inadequate soil and foundation engineering or the placement of struc- tures directly on expansive soils. Several of the soil types located within the Planning Area are comprised of potentially expansive materials. However, the majority of the Planning Area either has not been measured for soil shrink -swell or has a low potential for soil shrink -swell. Settlement Settlement is the consolidation of the underlying soil when a load, such as that of a building or new fill material, is placed upon it. When soil tends to settle at different rates and by varying amounts depending on the load weight, it is referred to as differential set- tlement. Settlement commonly occurs as a result of building construction or other large projects that require soil stockpiles. Areas of the Planning Area that contain fill material may be susceptible to settlement. If the fill materials are unconsolidated they have the potential to respond more adversely to additional load weights as compared to adjacent native soils. 8.4 FIRE HAZARDS Both urban and wildland fire hazards exist in the Lodi Planning Area, creating the potential for injury, loss of life, and property damage. In the event of a fire, the Fire Department relies on sufficient water supply and pressure. The City's design standard for water transmis- sion facilities is to provide 4,000 gallons per minute of flow at a minimum 45 pounds per square inch of pressure in pipes 8 inches and larger. Urban Fire Hazards Urban fires primarily involve the uncontrolled burning of residential, commercial, and/or industrial structures due to human activities. Factors that exacerbate urban structural fires include substandard building construc- tion, highly flammable materials, delayed response times, and inadequate fire protection services. Wildland Fire Hazards The Planning Area is not characterized by substan- tial areas of wildlands. The topography of the area is relatively homogenous and steep slopes that could contribute to wildland fires are not common. Data provided by the California Department of Conserva- tion Fire and Resource Assessment Program in 2007 indicate that less than one percent of the Planning Area has "Moderate" fire hazard potential. The remaining areas are classified as urban or non-wildland. No portions of the Planning Area are classified as having a "High" or "Very High" risk. CHAPTER 8: SAFETY I 8-11 8.5 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Public Safety Departments The Lodi Police and Fire departments manage public safety in Lodi, with the Fire Department leading emergency preparedness and planning. The Fire Department provides a wide range of emergency and non -emergency services, including fire suppression, emergency medical services, hazardous materials response, technical rescue, fire preven- tion, public education, and related safety services. The Emergency Operations Center, located at the Police department building, serves as the center of the city's emergency operations. City operations remain in compliance with the National Incident Manage- ment System, a comprehensive national approach to incident management, applicable to federal, state, and local governments and the Standardized Emergency Management System, which provides a strategy and framework to address multi -agency and multi -juris- dictional emergencies in California. As of zoo8, the Fire Department had S9 personnel, including Sr firefighters, company officers, or battalion chiefs. The city of Lodi has an Insurance Services Office (ISO) rating of Class 3. A Class 3 ISO rating indicates that the Fire Department is strategically placed throughout the City, and has adequate personnel, equipment, and expertise to serve the current popula- tion. In 20o6, the most recent year of data availability, the department met the self-imposed National Fire Protection Association's response time criteria of 6 minutes for 9o% of all calls. The Police Department's basic responsibility is to protect and serve the public and property within Lodi, through crime prevention, investigation, and other services. As of 2008, the Police Department had 118 full-time employees and rzo volunteers, with 78 sworn officers. 8-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Emergency Planning The City has adopted the San Joaquin County Hazard Mitigation Plan This plan identifies measures to reduce the impacts of natural and manmade hazards and to facilitate the recovery and repair of struc- tures if damage should occur from hazardous events. Adoption of the plan ensures that Lodi is eligible for certain federal and State funds for disaster recovery in case of such an event. Evacuation Routes and Safety Standards The City provides street standards for all street types, thus ensuring appropriate standards for emergency access and evacuation. For example, the standards specify roadway widths of 30 feet (curb -to -curb) for minor residential streets and 52 feet for major collector streets. 8.6 POLICIES GUIDING POLICIES S -G1 Ensure a high level of public health and safety. S -G2 Prevent loss of lives, injury, illness, and property damage due to flooding, hazardous materials, seismic and geological hazards, and fire. S -G3 Protect the public from disasters and provide cause flooding of downstream facilities and properties. Additionally, the City shall ensure that storm drainage facilities are constructed to serve new development adequate to storm runoff generated by a 100 -year storm. S -P6 Prohibit new development, except for public uses incidental to open space develop- ment, within Zone A (100 -year flood zone) of the most current FEMA floodplain map (see Figure 8-1 for the most current map). guidance and response in the event a S -P7 Site critical emergency response facili- disaster or emergency. ties—such as hospitals, fire stations, police offices, substations, emergency operations S -G4 Minimize vulnerability of infrastructure and centers and other emergency service facil- water supply and distribution systems. ities and utilities—to minimize exposure to flooding and other hazards. Flooding and Drainage S -Pi Continue to participate in the National Flood Insurance Program and ensure that local reg- ulations are in full compliance with standards adopted by FEMA. S -P2 Cooperate with appropriate local, State, and federal agencies to address local and regional flood issues and dam failure hazards. S -P3 Require adequate natural floodway design to assure flood control in areas where stream channels have been modified and to foster stream enhancement, improved water quality, recreational opportunities, and groundwater recharge. S -P4 Cooperate with and encourage reclama- tion districts to institute a berm maintenance program to reduce berm failures and shall coordinate with appropriate State, federal, and local flood control agencies in planning efforts to ensure the continued protection of local and regional flood control systems. S -P5 Continue to ensure, through the development review process, that future developments do not increase peak storm flows and do not S -P8 Update Zoning Ordinance and develop- ment review process as needed to reduce peak -hour stormwater flow and increase groundwater recharge. These may include provisions for: • Constructing parking areas and parking islands without curbs and gutters, to allow stormwater sheet flow into vegetated areas. • Grading that lengthens flow paths and increases runoff travel time to reduce the peak flow rate. • Installing cisterns or sub -surface retention facilities to capture rainwater for use in irri- gation and non -potable uses. S -P9 Update City street design standards to allow for expanded stormwater management tech- niques. These may include: • Canopy trees to absorb rainwater and slow water flow. • Directing runoff into or across vegetated areas to help filter runoff and encourage groundwater recharge. • Disconnecting impervious areas from the storm drain network and maintain natural drainage divides to keep flow paths dispersed. • Providing naturally vegetated areas in close proximity to parking areas, buildings, and CHAPTER 8: SAFETY 1 8-13 other impervious expanses to slow runoff, filter out pollutants, and facilitate infiltration. • Directing stormwater into vegetated areas or into water collection devices. • Using devices such as bioretention cells, vegetated swales, infiltration trenches and dry wells to increase storage volume and facilitate infiltration. • Diverting water away from storm drains using correctional drainage techniques. Hazardous Materials and Operations S -P10 Require that all fuel and chemical storage tanks are appropriately constructed; include spill containment areas to prevent seismic damage, leakage, fire and explosion; and are structurally or spatially separated from sensitive land uses, such as residential neighborhoods, schools, hospitals and places of public assembly. S -P11 Ensure compatibility between hazardous material users and surrounding land use through the development review process. Separate hazardous waste facilities from incompatible uses including, but not limited to, schools, daycares, hospitals, public gathering areas, and high-density residential housing through development standards and the review process. S -P12 Consider the potential for the production, use, storage, and transport of hazardous materials in approving new development. Provide for reasonable controls on such hazardous materials. Ensure that the pro- ponents of applicable new development projects address hazardous materials concerns through the preparation of Phase I or Phase II hazardous materials studies, as necessary, for each identified site as part of the design phase for each project. Require projects to implement federal or State cleanup standards outlined in the studies during construction. S -P13 Regulate the production, use, storage, and transport of hazardous materials to protect the health of Lodi residents. Cooperate with the County and Lodi Fire Department in the 8-14 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN identification of hazardous material users, development of an inspection process, and implementation of the City's Hazardous Waste Management and Hazardous Materials Area plans. Require, as appropriate, a hazardous materials inventory for project sites, including an assessment of materials and operations for any development appli- cations, as a component of the development environmental review process or business license review/building permit review. S -P14 Work with waste disposal service provider(s) to educate the public as to the types of household hazardous wastes and the proper methods of disposal and shall continue to provide opportunities for residents to con- veniently dispose of household hazardous waste. S -P15 Continue to follow the County Comprehen- sive Airport Land Use Plan for guidelines on land use compatibility near airports, land use restrictions, and to ensure public safety. S-11316 Support grade -separated railroad crossings, where feasible, and other appropriate measures adjacent to railroad tracks to ensure the safety of the community. S -P17 Continue to mark underground utilities and abide by federal safe -digging practices during construction. Seismic and Geologic Hazards S-11318 Ensure that all public facilities, such as buildings, water tanks, underground utilities, and berms, are structurally sound and able to withstand seismic activity. S -P19 For buildings identified as seismically unsafe, prohibit a change in use to a higher occupancy or more intensive use until an engineering evaluation of the structure has been conducted and structural deficiencies corrected consistent with City building codes. S -P20 Require soils reports for new projects and use the information to determine appropriate permitting requirements, if deemed necessary. S -P21 Require that geotechnical investigations be prepared for all proposed critical struc- tures (such as police stations, fire stations, emergency equipment, storage buildings, water towers, wastewater lift stations, elec- trical substations, fuel storage facilities, large public assembly buildings, desig- nated emergency shelters, and buildings three or more stories high) before construc- tion or approval of building permits, if deemed necessary. The investigation shall include estimation of the maximum credible earth- quake, maximum ground acceleration, duration, and the potential for ground failure because of liquefaction or differential settling. S-11322 Require new development to include grading and erosion control plans prepared by a qualified engineer or land surveyor. Fire Hazards S -P23 Maintain a vegetation management program to ensure clearing of dry brush areas. Conduct management activities in a manner consistent with all applicable environmental regulations. Emergency Management Policies related to police and fire facilities are addressed in Chapter3: Growth Management andlnfrastructure. S -P24 Coordinate with local, State, and Federal agencies to establish, maintain, and test a coordinated emergency response system that addresses a variety of hazardous and threatening situations. Conduct periodic emergency response exercises to test the effectiveness of City emergency response procedures. Develop and implement public information programs concerning disaster response and emergency preparedness and develop mutual aid agreements and commu- nication links with surrounding communities for assistance during times of emergency. S-11325 Maintain and periodically update the City's Emergency Preparedness Plan, including review of County and State emergency response procedures that must be coordi- nated with City procedures. S-11326 Ensure that major access and evacuation corridors are available and unobstructed in case of major emergency or disaster. Continue to identify appropriate road standards, including minimum road widths and turnouts to provide adequate emergency access and evacuation routes. S-11327 Continue to use the San Joaquin County Hazard Mitigation Plan to reduce hazard risk and coordinate with the County on its update and implementation, consistent with the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Disaster Act of 2000. CHAPTER 8: SAFETY 1 8-15 Page intentionally left blank. 8-16 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Noises are undesirable or unwanted sounds that vary widely in their scope, source, and volume. They range from individual occurrences such as a leaf blower or holiday firecrackers, to regular though intermittent disturbance by aircraft flying overhead, or an infrequent train going through town, to the fairly constant noise generated by traffic on freeways. Noise is primarily a concern with regard to noise—sensitive land uses such as residences, schools, churches, and hospitals. This chapter identifies the noise sources that exist within the city, describes noise impacts that may result from the General Plan, and estab- lishes policies to mitigate potential impacts through both preventative and responsive actions. 9-1 Civil Defense Siren (100 ft.) Jet Takeoff (200 ft.) Riveting Machine Bay Area Rapid Transit Train Passby (10 ft.) Pneumatic Drill (50 ft.) Freight Cars (100 ft.) Vacuum Cleaner (10 ft.) Speech (I ft.) Auto Traffic near Freeway Large Transformer (200 ft.) Average Residence Soft Whisper Rustling Leaves Threshold of Hearing (n ft.) = Distance in feet between source and listener A -Weighted Sound Pressure Level in Decibels 9.1 NOISE MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING Noise Measurement Threshold of Pain Three aspects of noise are used in assessing the community noise environment: Rock Music Band I. Level is the magnitude or loudness of sound. Sound Piledriver (50 ft.) Ambulance Siren (100 ft.) levels are measured and expressed in decibels (dB). Ten dB is roughly equal to the threshold of hearing. Boiler Room Printing Press Plant The graphic at left shows the decibel levels associ- Garbage Disposal in the Home Inside Sports Car, 50 mph ated with different common sounds. 2. Frequency is the composition or spectrum of a Data Processing Center sound. Frequency is a measure of the pressure fluc- Department Store Private Business Office tuations per second. Light Traffic (100 ft.) 3. Variation is sound level with an added time com- Typical Minimum Nighttime Levels - Residential Areas ponent. Most community noise is produced by many distant noise sources that change gradually Recording Studio throughout the day and result in steady background noise with no identifiable source. Identifiable events Mosquito (3 ft.) of brief duration, such as aircraft flyovers, cause the community noise level to vary from instant to instant. A single number called the equivalent sound level (Leq) describes the average noise exposure level over a period of time. Transient noise events may be described by their maximum (Lmax) A -weighted noise level (dBA). Noises are produced by a variety of sources, including construction equipment and industrial activities. 9-2 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Reporting Noise Levels Measuring and reporting noise levels involves account- ing for variations in sensitivity to noise during the daytime versus nighttime hours. Noise descriptors used for analysis need to account for human sensitivity to nighttime noise. Background noise levels are generally lower at nighttime than in the daytime and outside noise intrusions are more noticeable. The Community Noise Equivalent Level (CNEL) is an indicator that reflects noise exposure over an average day with weighting to reflect the increased sensitivity to noise at night. Knowledge of the following relationships is helpful in understanding how changes in noise and noise exposure are perceived: • Except under special conditions, a change in sound level of one dB cannot be perceived; • A three dB change is considered a just noticeable difference; • A five dB change is required before any noticeable change in community response would be expected. A five dB increase is often considered a significant impact; and • A ten dB increase is subjectively heard as an approxi- mate doubling in loudness and almost always causes an adverse community response. 9.2 EXISTING NOISE SOURCES AND LEVELS Noise sources in Lodi generally fall into six source categories: traffic, railroad, airport, industry, construc- tion, and equipment. Generalized noise contours that resulted from data collection and analysis are presented in Figure 9-1. Noise contour lines are not specific boundaries of noise tolerance. A contour line denoting a 65 dBA limit, for example, does not imply that residents on one side of the line are seriously affected, while those on the other side are not. Rather, the area between 75 dBA and 65 dBA indicates that residents within this vicinity may expe- rience a high level of noise which has the potential to interfere with daily functions. Community Noise Survey A community noise survey was conducted in May 2007 at five locations throughout the Planning Area to char- acterize typical noise levels. The results of this survey are provided in Table 9-I. The highest maximum noise level from this sample was recorded at the intersection of Grant Avenue and Turner Road. All of the maximum values were recorded above 7o db, suggesting intermit- tent noise levels that could be disturbing to persons in the vicinity of the noise source. The highest average noise level was recorded at Kettleman Lane and Crescent Avenue and was one of only two locations reporting a Leq greater than 65 dBA, which suggests noise levels that may be disturbing to persons in the vicinity. This survey provides an indication of some typical noise levels that may be found in Lodi and helps to establish relevant noise standards established by General Plan policies and the City's existing noise regulations. The following section explores the sources of noise in Lodi. CHAPTER 9: NOISE 1 9-3 Existing Noise Sources Traffic As in most typical urbanized areas, the most pervasive noise sources in Lodi come from motor vehicles, including automobiles, trucks, buses, and motorcy- cles. The noise levels generated from vehicles using roads within the Planning Area are affected primarily by the number of vehicles, type of vehicles (mix of automobiles, trucks, and other large vehicles), and their speed. The existing traffic noise level contours and distances from the center of the roadways to the respective contours were computed using the Federal Highway Adminis- tration (FHWA) Traffic Noise Prediction Model.' The highest noise levels are adjacent to larger and more heavily traveled roadways including State Route (SR) 99. Noise levels that would affect noise sensitive land uses, such as residences, schools, and hospitals, also occur along major arterials, including Cherokee Lane, Lodi Avenue, and Kettleman Lane/SR-99. Railroad Several factors combine to produce railroad noises, including length of train, speed, grade, type of track, number of engines, and number of trips. Railroad noise primarily occurs from existing operations along the Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) line, which generally runs north -south through the Planning Area. The noise level contours were estimated from the center line of the railroad. At 6o feet from the railroad, the noise level is approximately 65 dBA. At aoo feet from the railroad, the noise level is approximately 6o dBA.' Notably, these noise levels do not take into account potential shielding from existing buildings. Buildings could increase the rate of attenuation over distance, depending on the specific three-dimensional configuration and layout of the buildings. Airport The greatest potential for noise intrusion occurs when aircraft land, take off, or run their engines while on the ground. The noise associated with general aviation propeller aircraft (piston and turbo -prop) is produced primarily by the propellers and secondarily from the engine and exhaust. TABLE 9-1: SHORT-TERM COMMUNITY NOISE MEASUREMENTS FOR THE PLANNING AREA Source: ESA, 2007. The model uses traffic volume, vehicle mix, vehicle speed, and roadway geometry to compute Leq. The Leq values were converted into CNEL using FHWA methodology. The traffic volumes are based on traffic data more fully described in Chapter S: Transportation. 9-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN In order to assess the existing UPRR noise levels and develop noise contours along the railroad in the City of Lodi, one long-term (7 -hour) measurement was collected. The Ldn from the measurement located So feet from the center of the railroad off of Harney lane was estimated to be 66 dBA. This measurement data, as well as an assumed attenuation rate of 3 dBA for every doubling of distance from the railroad, were used to develop the noise level contours. 2007 MEASURED SOUND LEVELS LOCATION TIME LEO(DBA) LMAX Grant Avenue & Turner Road 12:38 to 12:48 65.5 81.7 Kettleman Lane & Crescent Avenue 10:26 to 10:36 66.6 79.4 Lower Sacramento Road & Lodi Avenue 12:08 to 12:18 61.4 78.5 Stockton Street & John Blakely Park 11:03 to 11:13 58.7 72.5 Tokay Street & Virginia Avenue 11:37 to 11:47 56.0 71.0 Measurements were taken 50 feet from the center of the roadway. Source: ESA, 2007. The model uses traffic volume, vehicle mix, vehicle speed, and roadway geometry to compute Leq. The Leq values were converted into CNEL using FHWA methodology. The traffic volumes are based on traffic data more fully described in Chapter S: Transportation. 9-4 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN In order to assess the existing UPRR noise levels and develop noise contours along the railroad in the City of Lodi, one long-term (7 -hour) measurement was collected. The Ldn from the measurement located So feet from the center of the railroad off of Harney lane was estimated to be 66 dBA. This measurement data, as well as an assumed attenuation rate of 3 dBA for every doubling of distance from the railroad, were used to develop the noise level contours. FIGURE 9-1: EXISTING NOISE CONTOURS Roadway Noise Contours Railroad Noise Contours 0 60 dBA 0 60 dBA at 200 feet + a,o,odCfPS - 65 dBA 65 dBA at 60 feet o vi , i MILES ------- Sphere of Influence (2008) --- City Limits (2008) CHAPTER 9: NOISE 1 9-5 Aircraft noise affecting the Planning Area is primarily generated by from the Kingdon and Lodi airparks. Both of these airparks lie outside this General Plan's proposed urban area and are not considered substantial noise sources. The Kingdon Airpark is located about seven miles southwest of the city. This airpark is privately owned and accommodates small twin -engine airplanes and other small general aviation aircraft. Its primary use is for agricultural activities. The Lodi Airpark is located five miles southwest of the city. The facility is owned by an agricultural service firm and accommo- dates only small light aircraft. Noise contours developed for these two airports (not shown) report minimal noise impacts—less than 65db. Industrial Industrial uses are another source of noise that can have a varying impact on adjacent uses. A variety of mechani- cal equipment, generators, and vehicles all contribute to noise levels at industrial sites. Construction Construction can be another substantial, although typically short-term, source of noise. Construction is most disruptive when it takes place near sensitive land uses, or occurs at night or in early morning hours. The dominant construction equipment noise source is usually a diesel engine without sufficient muffling. In a few cases, such as impact pile driving or pavement breaking, process noise dominates. Other Equipment Several other portable or small-scale pieces of equipment may also produce noise effects. Mechanical equipment, such as pumps and fans may produce low noise levels, but continuously and for substantial distances. Rooftop or otherwise exposed mechanical equipment can also produce constant and disturbing noises. Portable power equipment, such as leaf blowers and drills, is ubiq- uitous in the modern city, and can produce very high noise levels at the location of the work. Other amplified sounds, from automotive audio equipment or loud- speakers also create noise exposure. 9-6 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN 9.3 PROJECTED NOISE SOURCES AND LEVELS Future development within the Planning Area will result in increased noise levels. The primary noise sources in Lodi will continue to come from automobile and train traffic. Future noise contours are illustrated in Figure 9-i. Potential increases in noise levels were estimated using the FHWNs Highway Traffic Noise Prediction Model and the traffic analysis completed as part of this Plan's Transportation Element. Noise level increases of three db or greater (the threshold for perceptible noise increases) are predicted along the following three streets: • Century Boulevard, between Lower Sacramento Road and Church Street; • Harney Lane, between Lower Sacramento Road and Cherokee Lane; and • Kettleman Lane, between Lower Sacramento Road and Lakeshore Drive. The actual level of impact would depend on the presence and location of any existing or proposed land uses or barriers in relation to the noise source. The General Plan seeks to reduce noise levels at the source through mitigation policies and reduce the impact on sensitive receptors. FIGURE 9-2: PROJECTED NOISE CONTOURS Roadway Noise Contours Railroad Noise Contours godCeS 60 dBA 0 60 dBA at 200 feet + a,o - 65 dBA 65 dBA at 60 feet o vz i z MILES ------- Sphere of Influence (2008) --- City Limits (2008) CHAPTER 9: NOISE 1 9-7 9.4 NOISE EXPOSURE STANDARDS State standards, and City standards established in this General Plan, are designed to protect community members and sensitive uses from noise hazards and establish criteria to mitigate noise -generating development. State Regulations Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, the Building Standards Administrative Code, contains the State Noise Insulation Standards, which specify interior noise standards for new hotels, motels, apartment houses, and dwellings other than single-family homes. Such new structures must be designed to reduce TABLE 9-2: COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE MATRIX SS outdoor noise to an interior level of no more than 45 dB in any habitable room. They require an acoustical analysis demonstrating how dwelling units have been designed to meet this interior standard where such units are proposed in areas subject to noise levels greater than 6o dB. Title 24 standards are enforced through the building permit application process. City of Lodi Noise Standards General Plan noise standards are shown in Table 9-2 and Table 9-3. In addition, the City's Noise Ordinance (Chapter 9.24 of the Municipal Code) contains general standards for evaluating noise violations. Community Noise Exposure Lan or CNEL, dB An AS 7n 7S Rn Residential - Low Density Single Family, Duplex, Mobile Homes Residential - Multifamily Transient Lodging - Motels, Hotels Schools, Libraries, Churches, Hospitals, Nursing Homes Auditorium, Concert Halls, Amphitheaters Sports Arena, Outdoor Spectator Sports Playgrounds, Neighborhood Parks Golf Courses, Riding Stables, Water Recreation, Cemeteries Office Buildings, Business Commercial and Professional Industrial, Manufacturing Utilities, Agriculture INTERPRETATION: O Normally Acceptable M Conditionally Acceptable 9-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN M Normally Unacceptable M Clearly Unacceptable INTERPRETATION: O Normally Acceptable M Conditionally Acceptable 9-8 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN M Normally Unacceptable M Clearly Unacceptable Community Noise Exposure Normally Unacceptable Table 9-2 presents the community noise exposure matrix, which explains the compatibility of land uses at various noise levels and offers criteria which the City can use to evaluate land use decisions. This matrix is adapted and slightly modified from the Office of Noise Control in the State Department of Health Services guidelines for local governments to use when setting standards for human exposure to noise and preparing noise elements for general plans. The State indicates that locating housing units in areas where exterior ambient noise levels exceed 65 dBA is undesirable. To regulate noise exposure levels, land uses are classified as being either "normally acceptable", "conditionally acceptable," "normally unacceptable," or "clearly unac- ceptable" as defined below. Normally Acceptable • Indoor Uses: Either the activities associated with the land use are inherently noisy or standard con- struction methods will sufficiently attenuate exterior noise to an acceptable level. For land use types that are compatible because of inherent noise levels, sound attenuation must be provided for associated office, retail, and other noise -sensitive indoor spaces to reduce exterior noise to an interior maximum of 5o dB CNEL. • Outdoor Uses: Outdoor activities associated with the land use may be carried out with minimal interference. Conditionally Acceptable • Indoor Uses: Noise reduction measures must be incorporated into the design of the project to atten- uate exterior noise to the indoor noise levels listed in Table 9-3. • Outdoor Uses: Noise reduction measures must be incorporated into the design of the project to attenu- ate exterior noise to the outdoor noise levels listed in Table 9-3. Acceptability is dependent upon charac- teristics of the specific use. • Indoor Uses: Extensive mitigation techniques are required to make the indoor environment acceptable for indoor activities. Noise level reductions neces- sary to attenuate exterior noise to the indoor noise levels listed in Table 9-3 are difficult to achieve and may not be feasible. • Outdoor Uses: Severe noise interference makes the outdoor environment unacceptable for outdoor activities. Noise level reductions necessary to atten- uate exterior noise to the outdoor noise levels listed in Table 9-3 are difficult to achieve and may not be feasible. Clearly Unacceptable • New construction or development should generally not be undertaken. Allowable Noise Exposure Table 9-3 indicates acceptable limits of noise for various land uses for both exterior and interior environments. These limits are based on guidelines provided by the California Office of Planning and Research. TABLE 9-3: ALLOWABLE NOISE EXPOSURE, OUTDOOR AND INTERIOR LAND USE OUTDOOR ACTIVITY AREAS' (CNEL) INTERIOR AREAS (CNEL) Residential 60 45 Motels, Hotels 60 45 Public/Semi-Public 65 45 Recreational 65 50 Commercial 65 50 Industrial 70 65 1. For non-residential uses, where an outdoor activity area is not proposed, the standard does not apply. CHAPTER 9: NOISE 1 9-9 9.5 POLICIES N -G1 Protect humans, the natural environment, and property from manmade hazards due to excessive noise exposure. N-132 Protect sensitive uses, including schools, hospitals, and senior care facilities, from excessive noise. N -P1 Control and mitigate noise at the source where feasible, as opposed to at the receptor end. not permit new uses likely to produce high levels of noise (above 65db) from locating in or adjacent to areas with existing or planned noise -sensitive uses. N -P5 Noise sensitive uses, such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes, proposed in areas that have noise exposure levels of "conditionally acceptable" and higher must complete an acoustical study, prepared by a professional acoustic engineer. This study should specify the appropriate noise mitigation features to be included in the design and construction of these uses, to achieve interior noise levels consistent with Table 9-3. N -P2 Encourage the control of noise through N-1136 site design, building design, landscaping, hours of operation, and other techniques for new development deemed to be noise generators. N -P3 Use the noise and land use compatibil- ity matrix (Table 9-2) and allowable noise exposure levels (Table 9-3) as review criteria for all new land uses. Incorporate noise attenuation measures for all projects that have noise exposure levels of "conditionally acceptable" and higher. These may include: • Fagades constructed with substantial weight and insulation; • Sound -rated windows in habitable rooms; • Sound -rated doors in all exterior entries; • Active cancellation; • Acoustic baffling of vents for chimneys, fans and gable ends; • Ventilation system affording comfort under closed -window conditions; and • Double doors and heavy roofs with ceilings of two layers of gypsum board on resilient channels to meet the highest noise level reduction requirements. N -P4 Discourage noise sensitive uses such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes from locating in areas with noise levels above 65db. Conversely, do 9-10 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN Where substantial traffic noise increases (to above 70db) are expected, such as on Lower Sacramento Road or Harney Lane, as shown on the accompanying graphic, require a minimum 12 -foot setback for noise -sensi- tive land uses, such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes. Minimum setback of 12 feet for noise -sensitive land uses. N -P7 Require developers of potentially noise -gen- erating new developments to mitigate the noise impacts on adjacent properties as a condition of permit approval. This should be achieved through appropriate means, such as: • Dampening or actively canceling noise sources; • Increasing setbacks for noise sources from adjacent dwellings; • Using soundproofing materials and double - glazed windows; • Screening and controlling noise sources, such as parking and loading facilities, outdoor activities, and mechanical construction methods such as insulation, equipment; soundproofing, staggered studs, double • Using open space, building orientation and drywall layers, and double walls. design, landscaping and running water to mask sounds; and • Controlling hours of operation, including deliveries and trash pickup. N -P8 Update Noise Ordinance regulations to address allowed days and hours of construc- tion, types of work, construction equipment (including noise and distance thresholds), notification of neighbors, and sound attenua- tion devices. N -P9 Develop and implement noise reduction measures when undertaking improvements, extensions, or design changes to City streets where feasible and appropriate. N -P10 Encourage transit agencies and rail companies to develop and apply noise reduction technologies for their vehicles to reduce the noise and vibration impacts of bus and rail traffic. N-Pii Coordinate with the California Public Utilities Commission and other pertinent agencies and stakeholders to determine the feasibil- ity of development a railroad "quiet zone" in downtown, which would prohibit trains from sounding their horns. N-11312 Restrict the use of sound walls as a noise attenuation method to sites adjacent to State Route (SR) 99, the railroad, and industrial uses east of SR -99. N -P13 Ensure that new equipment and vehicles purchased by the City of Lodi are equipped with the best available noise reduction technology. N-11314 Reduce vibration impacts on noise -sen- sitive land uses (such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes) adjacent to the railroad, SR -99, express- ways, and near noise -generating industrial uses. This may be achieved through site planning, setbacks, and vibration -reduction CHAPTER 9: NOISE 1 9-11 Page intentionally left blank. 9-12 1 LODI GENERAL PLAN This chapter describes the general respon- sibilities of the City, other public agencies, and organizations, for policy implemen- tation described in the General Plan. The primary implementation tool for the land use proposals will be administra- tion of the Zoning Ordinance through the Zoning Map. Public improvements will be prioritized through the Capital Improvements Program. This chapter also describes financing mechanisms for funding infrastructure and other public facility improvements. The implementing policies listed in each Plan element represent the implementation programs and will be used as the basis for the annual review of the General Plan. A-1 A.1 RESPONSIBILITIES Implementing the General Plan will involve the City Council, the Planning Commission, other City boards and commissions, and City departments. The City also will need to consult with San Joaquin County depart- ments, adjacent cities, and other public agencies about implementation proposals that affect their respective areas of jurisdiction. The principal responsibilities that City officials and staff have for Plan implementation are briefly summarized below. City of Lodi City Council The City Council establishes local laws, sets policies, approves programs, appropriates funds, and supervises the operations of City government. The City Council appoints the City Manager who is its key staff advisor and has overall responsibility for the day-to-day imple- mentation of the Plan. The City Council also appoints the Planning Commission and other boards and com- missions established under the Municipal Code. The City Council is responsible for adoption of the General Plan and any amendments to it. The City Council will set implementation priorities and approve the Zoning Map and Zoning Ordinance, consistent with the General Plan, and a Capital Improvement Program and budget to carry out the Plan. The Council also approves development projects consistent with the General Plan. Planning Commission Acting as the City zoning body, the Planning Commis- sion has the power to advise the City Council on many critical actions related to the General Plan including to: prepare, review, and revise the General Plan; implement the General Plan through the administration of specific plans and Zoning and Subdivision ordinances; annually review the City's Capital Improvement Program for consistency with the General Plan; promote the public awareness of the Plan and relevant regulations; consult with and advise public officials and agencies, public A-2 I LODI GENERAL PLAN utility companies, civic, educational, professional, and other organizations, and community members con- cerning implementation of the Plan; and promote the coordination of local plans and programs with those of other public agencies. City Attorney Office The City Attorney is the legal advisor for the City Council, the City Manager, City officials, and depart- ment heads. The City Attorney represents the City in litigation and reviews all legal documents, including ordinances, resolutions, leases, contracts, and deeds, and approves each as to form. Community Development Department The Community Development Department has primary responsibility for administering the laws, reg- ulations and requirements that pertain to the physical development of the city. Tasks include administering planning and building permit procedures, providing public information, performing building and code enforcement inspections, maintaining complete public records on planning and building projects and issuing necessary permits, certificates, approvals and enforce- ment citations. Finally, the Department will have the primary responsibility for preparing the annual report on the General Plan. (These reporting requirements are described in Chapter is Introduction.) Planning Division The Planning Division performs two major activities: current and advanced planning. Specific duties related to General Plan implementation include preparing zoning and subdivision ordinance amendments, reviewing development applications, making reports and recommendations on planning and land use, zoning, subdivisions, design review, development plans and environmental controls. Planning staff work with developers to help them meet the standards adopted by the City Council. The Planning Division provides staff to the Planning Commission and the Site Plan & Archi- tectural Review Committee. Building Division This Division provides implementation assistance with regard to the Uniform Building, Plumbing, and Elec- trical Codes for contractors, developers, and property owners. The Division guides people in meeting the requirements for building construction. The Division will also be responsible for advising code changes, such as enabling green building and sustainability measures. Neighborhood Services Division The efforts of this Division provide for the overall coor- dination of services and programs for neighborhood improvement. Particular emphasis is focused on the improvement and maintenance of housing. A major effort of this division is the administration of the City's Community Development Block Grant program and related federal and state housing initiatives. The staff works closely with the Lodi Improvement Committee in developing programs to improve the quality of life for Lodi residents. Electric Utility Department The Electric Utility Department is responsible for acquiring power supply and managing a system of poles, transformers, and lines to distribute that supply through- out the City. The Department will lead implementation of energy conservation programs and renewable energy policies as specified in the General Plan. Internal Services Department The Finance Division is responsible for managing all financial aspects of City finance operations. The Division provides financial and other support services including: financial planning, preparation of the Financial Plan and Budget document, accounting, cashier services, investment, billing and tax administration, purchasing, collection services and mail processing. The Division is responsible for preparation and management of the Annual Budget and Annual Financial Report. The Division also complies with state and federal require- ments involving filing of reports and information regarding City finances. Fire Department The Lodi Fire Department provides a wide range of emergency and non -emergency services to the citizens of the community. These services include: fire suppres- sion, emergency medical services, hazardous materials response, technical rescue, fire prevention, public education, and related safety services. Along with the Police Department, the Fire Department is responsible for implementing public safety policies described in the Growth Management and Infrastructure, and Safety elements. Parks and Recreation The Parks and Recreation Department manages the City's parks, open space, and recreation facilities and operates year-round leisure, and community services programs. The Department will have the lead role in programming of park and open spaces and other imple- menting policies outlined in the Parks, Open Space, and Recreation Element. Assisting the Department in an advisory capacity is the Council -appointed Parks and Recreation Commission. Police Department The Police Department's basic responsibility is to protect and serve the public and property within Lodi. The Department has several specialized units, such as inves- tigations, narcotics, gang intelligence, drug suppression, crime prevention, K-9, Special Weapons and Tactics, and traffic units. Along with the Fire Department, the Police Department is responsible for implementing public safety policies described in the Growth Manage- ment and Infrastructure, and Safety elements. Public Works Department The Public Works Department is composed of five divisions providing a variety of services in the City in terms of infrastructure, utilities, and transit. The Department also oversees the solid waste collection franchise and manages most property acquisitions. The Department will take the lead in the implemen- tation of many of the General Plan's sustainability initiatives. It will also have specific implementation APPENDIX A: IMPLEMENTATION I A-3 responsibilities for portions of the Land Use; Growth Management and Infrastructure; Transportation; Con- servation; Community Design and Livability; and Safety elements. Engineering Division The Engineering Division plans, designs, prepares plans and specifications, and oversees the construction of streets, traffic signals, storm drains, sanitary sewers, City wells, and water lines. Street Division The Street Division is responsible for the street and storm drain facilities, which includes general maintenance and repairs to streets, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, storm drain lines, pumping stations, traffic and street name signs, and traffic signals. This division is also responsible for street sweeping, graffiti removal, and tree planting and trimming. Water/Wastewater Division The Water/Wastewater Division maintains the City wells, water mains, water meters, wastewater mains, and pumping stations. The City's White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility on Thornton Road is also part of this Division. The Division also conducts public education on water quality and conservation. Fleet and Facilities Division The Fleet and Facilities Division has the responsibility of maintaining City Hall, Carnegie Forum, the Public Safety Building, the Municipal Service Center, and other public buildings. It oversees all phases of remod- eling and construction projects on these buildings and does the general maintenance and repair of heating, air conditioning, electrical, and mechanical systems within most City buildings. This Division also maintains most City vehicles and major equipment. A-4 I LODI GENERAL PLAN Transit Division The Transit Division is responsible for the City's transit system, which is operated by a contractor, and for obtaining transportation funding. Community Center This department provides development and implemen- tation of programming related to the City's community center at Hutchins Street Square, including arts, culture, and recreation activities. Other Boards and Committees The City has established several other boards and committees, some of which will be involved in Plan implementation in their respective areas of expertise. These may include: Greater Lodi Area Youth Commis- sion, Library Board of Trustees, Lodi Arts Commission, Lodi Improvement Committee, Lodi Senior Citizens Committee, Parks and Recreation Commission, and Site Plan and Architectural Review Committee. The General Plan does not envision any substantive change in the responsibilities assigned to these boards and committees. Each body may be administering new or amended regulations adopted pursuant to Plan policies; actions will need to be consistent with the General Plan. Regional, State, Federal, and Private Lodi Unified School District The Lodi Unified School District, led by the School Board, manages the public schools in the Lodi, as well as North Stockton, Woodbridge, Victor, Lockeford, and Clements. Within the School District, the Facil- ities and Planning Department identifies the need for new schools, determines school site locations, plans and constructs modernization projects and additions to existing schools, and builds new facilities as approved by the Board of Education. The department is also responsible for enrollment projections and school atten- dance boundaries. joint -use of parks and playgrounds, as proposed in the Parks, Open Space, and Recreation Element, and school facility needs and precise locations discussed in the Growth Management and Infrastruc- ture Element will require coordination between the School District and the Planning Division. San Joaquin County San Joaquin County contains seven cities, including Lodi, as well as unincorporated land. Its Board of Supervisors has jurisdiction only in the unincorporated portions of the county. The County initiates a variety of programs, including health and human services, emergency management, and recreation. Beginning in 2008, the County initiated a General Plan Update. This Plan will include broad goals, policies and implementa- tion actions on subjects including land use, economic development, transportation, infrastructure, agricul- ture, and environmental resources. Coordination with San Joaquin County will be important regarding any regional planning implications and the establishment and maintenance of an agricultural/open space buffer in the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area. San Joaquin Council of Governments The San Joaquin Council of Governments (SJCOG) serves as the regional transportation planning agency (a State designation), the region's metropolitan planning organization (a federal designation), and the local transportation authority. SJCOG is responsible for the Regional Transportation Plan, a comprehensive plan covering transit, roads, airports, ports, rail, bicycle and pedestrian facilities. It administers funds to local jurisdictions and transit agencies, including the local transportation sales tax program (Measure K), based on this Plan. SJCOG also oversees the Multi -Species Habitat and Open Space Conservation Plan for San Joaquin County. Lastly, SJCOG collaborated with each of the region's eight counties, the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District, and the Great Valley Center on the San Joaquin Valley Blueprint Planning Process, a regional land use program projected through the year 2050. Woodbridge Irrigation District The Woodbridge Irrigation District (WID) provides water to agricultural customers in Woodbridge, Thornton and areas west and south of Lodi. WID has water rights to 6o,000 acre-feet per year, provided that Pardee Reservoir has sufficient inflow. In addition to agricultural customers, the City has an agreement with WID to purchase 6,000 acre-feet per year of surface water to supplement groundwater supplies; and to maintain the Storm Drainage Discharge Agreement governing City drainage discharges to the WID. The District owns and operates a canal that runs through the city, which the General Plan identifies as a potential walking and biking trail. It will be essential that the City coordinate with the District about this amenity, surface water supplies, and storm drainage discharge, as described in the Growth Management and Infrastruc- ture Element. San Joaquin Regional Transit District San Joaquin Regional Transit District provides public transit services in the county, including bus routes offering service between downtown Lodi and Stockton. Union Pacific Railroad and Central California Traction Company Union Pacific owns the right-of-way along the north - south railroad tracks adjacent to Sacramento Street. The rail line serves 23 western states as well as Mexico and Canada. The Central California Traction Company is the short line operator for the Port of Stockton. Located along the eastern edge of the city, the line operates 52 miles of freight service between Stockton and Lodi. The City must coordinate with Union Pacific and the Central California Traction Company about crossings and noise mitigations that the City pursues as part of the General Plan. Amtrak Amtrak provides national passenger rail service and serves Lodi with a station located downtown, on Sac- ramento Street. The San Joaquin route serves Lodi Station, with destinations in Oakland, Sacramento, and APPENDIX A: IMPLEMENTATION I A-5 Bakersfield. In 2oo9, six trains (or thruway motorcoach buses) operated each day. California Department of Public Health California Department of Public Health is respon- sible for monitoring and identifying community health problems; investigating health hazards in the community; and partnering with communities to educate and empower community members to maintain healthy behaviors. Regulations and programs provided by this agency will affect implementation of the General Plan's water quality policies. Altamont Commuter Express The Altamont Commuter Express (ACE) is a commuter train that runs between Stockton and San Jose. The San Joaquin Regional Rail Commission is the owner/ operator for the ACE service, overseeing the day-to-day management, planning and support services necessary to operate the trains. As Lodi improves access to rail and transit ridership increases, cooperation with this agency will be essential. Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board The purpose of California's Regional Water Quality Control Boards are to protect the quality of the waters within the for all beneficial uses. This duty is imple- mented by formulating and adopting water quality plans for specific ground or surface water basins and by prescribing and enforcing requirements on all agricul- tural, domestic and industrial waste discharges. A-6 I LODI GENERAL PLAN California Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation, or "Caltrans", is the State agency that owns and operates freeways and state routes that provide access to and through the city, including I -S, State Route (SR) 99 and SR iz (Kettleman Lane). Coordination between the City and Caltrans is critical, particularly along Kettleman Lane and highway interchanges. California Environmental Protection Agency The California Environmental Protection Agency is charged with developing, implementing and enforcing the state's environmental protection laws that ensure clean air, clean water, clean soil, safe pesticides, and waste recycling and reduction. It includes several sub agencies that have jurisdiction over environmental elements in Lodi, including: • Department of Toxic Substance Control; • Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB): Lodi is part of the Central Valley RWQCB; • Air Resources Board; and • California Integrated Waste Management Board. A.2 THE PLAN AND REGULATORY SYSTEM The City will use a variety of regulatory mechanisms and administrative procedures to implement the General Plan. Under California law, Lodi is required to have the Zoning Ordinance be consistent with the General Plan. In fact, the consistency requirement is the keystone of Plan implementation. Without a con- sistency requirement, there is no assurance that Plan policies will be implemented and that environmental resources earmarked for protection in the Plan will be preserved. Other regulatory mechanisms, including sub- division approvals, building and housing codes, capital improvement programs, and environmental review pro- cedures will be used to implement Plan policies. The General Plan will also serve as a basis for action on indi- vidual development applications, which must be found to be consistent with the General Plan if they are to be approved. Zoning Regulations The City's Zoning Ordinance (contained in Title 17 of the Municipal Code) will translate plan policies into specific use regulations, development standards, and performance criteria that will govern development on individual properties. The General Plan establishes the policy framework, while the Zoning Ordinance prescribes standards, rules, and procedures for develop- ment. The Zoning Map will provide more detail than the General Plan Diagram. The use regulations and development standards for existing zoning districts will need to be amended to conform to Plan policies. The City will bring both the Zoning Ordinance and the Zoning Map into confor- mance with the General Plan. When the General Plan is amended in the future, the Zoning Ordinance and Zoning Map also may need to be amended to maintain consistency between the Plan and zoning. Subdivision Regulations No subdivision of land may be approved under Califor- nia law and the City's Subdivision Regulations unless its design and proposed improvements are found to be consistent with the General Plan. The City's Subdivi- sion Regulations (contained in Title 16 of the Municipal Code) will need to be updated to conform to the updated General Plan policies. Building and Housing Codes No building permit may be issued under California law (Gov. Code Section 65567) unless the proposed devel- opment is consistent with the City's open space plan (contained in the Parks, Open Space, and Recreation Element and the Conservation Element). APPENDIX A: IMPLEMENTATION I A-7 A.3 POLICY IMPLEMENTATION IMPLEMENTATION RESPONSIBILITIES Table A -i on the following pages summarizes imple- menting policies presented in each element of the General Plan. (Note, the Housing Element contains its own implementation program.) Each policy has one or more corresponding responsible agencies or City departments. These are coded as shown in the "Implementation Responsibilities" table below. In the final column of Table A -i, an implementation schedule specifies the short- or long-term nature of implemen- tation actions: ongoing, o -S years, 6-ro years, or ii-zo years. As discussed in Chapter is Introduction, the City is required to submit an annual report to the City Council and the State regarding the status of the General Plan and progress in its implementation. This section can be used to monitor and report on this progress. A-8 I LODI GENERAL PLAN DEPARTMENT/AGENCY CODE City of Lodi City Council CC Planning Commission PC City Attorney's Office CA City Manager's Office CM Community Development Department CD Planning Division Building Division Neighborhood Services Division Electric Utility Department Internal Services Department PL BL NS EU IS Fire Department FD Parks and Recreation PR Police Department PD Public Works Department PW Engineering Division ED Water/Wastewater Division WW Fleet and Facilities Division FF Transit Division TR Community Center COM Regional, State, Federal, and Private Lodi Unified School District LUSD San Joaquin County SJC San Joaquin Council of Governments SJCOG Woodbridge Irrigation District WID San Joaquin Regional Transit District SJRTD Union Pacific Railroad and Central California Traction Company UP Amtrak AMTRK Altamont Commuter Express ACE California Department of Public Health CDPH Central Valley Regional Water Quality Control Board CVRWQCB California Department of Transportation DOT California Environmental Protection Agency EPA TABLE A-1: IMPLEMENTATION MATRIX IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS Chapter 2: Land Use LU -P1 Update the City's Zoning Ordinance and Subdivision Regulations contained in the Municipal Code for PL, PC, CC consistency with the General Plan, including the General Plan Diagram. Zoning changes that will need to be made include: • Establishment of new base districts, consistent with the land use classifications in the General Plan, such as for mixed-use centers, corridors and downtown; and • New development regulations that reflect policy direction contained throughout the General Plan (e.g. parking standards). LU -P2 Require sites designated for mixed-use development downtown, corridors, and in new neighborhood PL, PC centers to be developed with a variety of residential and non-residential uses, in accordance with the General Plan designation. LU -P3 Do not allow development at less than the minimum density prescribed by each residential land use PL, PC category, without rebalancing the overall plan to comply with the "no net loss provisions of state housing law." LU -P4 Maintain the highest development intensities downtown, and in mixed-use corridors and centers, with PL, PC adequate transition to Low -Density Residential neighborhoods. LU -P5 Maintain a centralized economic development and land information system to continually monitor land PL use availability, ensuring sufficient land for appropriate use designations, development intensities and locations. LU -P6 Locate new medium- and high-density development adjacent to parks or other open space, in order PL, PR to maximize residents' access to recreational uses; or adjacent to mixed-use centers or neighborhood commercial developments, to maximize access to services. LU -P7 Encourage new neighborhood commercial facilities and supermarkets in locations that maximize acces- PL sibility to all residential areas. LU -P8 Permit child-care centers in all districts except Industrial. PL • Regulations would also need to be in accordance with criteria for family day care homes established in Chapter 3.4 and Chapter 3.6, Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code. LU -P9 Focus new business park growth in the southeast portion of the city and new industrial growth along the PL, PC two railroad lines, as shown in the Land Use Diagram. LU -P10 Allow employee -serving amenities and services such as restaurants, cafes, dry cleaners, and other PL complementary uses in Business Park areas. LU -P11 Promote clustering of industrial uses into areas that have common needs and are compatible in order to PL, CM, PC maximize their efficiency. Work closely with industry contacts to identify specific needs to be addressed through development standards. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS LU -P12 Prioritize economic development activities on potential growth industries that are appropriate for Lodi, CM including retail and tourism, as well as office/industrial users in need of large parcels. LU -P13 Continue to publish a handbook and/or fact sheets of permitting procedures and fees for new and exist- CD,PW ing businesses. LU -P14 Partner with business and community groups to proactively pursue companies and industries and to CM implement economic development programs. LU -P15 Continue efforts to locate a hotel in conjunction with or in proximity to Hutchins Street Square. PL, CM LU -P16 Promote downtown as the center of tourism, business, social, and civic life by directing high intensity PL, PC office uses, government, and entertainment uses to locate downtown. LU -P17 Establish land use regulations and development standards in the Zoning Code to reinforce Downtown's PL, PC assets and traditional development pattern. These should include: • Extending the Downtown Mixed Use classification to parcels along Main Street on the Eastside to improve connectivity, while retaining the respective identities of downtown and the Eastside. • Establishing maximum set -backs or build -to lines for development in areas designated Downtown Mixed Use. • Requiring retail, eating and drinking establishments, or other similar active uses except for sites designated Public at the ground level. Alleyway corners shall be "wrapped" with retail uses as well. LU -P18 Encourage medium- and high-density residential development in downtown by permitting residential PL, PC uses at upper levels; and east and northwest of downtown, as depicted on the Land Use Diagram, by identifying vacant and underutilized sites that are appropriate for redevelopment. LU -P19 Maintain parking regulations for downtown that are lower than elsewhere in the city, reflecting its posi- PL tion as a pedestrian- and transit -friendly center. LU -P20 Expand the Downtown Parking District to include the Downtown Mixed Use area in order to consolidate PL, PC, CC parking areas. Require all development within these boundaries to either meet the established off-street parking requirements or contribute an appropriate share to the Downtown Parking District. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS LU -P21 Allow an appropriate range of single uses or mixed-use development, with use requirements/mixes as PL, PC follows: • Kettleman Lane. Allow any mix of uses as permitted within the Mixed Use Corridor classification. Ensure that residential uses are sited at upper levels or, if at ground level, then not directly facing the highly trafficked Kettleman Lane. • Cherokee Lane. Require that any new development/redevelopment of sites with Mixed Use designation south of Tokay Street to devote at least one-quarter of the built-up area to commercial or business park uses, while allowing the full spectrum of single or mixed -uses permitted within the designation. • Lodi and Central avenues. Require any development or redevelopment of sites to have active uses, retail, restaurants, cafes, and personal service establishments fronting the streets at the ground level. A range of compatible uses, such as residential or office, may be located at upper levels and in portions not fronting the streets. LU -P22 Promote infill development that maintains the scale and character of established neighborhoods. PC, PL LU -P23 Establish bulk and Floor Area Ratio standards for older residential neighborhoods surrounding Down- PL town to preserve their character. LU -P24 Guide new residential development into compact neighborhoods with a defined Mixed -Use Center, PL, PC including public open space, a school or other community facilities, and neighborhood commercial development. LU -P25 Require a centrally located Mixed -Use Center within each new residential neighborhood: one west of PL, PC Lower Sacramento Road and two south of Harney Lane, as shown on the Land Use Diagram. Centers should serve as a focal point for the surrounding neighborhood, be pedestrian -oriented and encourage a mix of uses to serve local needs. LU -1326 Require a master or specific plan in areas with a Mixed -Use Center and adjacent complementary uses, PL, PC as a condition of subdivision approval. Uses should include neighborhood commercial, civic and institu- tional uses, parks, plazas, and open space consistent with Land Use Diagram (unless any of these uses are found infeasible and/or alternative locations are available to carry out mixed-use policies). Streets should adhere to the pattern depicted on the Land Use Diagram. LU -P27 Provide for a full range of housing types within new neighborhoods, including minimum requirements for PL small -lot single family homes, townhouses, duplexes, triplexes, and multi -family housing. Chapter 3: Growth Management and Infrastructure GM -P1 Define Lodi's southern boundary and establish limits on development to the south through the establish- PC, CC, SJC ment the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area. Cooperate with San Joaquin County, the San Joaquin County Local Agency Formation Commission and property owners to ensure maintenance of this area as a separator from the City of Stockton. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS GM -P2 Target new growth into identified areas, extending south, west, and southeast. Ensure contiguous PL, PC development by requiring development to conform to phasing described in Figure 3-1. Enforce phasing through permitting and infrastructure provision. Development may not extend to Phase 2 until Phase 1 has reached 75% of development potential (measured in acres) and development may not extend to Phase 3 until Phase 2 has reached 75% of development potential. In order to respond to market changes in the demand for various land use types, exemptions may be made to allow for development in future phases before these thresholds in the previous phase have been reached. GM -P3 Use the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance as a mechanism to even out the pace, diversity, PL, PC, CC and direction of growth. Update the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance to reflect phasing and desired housing mix. Because unused allocations carry over, as of 2007, 3,268 additional permits were available. Therefore, the Growth Management Allocation Ordinance will not restrict growth, but simply even out any market extremes. GM -P4 Update allocation of units by density to ensure that development density occurs as recommended in PL, PC Chapter 2: Land Use. For instance, approved permits should be allocated to provide 44% of permits for low density, 28% medium density, and 27% high density/ mixed use housing during Phase 1. This repre- sents a shift towards slightly more medium and high density housing in Lodi. GM -P5 Update impact fee system to balance the need to sufficiently fund needed facilities and services without PW, CD, CC penalizing multifamily housing or infill development. GM -P6 Annex areas outside the existing sphere of influence to conform with development needs for Phase PL, PC, CC 1, Phase 2, and Phase 3. Subsequent phases shall be annexed as current phases reach development thresholds. GM -P7 Use Eminent Domain only for the acquisition of land for public facilities, as set forth by Ordinance 1775. PL, PC, CC GM -P8 Ensure that public facilities and infrastructure including water supply, sewer, and stormwater facilities are ED, WW designed to meet projected capacity requirements to avoid the need for future replacement and upsiz- ing, pursuant to the General Plan and relevant master planning. GM -P9 Coordinate extension of sewer service, water service, and stormwater facilities into new growth areas WW, ED, PL concurrent with development phasing. Decline requests for extension of water and sewer lines beyond the city limit prior to the relevant development phase and approve development plans and water system extension only when a dependable and adequate water supply for the development is assured. GM -P10 Develop new facilities and rehabilitate existing facilities as needed to serve existing development and PW, PL expected development, in accordance with the General Plan and relevant infrastructure master plans. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS GM -P11 Prepare master plan documents as necessary during the planning period to address the infrastructure WW needs of existing and projected growth, and to determine appropriate infrastructure provision for each phase. Existing master plan documents should be used until new master plans are developed, and updates should occur as follows: • A sanitary sewer system master plan should be undertaken soon after General Plan adoption. In particular, this master plan should address how to best provide sewer service for the growth on the east side of the city and for infill development, and to determine if additional wastewater flows will need to be diverted into the proposed South Wastewater Trunk Line. • A citywide stormwater master plan should be prepared soon after General Plan adoption to confirm or revise existing planning studies. • A White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility master plan should be completed during the early stages of Phase 1, most likely in 2013 or 2014. • A recycled water master plan was prepared in May 2008 and is current as of 2009. It may be appropriate to update this document when the next WSWPCF master plan is prepared, in 2013 or 2014, to evaluate the feasibility of constructing a scalping plant to provide recycled water for use within the city. • A potable water supply and distribution master plan is not urgently needed, as of 2009. Future planning should be completed as necessary. • The Urban Water Management Plan should be updated on a five year basis in compliance with State of California mandated requirements. Future plans should be developed in 2010, 2015, 2020, 2025, and 2030. GM -P12 Require water conservation in both City operations and private development to minimize the need for the WW, BL development of new water sources and facilities. To the extent practicable, promote water conservation and reduced water demand by: • Requiring the installation of non -potable water (recycled or gray water) infrastructure for irrigation of landscaped areas over one acre of new landscape acreage, where feasible. Conditions of approval shall require connection and use of nonpotable water supplies when available at the site. • Encouraging water -conserving landscaping, including the use of drought -tolerant and native plants, xeriscaping, use of evapotranspiration water systems, and other conservation measures. • Encouraging retrofitting of existing development with water -efficient plumbing fixtures, such as ultra low -flow toilets, waterless urinals, low -flow sinks and showerheads, and water -efficient dishwashers and washing machines. GM -P13 Support on-site gray water and rainwater harvesting systems for households and businesses. WW, BL, CVR- WQCB • The City should develop a strategy for the legal, effective, and safe implementation of gray water and rainwater harvesting systems, including amendment of the Building Code as appropriate to permit gray water and provision of technical assistance and educational programming to help residents implement gray water and rainwater harvesting strategies. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS GM -P14 Continue to implement the Water Meter Retrofit Program (consistent with State requirements as indi- WW, ED cated in AB 2572), whereby all existing non -metered connections would be retrofitted with a water meter. This program is expected to be completed in 2015. GM -P15 Require water meters in all new and rehabilitated development. WW, BL GM -P16 Monitor water usage and conservation rates resulting from the meter progress to verify if water demand WW assumptions are correct. If actual usage and conservation rates vary from planning assumptions, reas- sess requirements for future water resources. GM -P17 Cooperate with Northeastern San Joaquin County Groundwater Banking Authority, other member water WW, CM, SJC, agencies, and the Woodbridge Irrigation District to retain surface water rights and groundwater supply. WID GM -P18 Explore a program of complete wastewater reclamation and reuse at the White Slough Water Pollution WW Control Facility. GM -P19 Encourage the use of tertiary treated wastewater for irrigation of agricultural lands, large landscaped ar- WW eas, and recreation/open space areas within close proximity to the White Slough Water Pollution Control Facility. GM -P20 Continue to improve waste diversion rates through recycling and resource conservation measures. Sup- ED port waste reduction and recycling programs through public education. GM -P21 Locate additional schools to fill any existing gaps in capacity and meet the needs of existing and new PL, LUSD residents. Provide needed facilities concurrent with phased development. GM -P22 Coordinate with Lodi Unified School District in monitoring housing, population, and enrollment trends PL, LUSD and evaluating their effects on future school facility needs. GM -P23 Phase school development as part of new residential growth to provide adequate school facilities, with- PL, LUSD out exceeding capacity of existing schools. Schools should be provided consistent with the Lodi Unified School District's School Facilities Master Plan, which defines student generation rates. GM -P24 Support all necessary and reasonable efforts by Lodi Unified School District to obtain funding for capital LUSD, CC improvements required to meet school facility needs, including adoption and implementation of local financing mechanisms, such as community facility districts, and the assessment of school impact fees. GM -P25 Locate any additional library branches to ensure all neighborhoods are served, in particular in the East- PL side neighborhood and in proposed mixed use centers. GM -P26 Develop a Fire and Police Services Master Plan that would establish thresholds and requirements for FD, PD fire and police facilities, staffing, and building features. The Fire and Police Services Master Plan should consider the following: • Typical nature and type of calls for service; • Fire prevention and mitigation measures, such as sprinklers, fire retardant materials, and alarms; • Appropriate measures for determining adequate levels of service; and • Locations and requirements for additional facilities and staffing. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS GM -P27 Maintain sufficient fire and police personnel and facilities to ensure maintenance of acceptable levels of FD, PD service. Provide needed facilities concurrent with phased development. Chapter 4: Community Design and Livability Policies CD -P1 Incentivize infill housing within the Downtown Mixed Use district and along Mixed Use Corridors through PL, PC the development review, permitting and fee processes. CD -P2 Ensure that Zoning and Subdivision ordinances include measures that guide infill development to be PL compatible with the scale, character and identity of adjacent development. CD -P3 Ensure that the Zoning Ordinance includes measures to promote fine-grain development along retail PL and mixed-use streets, using horizontal and vertical building articulation that engages pedestrians and breaks up building mass. CD -P4 Ensure that the Zoning Ordinance includes measures to promote durable and high quality building PL, BL materials and high standards of construction for longevity and reduced maintenance costs over time, especially for buildings in high -pedestrian activity areas, such as downtown, along Mixed Use Corridors, and in Mixed Use Centers. CD -P5 Configure parking areas to balance a vital pedestrian environment with automobile convenience. Park- PL, ED ing areas should be: • Located in locations less visible from the sidewalk behind buildings and away from the street edge, especially along Mixed Use Corridors and Centers, and principal downtown streets. Where a lot faces two streets, parking lots should be accessible by side road. • Sized and located to take advantage of shared parking opportunities. • Accommodating to pedestrians and bicycle traffic with pedestrian -only pathways through parking areas. • Landscaped to achieve fifty percent (50%) shade coverage at tree maturity. Architectural elements such as trellises and awnings may also contribute to shade coverage. •Buffered from adjacent uses and pedestrians through the use of low walls and hedges. CD -P6 Update downtown regulations in the Zoning Ordinance: PL, PC Establish a Downtown District to encompass the area shown as Downtown Mixed Use in the Land Use Diagram (Chapter 2, Figure 2-1). Require active uses such as retail, eating and drinking establishments at the ground level for the area shown in Figure 4-5. Update allowable uses to permit residential uses on upper levels on all streets in downtown. CD -P7 Extend downtown streetscape treatment to embrace the entire area where ground -level retail is required, PL, ED especially streetscape treatment for streets east of the railroad in the Downtown Mixed Use district. The elements should be consistent with the existing downtown streetscape, but should identify the eastern section as a unique area within downtown. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS CD -P8 Require active uses or pedestrian oriented design in alleyways located in the downtown area to establish PL, ED retail and pedestrian connections, particularly where alleyways connect retail streets (such as between School Street and Sacramento Street) or retail to parking (such as between School Street and Church Street). Other pedestrian oriented design may include pedestrian only walkways, high quality paving, landscap- ing, lighting, seating, or other similar features. CD -P9 Continue to use the Eastside Mobility and Access Plan as a means of connecting downtown and the PL, PW Eastside neighborhood. CD -P10 Incentivize rehabilitation and adaptive reuse of buildings, especially east of the railroad, particularly on PL, PC Main and Stockton streets in the Downtown Mixed Use district, through development review, permitting and fee processes. CD -P11 Establish development standards in the Zoning Ordinance for Mixed Use Corridors that create a PL, PC pedestrian -scaled environment: • Require a minimum percentage of the frontage of sites along Lodi and Central avenues to be devoted to active uses. Ensure that depth and height of the provided space is adequate to accommodate a variety of tenants and provide flexibility for the future. • Maintain a consistent building base/streetwall along majority of site frontage along all Mixed Use Corridors except Kettleman and Cherokee lanes, with minimum height ranging from 15 to 25 feet, depending on the scale and character of the corridor, with taller streetwall along wider corridors. • Along Sacramento Street, and Lodi and Central avenues, require new development to be built to the street edge, with parking located in the rear. • Require buildings to be finely articulated and visually engaging. • For properties located at key intersections in particular the intersections of Lodi Avenue and Central Avenue, Lodi Avenue and School Street, and Lodi Avenue and Sacramento Street require appropriate design features, including: buildings that punctuate the corner with design elements and/or projects that provide additional public or pedestrian amenities (such as the inclusion of plazas). CD -P12 Provide incentives, through the development review, permitting and fee processes, to redevelop under- PL, PW, PC utilized commercial properties located within the Mixed Use Corridors. CD -P13 To provide development flexibility, consider incorporating overall development intensity measures (such PL as floor area ratio) for all non-residential and residential uses, rather than regulating density/intensity separately. CD -P14 Minimize pavement widths (curb -to -curb) along Mixed Use Corridors to prioritize pedestrian and bicycle ED movement, while ensuring adequate street width for traffic flow. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS CD -P15 Improve or maintain streetscapes, along Mixed Use Corridors. Streetscape improvements could be ED, PL implemented through a city streetscape program. Amenities may include: • Street trees • Wide sidewalks • Special paving • Street lighting • Seating • Info kiosks, particularly in the downtown area • Open bus stop shelters • Bicycle racks CD -P16 Provide continuous street trees along the curb, between the vehicle roadway and the sidewalk, unless ED this is physically impossible due to constraints such as underground utility lines. Minimize curb cuts to emphasize continuous unbroken curb lengths. CD -P17 Develop a wayfinding and signage scheme along the city's major corridors and streets that utilizes pub- ED lic art and street elements, such as banners and light fixtures. The scheme should reinforce the City's identity and linkages to downtown. Include Kettleman Lane, Lodi Avenue, Cherokee Lane, Sacramento Street, Central Avenue, and Stockton Street in the wayfinding scheme. CD -P18 Require active uses at the ground floor on Lodi and Central avenues within their Mixed Use Corridor des- PL, PC ignations, as noted shown in Figures 4-8 and 4-9, respectively. CD -P19 Develop requirements for street trees in all new growth areas that maximize shade to minimize urban ED heat island impacts. CD -P20 Require all subdivisions in new growth areas to prepare a street plan demonstrating maximum connec- PL, PW tion to existing streets, specifically incorporating streets shown in Figure 4-4 and intermediate street connections. Ensure that new development on the west side enables expansion of the street grid for future growth, beyond this General Plan horizon. Existing and emerging development at the City's edges has not been designed to enable future exten- sions, producing disconnected neighborhoods. CD -P21 Discourage gated development and cul-de-sacs. Where gated developments are provided, ensure that PL, PC connectivity to the rest of the city is not compromised, by creating pedestrian/bicycle and vehicular connections within the development and to public streets. Where cul-de-sacs are provided, require pe- destrian and bicycle connection at the terminus of the cul-de-sac to the adjacent street. Limit maximum block lengths in new neighborhoods to 600 feet, with pedestrian/bicycle connection no more than 400 feet apart (where resulting from connection at end of cul- de -sac), and 400 feet between through streets along Neighborhood Mixed Use Centers. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS CD -P22 Encourage alternatives to soundwalls and permit new soundwalls only where alternatives are not PL, PC feasible, such as along Highway 99, the railroad tracks, Expressways, and Major Arterials. Along Major Arterials that coincide with a Mixed Use Center, such as Kettleman Lane, ensure that soundwalls do not disrupt pedestrian -orientated character. While soundwalls can limit sound to development immediately adjacent to traffic, much of the sound is simply reflected to development further away, resulting in increases in ambient noise levels. Moreover, soundwalls are disruptive to neighborhood character and connectivity. Alternative designs could include frontage roads, dense vegetation, and ensuring sufficient insulation in residential units that would poten- tially be impacted by the noise. CD -P23 Create smooth transitions between neighborhoods and across the railroad with pedestrian paths and/or PL uniform streetscape design. CD -P24 Use bike lanes, trails, or linear parks to improve connectivity throughout the city and in particular PL, PWPR between housing located south of Kettleman and amenities located north of Kettleman, as shown in Figure 4-7. These pathways should employ easy and safe crossings and connect to destinations such as downtown, shopping centers, parks, and/or schools. CD -P25 Increase public art throughout Lodi. Encourage the placement of art in locations that are interactive COM and accessible to the public. Develop a funding strategy to ensure adequate support of arts and cultural programs. CD -P26 Focus new growth, which is not accommodated through infill development of existing neighborhoods, in PL, PC easily -accessible and pedestrian friendly neighborhoods that include neighborhood -oriented commer- cial, public services such as schools and parks, and residential uses. CD -P27 Design new development to connect with nearby uses and neighborhoods; include paths to connect to PL, PC the rest of the city; exhibit architectural variety and visual interest; conform to scale requirements; and relate housing to public streets. CD -P28 Minimize the visual impact of automobiles in residential areas. Methods include reducing garage front- PL age, minimizing curb cuts, setting garages and parking areas back from houses, locating garages at rear or along alleyways, and providing narrow roads. CD -P29 Require all development at sites designated Mixed Use Center to provide a mix of commercial uses, PL, PC while allowing residential uses, to create a "node," typically centered around a plaza, or "a main street," with a minimum of ten percent (10%) of the land area devoted to non-residential land uses, to create pedestrian vitality in the core area. Allow a range of other supportive commercial uses, such as medical, dental, and real-estate offices, as well as community facilities. CD -P30 Require each core to have at least one plaza or other satisfactory gathering space along the main street PL, PC that enables gathering and promotes a sense of neighborhood identity. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS CD-P31 Integrate new Mixed Use Centers into the city's existing fabric and proposed new development. Pro- PL, PC vide a network of streets and connections that expands circulation opportunities for pedestrians and bicyclists and ensures connections by multiple modes between the new centers, and existing neighbor- hoods. Update Subdivision ordinance to require: • Master plans for new development that show publicly accessible parks, and a connected street grid. • Blocks that do not exceed 600 feet in length unless additional pedestrian connections or public space is included. • Street trees on public streets. • Sidewalks on public streets. CD-P32 In order to use less energy and reduce light pollution, ensure that lighting associated with new devel- PL, EU opment or facilities (including street lighting, recreational facilities, and parking) shall be designed to prevent artificial lighting from illuminating adjacent residential neighborhoods and/or natural areas at a level greater than one foot candle above ambient conditions. CD-P33 Require that any office uses in Mixed Use Centers front along the street edge with minimal setbacks; lo- PL, PC cate parking in the rear or underground; provide plazas and other open space amenities for employees; provide street landscaping; and provide pedestrian connections where appropriate. CD-P34 Minimize curb cuts to expand pedestrian space and increase the supply of curbside parking. Methods PL, ED include requiring abutting new developments to share a single access point from the road and allowing only one curb cut per parcel. CD-P35 Require new office development to be designed to address not just automobile access, but also poten- PL, TR, PC tial for transit access, and allowing lunchtime pedestrian access to adjacent uses. Locate new office de- velopment along the street edge, with the main entrance facing the street. Parking should not be located between the street and building. CD-P36 Include pedestrian paths that provide internal access on all site plans. Pedestrian paths should access PL, PC the sidewalk, main building entrances, and parking areas. CD-P37 Provide landscaped setbacks between all parking areas and buildings, and at the edges of parking PL, PC areas. CD-P38 Promote location and siting of buildings that minimizes energy use by features such as enhancing use of BL, PL daylight, minimizing summer solar gain, and use of ventilating breezes. CD-P39 Design any City-owned buildings or City-owned buildings that are proposed for new construction, major PL, FF renovation to meet the standards set by LEEDTM or equivalent. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS CD -P40 Prepare, or incorporate by reference, and implement green building and construction guidelines and/ PL, BL, PC, or standards, appropriate to the Lodi context, by 2012. The guidelines and/or standards shall ensure a EU, CC high level of energy efficiency and reduction of environmental impacts associated with new construction, major renovation, and operations of buildings. Ensure that these guidelines/standards: • Require documentation demonstrating that building designs meet minimum performance targets, but allow flexibility in the methods used. • Exceed California's 2005 Title 24 regulation standards for building energy efficiency by 15%, with particular emphasis on industrial and commercial buildings. • Reduce resource or environmental impacts, using cost-effective and well -proven design and construction strategies. • Reduce waste and energy consumption during demolition and construction. • Identify street standards, such as street tree requirements, appropriate landscaping practices, and acceptable materials. • Incorporate sustainable maintenance standards and procedures. • Promote incorporation of energy conservation and weatherization features in existing structures. Develop programs that specifically target commercial and industrial structures for energy conservation and weatherization measures in order to reduce annual kWh per job. These guidelines could be developed directly from the LEEDTM system developed by the U.S. Green Building Council, the California-based Build It Green GreenPoint rating system, or an equivalent green building program. Chapter 5: Transportation T -P1 Ensure consistency between the timing of new development and the provision of transportation infra- PL, PW structure needed to serve that development. Regularly monitor traffic volumes on city streets and, prior to issuance of building permits, ensure that there is a funded plan for the developer to provide all neces- sary transportation improvements at the appropriate phase of development so as to minimize transpor- tation impacts. T -P2 Review new development proposals for consistency with the Transportation Element and the Capital PL, PW Improvements Program. Ensure that new projects provide needed facilities to serve developments and/ or contribute a fair share to the City's transportation impact fee. T -P3 Work collaboratively with San Joaquin County, San Joaquin Council of Governments, and Caltrans to PW, PL, SJC, maintain consistency with regional and State plans, and to successfully implement transportation im- SJCOG, DOT provements in the vicinity of Lodi. T -P4 Maintain and update a Capital Improvements Program so that identified improvements are appropriately IS, PL, PW prioritized and constructed in a timely manner. T-135 Update the local transportation impact fee program, consistent with General Plan projections and PL, PW planned transportation improvements. T -P6 Coordinate with the San Joaquin Council of Governments and actively participate in regional transporta- PL, PW, tion planning efforts to ensure that the City's interests are reflected in regional goals and priorities. SJCOG, DOT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS T-P7 Continue to work with the San Joaquin Council of Governments on regional transportation funding is- PL, PW, sues, including the update of regional transportation impact fees. SJCOG T-P8 Participate in discussions with Caltrans and neighboring jurisdictions to develop a fair-share fee pro- PL, PW, DOT gram for improvements to regional routes and state highways. This fee should reflect traffic generated by individual municipalities and pass-through traffic. T-139 Allow exceptions to LOS standards upon findings by the City Council that achieving the designated LOS PL, PW, CC would: • Be technologically or economically infeasible, or • Compromise the City's ability to support other important policy priorities, such as: - Enhancing the urban design characteristics that contribute to pedestrian comfort and convenience; - Avoiding adverse impacts to alternate modes of transportation; - Preserving the existing character of the community; - Preserving agricultural land or open space; or - Preserving scenic roadways/highways. T-P10 Exempt downtown from LOS standards to encourage infill development in order to create a pedestrian PL, PW, PC friendly urban design character and densities necessary to support transit, bicycling, and walking. De- velopment decisions in downtown should be based on community design and livability goals rather than traffic LOS. (Downtown is defined by the Downtown Mixed-Use designation in the Land Use Diagram.) T-P11 Strive to comply with the Level of Service standards and other performance measures on Routes of PL, PW, PC Regional Significance as defined by the County-wide Congestion Management Program. T-P12 For purposes of design review and environmental assessment, apply a standard of Level of Service E PC during peak hour conditions on all streets in the City's jurisdiction. The objective of this performance standard is to acknowledge that some level of traffic congestion during the peak hour is acceptable and indicative of an economically vibrant and active area, and that infrastructure design decisions should be based on the conditions that predominate during most of each day. T-P13 Undertake street improvements shown in Table 5-4 and maintain, require or acquire right of way, as PW necessary. Coordinate with other jurisdictions, including San Joaquin County, and Caltrans, on improve- ments to street segments common to the City of Lodi and other jurisdictions. It should be noted that because the General Plan will be implemented over an extended time frame, street capacity enhance- ments will be prioritized through the City's Capital Improvements Program process and will occur as development proceeds. T-P14 Design streets in new developments in configurations that generally match and extend the grid pattern PW of existing city streets. This is intended to disperse traffic and provide multiple connections to arterial streets. Require dedication, widening, extension, and construction of public streets in accordance with the City's street standards. Major street improvements shall be completed as abutting lands develop or redevelop. In currently developed areas, the City may determine that improvements necessary to meet City standards are either infeasible or undesirable. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS T -P15 Maintain, and update as needed, roadway design standards to manage vehicle speeds and traffic vol- PW umes. T -P16 Limit street right-of-way dimensions where necessary to maintain desired neighborhood character. PW Consider allowing narrower street rights-of-way and pavement widths for local streets in new residential subdivisions. T -P17 Implement traffic calming measures to slow traffic on local and collector residential streets and prioritize ED these measures over congestion management. Include roundabouts, corner bulb -outs, traffic circles, and other traffic calming devices among these measures. T -P18 Foster walkable streets through streetscape improvements, continuous sidewalks on both sides of PL, PW streets, and encouraging pedestrian access wherever feasible. Update the Subdivision Ordinance to in- clude requirements for sidewalks, street trees, and lighting. Where sidewalks do not exist within existing developments, and are desired, explore a program to provide sidewalks by reducing the curb -to -curb road width, in cases where safety and traffic flow are not compromised. T -P19 To maintain walkability and pedestrian safety, consider roadway width and roadway design features PL, PW such as islands, pedestrian refuges, pedestrian count -down signals, and other such mechanisms. This policy applies to new roadway construction as well as existing roadways where pedestrian safety issues may occur due to roadway design or width. T -P20 In new development areas, include pedestrian connections to public transit systems, commercial PL, TR, PW centers, schools, employment centers, community centers, parks, senior centers and residences, and high-density residential areas. T -P21 Work cooperatively with the Lodi Unified School District on a "safe routes to schools" program that aims PL, PW, LUSD to provide a network of safe, convenient, and comfortable pedestrian routes from residential areas to schools. Improvements may include expanded sidewalks, shade trees, bus stops, and connections to the extended street, bike, and transit network. T -P22 Use the City's Bike Master Plan as a comprehensive method for implementing bicycle circulation, safety, PL, ED and facilities development. Update the Plan for consistency with Figure 5-3, which defines bike route connections in new development areas. T -P23 Coordinate the connection of local bikeways and trails to regional bikeways identified in the San Joaquin PL, ED, SJC County Bicycle Transportation Plan. T -P24 Require the placement of bicycle racks or lockers at park-and-ride facilities. PL T -P25 Establish standards requiring new commercial and mixed-use developments (of sizes exceeding certain PL, ED minimum thresholds) to provide shaded and convenient bicycle racks, as appropriate. When such facilities are required, use specifications provided in Caltrans' Design Manual, Section 1000, or other appropriate standards. T -P26 Implement the City's Short Range Transit Plan and the San Joaquin Council of Government's Regional TR, SJCOG Transit Systems Plan, using the most cost effective methods available and based upon professional analysis. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS T-P27 Review new development proposals for consistency with the Short Range Transit Plan. Ensure new PL, TR, PC projects provide needed transit facilities to serve developments and provide all needed facilities and/or contribute a fair share for improvements not covered by other funding sources. T-P28 Continue to support the efficient operation of the Lodi Station, and to explore opportunities to expand TR, ACE, the multi-modal transportation services provided there. AMTRK T-P29 Encourage continued commuter rail service in Lodi by cooperating with Amtrak and supporting transit- TR, ACE, oriented development and improvements around Lodi Station. AMTRK T-P30 Encourage ridership on public transit systems through marketing and promotional efforts. Provide infor- TR mation to residents and employees on transit services available for both local and regional trips. T-P31 Maintain transit performance measures sufficient to meet State requirements. TR T-P32 Coordinate transit services and transfers between the various transit operators serving Lodi. TR T-P33 Require new development to provide transit improvements where appropriate and feasible, including di- PC rect pedestrian access to transit stops, bus turnouts and shelters, and local streets with adequate width to accommodate buses. T-P34 Continue to actively support and manage the Lodi Grapeline bus service, and to expand public transit TR services when justified by new demand. T-P35 Require community care facilities and senior housing projects with more than 25 units to provide acces- NS, PL, PC sible transportation services for the convenience of residents. T-P36 Coordinate with the California Public Utilities Commission to implement future railroad crossing improve- PL, PW, UP ments. T-P37 Require a commitment of funding for railroad crossing protection devices from private development PL, PW, UP requiring new railroad spurs. T-P38 Continue the ongoing comprehensive program to improve the condition and safety of existing railroad PL, PW, UP crossings by upgrading surface conditions and installing signs and signals where warranted. T-P39 Review and update parking standards periodically, and require new developments to provide an ad- PL ,PC equate number of off-street parking spaces in accordance with those parking standards. The parking standards will allow shared parking facilities whenever possible to reduce the number of new parking stalls required. Consideration will also be given to parking reductions for mixed-use projects or projects that have agreed to implement sustainable and enforceable trip reduction methods. T-P40 Consider replacement of on-street parking in commercial areas that will be lost to additional turn lanes PL at intersections, with an equal number of off-street spaces within the same vicinity, where feasible. T-P41 Continue to implement existing preferential residential parking programs such as in the Eastside PL, PC residential neighborhood, in the vicinity of the PCP Cannery, and adjacent to high schools. Consider expanding the preferential residential parking program to other neighborhoods only where parking intru- sion from adjacent uses clearly undermines the neighborhood's quality of life after all other options are deemed unsuccessful. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS T -P42 Improve parking opportunities in the downtown area and along Lodi Avenue (between downtown and PL, PC Cherokee Lane) by examining rear or vacant lots and other underutilized areas for potential off-street parking. In addition, expand the Downtown Parking District to encompass the entire Downtown Mixed Use area shown in the Land Use Diagram (Figure 2-1). T -P43 Consider development of local park-and-ride facilities, particularly in conjunction with future rail and bus PL, PW, PC services, if the demand for such facilities is warranted and economically feasible. T -P44 Provide park and ride facilities designed to accommodate public transit, van and car pool users. PL, TR T -P45 Maintain design standards for industrial streets that incorporate heavier loads associated with truck ED, BL operations and larger turning radii to facilitate truck movements. Consider requiring developments using commercial vehicles with large turning radii to provide needed intersection improvements along direct routes from development to freeway access points. T -P46 Ensure adequate truck access to off-street loading areas in commercial areas. ED T -P47 Encourage regional freight movement on freeways and other appropriate routes; evaluate and implement ED vehicle weight limits as appropriate on arterial, collector, and local roadways to mitigate truck traffic impacts in the community. T -P48 Promote ridesharing and cooperate with regional travel demand management programs to reduce peak- PL, TR hour traffic congestion and help reduce regional vehicle miles traveled. T -P49 Promote employment opportunities within Lodi to reduce commuting to areas outside of Lodi. CM T -P50 Reduce the total vehicle miles of travel per household by making efficient use of existing transportation PL, TR facilities and by providing for more direct routes for pedestrians and bicyclists through the implementa- tion of "smart growth" and sustainable planning principles. Chapter 6: Parks, Recreation, and Open Space Policies P -P1 Acquire and develop additional neighborhood and community parks to serve existing and future needs. PR, PL P -P2 Provide open space to meet recreation and storm drainage needs, at a ratio of eight acres of open space PR, ED per 1,000 new residents. At least five acres must be constructed for park and recreation uses only. Drainage basins should be constructed as distinct facilities, as opposed to dual -functioning park and drainage basin facilities. P -P3 Pursue the development of park and recreation facilities within a quarter -mile walking distance of all PL, PR residences. P -P4 Ensure that parks are visible and accessible from the street, welcoming the surrounding neighborhood PR, PL and citywide users. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS P-P5 Update the City's Open Space and Recreation Master Plan, as necessary to: PR, ED • Arrange a distribution of open spaces across all neighborhoods in the city; • Ensure that parks are visible and accessible from the street, to the surrounding neighborhood, and citywide users; and • Provide a variety of open spaces and facilities to serve the needs of the community, ensuring a balance between indoor and outdoor organized sports and other recreation needs, including passive and leisure activities P-P6 Continue working with the Lodi Unified School District to share use of school and City park and recre- CM, PR, LUSD ation facilities through a mutually beneficial joint use agreement. P-P7 Work with developers of proposed development projects to provide parks and trails, as well as linkages PR, PL, PC to existing parks and trails. P-P8 Coordinate with the Woodbridge Irrigation District to develop a recreation trail for walking, jogging, and CM, PR, WID biking along the canal right-of-way, as shown in Figure 6-1. P-139 Support improvements along the Mokelumne River in consultation and cooperation with the County and CM, PR, SJC with creek restoration and design professionals. P-1310 Improve accessibility to the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake Wilderness Area with walking and bik- PR, PL, SJC ing trails. Site park use and new facilities and trails in Lodi Lake Park such that they will not degrade or destroy riparian or sensitive habitat areas. P-P11 Encourage the planting of native trees, shrubs, and grasslands in order to preserve the visual integrity PR, PC of the landscape, provide habitat conditions suitable for native vegetation, and ensure the maximum number and variety of well-adapted plants are maintained. P-P12 Encourage retention of mature trees and woodlands to the maximum extent possible. The City shall PL, PC regulate the removal of trees that are defined as "heritage trees." P-P13 Identify and discourage the removal of significant trees on private and public property by establishing a PL, PC tree inventory and tree management ordinance. Where removal is required, the City shall require a two- for-one replacement or transplantation. P-P14 Review infrastructure needs for existing and new recreational facilities, and where appropriate, identify PR, PW required improvements in the City's Capital Improvement Program. P-P15 Renovate the Grape Bowl in order to increase use and revenue generation. PR P-P16 Ensure safety of users and security of facilities through lighting, signage, fencing, and landscaping, as PR appropriate and feasible. P-P17 Continue to provide parks and recreation services to all residents within the Lodi Unified School District PR, IS service area north of Eight Mile Road. Expand visitor and non-resident fee-based programs to ensure that non-residents pay their share of park maintenance and improvement costs. P-P18 Promote the use of the City's existing and planned Special Use park and recreation facilities for both PR local resident use and for visitor attractions, such as athletic tournaments. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS P -P19 Require master planned residential communities to dedicate parkland consistent with General Plan PR, PL, PC standards. In -lieu fees will only be acceptable where an exemption from providing a neighborhood park facility would not adversely affect local residents because an existing park is nearby. P -P20 Address park dedication and new development impact fees as part of the Zoning Ordinance and Sub- PR, PL, PW division Regulations Update, to ensure compliance with the General Plan park and open space standard. P -P21 Seek out new and protected funding sources in order to maintain and expand park inventory. PR Chapter 7: Conservation Policies C -Pi Work with San Joaquin County and the City of Stockton to maintain land surrounding Lodi in agricultural PL, PC, SJC use. Encourage the continuation of Flag City as a small freeway -oriented commercial node, with no residential uses. C -P2 Work with San Joaquin County, relevant land owners, interested parties and groups to ensure economic PL, PC, SJC viability of all agricultural businesses and supporting industries. C -P3 Support the continuation of agricultural uses on lands designated for urban uses until urban develop- PL, PC ment is imminent. C -P4 Encourage San Joaquin County to conserve agricultural soils, preserve agricultural land surrounding PC, CM, SJC the City and promote the continuation of existing agricultural operations, by supporting the county's economic programs. C -P5 Ensure that urban development does not constrain agricultural practices or adversely affect the eco- PL, PC, SJC nomic viability of adjacent agricultural practices. Use appropriate buffers consistent with the recommen- dations of the San Joaquin County Department of Agriculture (typically no less than 150 feet) and limit incompatible uses (such as schools and hospitals) near agriculture. C -P6 Require new development to implement measures that minimize soil erosion from wind and water related PL, BL, PC to construction and urban development. Measures may include: • Construction techniques that utilize site preparation, grading, and best management practices that provide erosion control and prevent soil contamination. • Tree rows or other windbreaks shall be used within buffers on the edge of urban development and in other areas as appropriate to reduce soil erosion. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C -P7 Adopt an agricultural conservation program (ACP) establishing a mitigation fee to protect and conserve PC, CC agricultural lands: • The ACP shall include the collection of an agricultural mitigation fee for acreage converted from agricultural to urban use, taking into consideration all fees collected for agricultural loss (i.e., A131600). The mitigation fee collected shall fund agricultural conservation easements, fee title acquisition, and research, the funding of agricultural education and local marketing programs, other capital improvement projects that clearly benefit agriculture (e.g., groundwater recharge projects) and administrative fees through an appropriate entity ("Administrative Entity") pursuant to an administrative agreement. • The conservation easements and fee title acquisition of conservation lands shall be used for lands determined to be of statewide significance (Prime or other Important Farmlands), or sensitive and necessary for the preservation of agricultural land, including land that may be part of a community separator as part of a comprehensive program to establish community separators. Agricultural land should be preserved at a minimum ratio of one-to-one for acres converted to urban use. • The ACP shall encourage that conservation easement locations are prioritized as shown in Figure 7-5: (A) the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study area east of Lower Sacramento Road; (B) the Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study area west of Lower Sacramento Road; (C) elsewhere in the Planning Area, one mile east and west of the Urban Reserve boundaries respectively; and (D) outside the Planning Area, elsewhere in San Joaquin County. • The mitigation fees collected by the City shall be transferred to a farmland trust or other qualifying entity, which will arrange the purchase of conservation easements. The City shall encourage the Trust or other qualifying entity to pursue a variety of funding sources (grants, donations, taxes, or other funds) to fund implementation of the ACP. C -P8 Maintain the City's Right -to -Farm Ordinance, and update as necessary, to protect agricultural land from PC, CC nuisance suits brought by surrounding landowners. C-139 Support the protection, preservation, restoration, and enhancement of habitats of State or federally -list- PL ed rare, threatened, endangered and/or other sensitive and special status species, and favor enhance- ment of contiguous areas over small segmented remainder parcels. C -P10 Continue to coordinate with the San Joaquin Council of Governments and comply with the terms of the PL, SJCOG Multi Species Habitat Conservation and Open Space Plan to protect critical habitat areas that support endangered species and other special status species. C-1311 Work with other agencies to ensure that the spread of invasive/noxious plant species do not occur in the PL, PR, SJC Planning Area. Support efforts to eradicate invasive and noxious weeds and vegetation on public and private property. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C -P12 Protect the river channel, pond and marsh, and riparian vegetation and wildlife communities and habitats PL, PR, SJC in the Mokelumne River and floodplain areas. Prohibit any activity that will disturb bottom sediments containing zinc deposits in Mokelumne River, because such disturbance could cause fish kills. Prohibit activities that could disturb anadramous fish in the Mokelumne River during periods of migration and spawning. C -P13 Support the protection, restoration, expansion, and management of wetland and riparian plant commu- PR, SJC nities along the Mokelumne River for passive recreation, groundwater recharge, and wildlife habitat. C -P14 Explore the purchase of or establishment of a joint agreement for open space preservation and habitat PR, WID, SJC enhancement in the Woodbridge Irrigation District's property located north of the Mokelumne River. Ensure the open space preservation and enhancement of this property, while exploring opportunities for public access. C -P15 Site new development to maximize the protection of native tree species and sensitive plants and wildlife PL, PC habitat. Minimize impacts to protect mature trees, Swainson's hawk, vernal pool tadpole shrimp, and any threatened, endangered or other sensitive species when approving new development. Mitigate any loss. C -P16 Work with the California Department of Fish and Game in identifying an area or areas suitable for Swain- PL, PC, son's hawk and burrowing owl habitat. Preserve land through a mitigation land bank to mitigate impacts SJCOG on existing habitat for these species. Establish a mechanism for developer funding for the acquisition and management of lands in the mitigation bank. C-1317 For future development projects on previously un -surveyed lands, require a project applicant to have a PL qualified archeologist conduct the following activities: (1) conduct a record search at the Central Cali- fornia Information Center at the California State University, Stanislaus, and other appropriate historical repositories, (2) conduct field surveys where appropriate and required by law, and (3) prepare technical reports, where appropriate, meeting California Office of Historic Preservation Standards (Archeological Resource Management Reports). C -P18 In the event that archaeological/paleontological resources are discovered during site excavation, the City BL, PL, PC shall require that grading and construction work on the project site be suspended until the significance of the features can be determined by a qualified archaeologist/paleontologist. The City will require that a qualified archeologist/paleontologist make recommendations for measures necessary to protect any site determined to contain or constitute an historical resource, a unique archaeological resource, or a unique paleontological resource or to undertake data recovery, excavation, analysis, and curation of archaeo- logical/paleontologist materials. City staff shall consider such recommendations and implement them where they are feasible in light of project design as previously approved by the City. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C-P19 If any human remains are discovered or recognized in any location on the project site, there shall be no BL, PL, PC, further excavation or disturbance of the site or any nearby area reasonably suspected to overlie adjacent SJC human remains until: • The San Joaquin County Coroner/Sheriff has been informed and has determined that no investigation of the cause of death is required; and • If the remains are of Native American origin: (1) the descendants of the deceased Native Americans have made a timely recommendation to the landowner or the person responsible for the excavation work, for means of treating or disposing of, with appropriate dignity, the human remains and any associated grave goods as provided in Public Resources Code Section 5097.98, or (2) The Native American Heritage Commission was unable to identify a descendant or the descendant failed to make a recommendation within 24 hours after being notified by the commission. C-P20 Encourage the preservation, maintenance, and adaptive reuse of existing historic buildings by develop- PL, NS, PC ing incentives for owners of historically-significant buildings to improve their properties. C-P21 Require that, prior to the demolition of a historic structure, developers offer the structure for relocation PL, NS by interested parties. C-P22 Require that environmental review consistent with the California Environmental Quality Act be conducted PL, PC on demolition permit applications for buildings designated as, or potentially eligible for designation as, historic structures. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C-1323 Conduct a comprehensive survey of historic resources in Lodi, including consideration of potentially PL, NS, PC eligible historic resources. Update Figure 7-3 upon completion of the survey. Designate a structure as historic if it: • Exemplifies or reflects special elements of the city's cultural, architectural, aesthetic, social, economic, political, artistic, and/or engineering heritage; • Is identified with persons, businesses, or events significant to local, State, or National history; • Embodies distinctive characteristics of style, type, period, or method of construction or is a valuable example of the use of indigenous materials or craftsmanship; • Represents the notable work of a builder, designer, engineer, or architect; and/or • Is unique in location or has a singular physical characteristic that represents a familiar visual feature of a neighborhood, community, or the city. Designate a district as historic if it: • Is a geographically definable area possessing a concentration or continuity of sites, buildings, structures, or objects as unified by past events or aesthetically by plan or physical development; or • Identifies relevant key neighborhoods either as historic districts or merit districts. Designate accordingly if 50% of property owners in the proposed district agree to the designation. • An "Historic District" means any area containing a concentration of improvements that has a special character, architectural importance, historical interest, or aesthetic value, which possesses integrity of location, design, setting, materials, workmanship, feeling, and association or which represents one or more architectural periods or styles typical to the history of Lodi. • A "Merit District" recognizes a district's history but does not provide for a regulatory structure at this time. The structures of these districts may not be architecturally significant, but the role that these neighborhoods have played in the city's development, the cultural and economic conditions that resulted in the construction of these neighborhoods and the stories surrounding them make them an important part of the city's history for which they should be acknowledged and celebrated. C -P24 Follow preservation standards outlined in the current Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treat- PL, NS ment of Historic Properties with Guidelines for Preserving, Rehabilitating, Restoring, and Reconstructing Historic Buildings, for structures listed on the National Register of Historic Places or California Register of Historical Resources. C-1325 Coordinate historic preservation efforts with other agencies and organizations, including the Lodi His- PL, NS, SJC torical Society, San Joaquin County Historical Society and other historical organizations. C-1326 Monitor water quality regularly to ensure that safe drinking water standards are met and maintained in WW, CDPH accordance with State and EPA regulations and take necessary measures to prevent contamination. Comply with the requirements of the Clean Water Act with the intent of minimizing the discharge of pol- lutants to surface waters. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C -P27 Monitor the water quality of the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake, in coordination with San Joaquin WW ✓ County, to determine when the coliform bacterial standard for contact recreation and the maximum concentration levels of priority pollutants, established by the California Department of Health Services, are exceeded. Monitor the presence of pollutants and variables that could cause harm to fish, wildlife, and plant species in the Mokelumne River and Lodi Lake. Post signs at areas used by water recreation- ists warning users of health risks whenever the coliform bacteria standard for contact recreation is exceeded. Require new industrial development to not adversely affect water quality in the Mokelumne River or in the area's groundwater basin. Control use of potential water contaminants through inventory- ing hazardous materials used in City and industrial operations. C -P28 Regularly monitor water quality in municipal wells for evidence of contamination from dibromochloro- propane (DBCP), saltwater intrusion, and other toxic substances that could pose a health hazard to the WW, CDPH ✓ domestic water supply. Close or treat municipal wells that exceed the action level for DBCP. C -P29 Minimize storm sewer pollution of the Mokelumne River and other waterways by maintaining an effective WW ✓ street sweeping and cleaning program. C -P30 Require, as part of watershed drainage plans, Best Management Practices, to reduce pollutants to the ED ✓ maximum extent practicable. C -P31 Require all new development and redevelopment projects to comply with the post -construction Best Management Practices (BMPs) called for in the Stormwater Quality Control Criteria Plan, as outlined in the City's Phase 1 Stormwater NPDES permit issued by the California Water Quality Control Board, Cen- ED, PL, PC ✓ tral Valley Region. Require that owners, developers, and/or successors -in -interest to establish a mainte- nance entity acceptable to the City to provide funding for the operation, maintenance, and replacement costs of all post -construction BMPs. C -P32 Require, as part of the City's Storm Water NPDES Permit and ordinances, the implementation of a Grading Plan, Erosion Control Plan, and Pollution Prevention Plan during the construction of any new ED, PL, PC ✓ development and redevelopment projects, to the maximum extent feasible. C -P33 Require use of stormwater management techniques to improve water quality and reduce impact on ED, PL PC ✓ municipal water treatment facilities. C -P34 Protect groundwater resources by working with the county to prevent septic systems in unincorporated WW SJC ✓ portions of the county that are in the General Plan Land Use Diagram, on parcels less than two acres. C -P35 Reduce the use of pesticides, insecticides, herbicides, or other toxic chemical substances by house- PL, SJC ✓ holds and farmers by providing education and incentives. C -P36 Prepare and adopt a comprehensive climate action plan (CAP) by 2012, with implementation beginning PW, CD, EU, ✓ in 2013. The CAP will be an additional policy document for the City of Lodi, based on polices listed in CC Appendix A. The CAP should include the following provisions: • An inventory of citywide greenhouse gas emissions, • Emissions targets that apply at reasonable intervals through the life of the CAP, • Enforceable greenhouse gas emissions control measures, • A monitoring and reporting program to ensure targets are met, and • Mechanisms to allow for revision of the CAP, as necessary. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C-1337 Promote incorporation of energy conservation and weatherization features into existing structures. Up- BL, EU ✓ date the Zoning Ordinance and make local amendments to the California Building Code, as needed, to allow for the implementation of green building, green construction, and energy efficiency measures. C -P38 Encourage the development of energy efficient buildings and communities. All new development, includ- ing major rehabilitation, renovation, and redevelopment projects, shall incorporate energy conservation and green building practices to the maximum extent feasible and as appropriate to the project pro- BL, EU ✓ posed. Such practices include, but are not limited to: building orientation and shading, landscaping, and the use of active and passive solar heating and water systems. The City may implement this policy by adopting and enforcing a Green Building Ordinance. C-1339 Ensure environmentally responsible municipal operations by implementing the following measures: BL, FF, TR, CM ✓ • Procure environmentally preferable products and services where criteria have been established by governmental or other widely recognized authorities (e.g. Energy Star, EPA Eco Purchasing Guidelines). • Integrate environmental factors into the City's buying decisions where external authorities have not established criteria, such as by replacing disposables with reusables or recyclables, taking into account life cycle costs and benefits, and evaluating, as appropriate, the environmental performance of vendors in providing products and services; • Raise staff awareness on the environmental issues affecting procurement by providing relevant information and training; • Encourage suppliers and contractors to offer environmentally preferable products and services at competitive prices; • Require all departments and divisions to practice waste prevention and recycling. • When City fleet vehicles are retired, replace vehicles through the purchase or lease of alternative fuel or hybrid substitutes. As contracts for City -contracted fleet services (such as transit buses, trash haulers, and street sweeper trucks) are renewed, encourage contractors to replace their vehicles with alternative fuel or hybrid sub- stitutes through the contract bid process. C -P40 Reduce energy consumption within City government facilities and motor fleets. FF ✓ C -P41 Encourage the use of passive and active solar devices such as solar collectors, solar cells, and solar EU ✓ heating systems into the design of local buildings. Promote voluntary participation in incentive programs to increase the use of solar photovoltaic systems in new and existing residential, commercial, institu- tional, and public buildings. C -P42 Continue to offer rebates to residential, commercial, industrial and municipal customers of Lodi Electric EU ✓ Utility who install photovoltaic (PV) systems or that participate in the Lodi Energy Efficient Home Im- provement Rebate Program. Ensure that rebate programs are well advertised to the community and offer rebates that are sufficient to gain community interest and participation. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C -P43 Work with the California Energy Commission and other public and non-profit agencies to promote the BL, PL, EU, PC use of programs that encourage developers to surpass Title 24 Energy Efficiency standards by utiliz- ing renewable energy systems and more efficient practices that conserve energy, including, but not limited to natural gas, hydrogen or electrical vehicles. Offer incentives such as density bonus, expedited process, fee reduction/waiver to property owners and developers who exceed California Title 24 energy efficiency standards. C -P44 Develop, adopt, and implement a heat island mitigation plan to reduce carbon dioxide emissions, smog, CD and the energy required to cool buildings. This plan should contain requirements and incentives for the use of cool roofs, cool pavements, and strategic shade tree placement, all of which may result in as much as 6-8o F temperature decrease from existing conditions. C -P45 Encourage the planting of shade trees along all City streets and residential lots (but, particularly in areas ED that currently lack street trees) to reduce radiation heating and greenhouse gases. Develop a tree plant- ing informational packet to help future residents understand their options for planting trees. C -P46 Promote public education energy conservation programs that strive to reduce the consumption of natu- EU ral or human -made energy sources. C -P47 Post and distribute hard -copy and electronic information on currently available weatherization and EU energy conservation programs. C -P48 Require all construction equipment to be maintained and tuned to meet appropriate EPA and CARB BL emission requirements and when new emission control devices or operational modifications are found to be effective, such devices or operational modifications are to be required on construction equipment. C -P49 Continue to require mitigation measures as a condition of obtaining permits to minimize dust and air PL, PC emissions impacts from construction. C -P50 Require contractors to implement dust suppression measures during excavation, grading, and site PL, PC preparation activities. Techniques may include, but are not limited to: • Site watering or application of dust suppressants; • Phasing or extension of grading operations; • Covering of stockpiles; • Suspension of grading activities during high wind periods (typically winds greater than 25 miles per hour); and • Revegetation of graded areas. C -P51 Cooperate with other local, regional, and State agencies in developing and implementing air quality PL, PC plans to achieve State and Federal Ambient Air Quality Standards and address cross -jurisdictional and regional transportation and air quality issues. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS C -P52 Use the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District's (SJVAPCD) Guide for Assessing and Mitigat- PL, PC ing Air Quality Impacts for determining and mitigating project air quality impacts and related thresholds of significance for use in environmental documents. The City shall consult with the SJVAPCD during CEQA review for projects that require air quality impact analysis and ensure that the SJVAPCD is on the distribution list for all CEQA documents. C -P53 Support recommendations to reduce air pollutants found in the San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control PL, PC District (SJVAPCD) local attainment plans and use its regulatory authority to mitigate "point" sources of air pollution (e.g., factories, power plants, etc.). C-1354 Ensure that air quality impacts identified during the project -level CEQA review process are fairly and PL, PC consistently mitigated. Require projects to comply with the City's adopted air quality impact assessment and mitigation process, and to provide specific mitigation measures as outlined in policies of Chapter 5: Transportation. C -P55 Assess air quality mitigation fees for all new development, with the fees to be used to fund air quality PL, PC programs. C -P56 Require the use of natural gas or the installation of low -emission, EPA -certified fireplace inserts in all BL, PL open hearth fireplaces in new homes. Promote the use of natural gas over wood products in space heat- ing devices and fireplaces in all existing and new homes. Follow the guidelines set forth in San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District's Rule 4901. C-1357 Review, support, and require implementation (as applicable) of San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control BL, PL District guidance and recommendations (including those identified in the Guide for Assessing and Miti- gating Air Quality Impacts) in regards to several key issues including: • Environmental Assessment; • Air Quality Mitigation Agreements; • Integrated Planning; • Air Quality Education; • Congestion Management/Transportation Control Measures; • Toxic and Hazardous Pollutant Emissions; • Fugitive Dust and PM10 Emissions; and • Energy Conservation and Alternative Fuels. C -P58 Require new sensitive uses proposed to be located within 500 feet of high volume traffic routes where PL daily vehicle counts exceed 100,000, to use an HVAC system with filtration to reduce/mitigate infiltration of vehicle emissions as warranted by exposure analysis. C-1359 Require industrial development adjacent to residential areas to provide buffers and institute setback PL intended to ensure land use compatibility in regards to potential Toxic Air Contaminant exposure. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS Chapter 8: Safety Policies S -Pi Continue to participate in the National Flood Insurance Program and ensure that local regulations are in ED full compliance with standards adopted by FEMA. S -P2 Cooperate with appropriate local, State, and federal agencies to address local and regional flood issues ED and dam failure hazards. S -P3 Require adequate natural floodway design to assure flood control in areas where stream channels have ED, PR been modified and to foster stream enhancement, improved water quality, recreational opportunities, and groundwater recharge. S -P4 Cooperate with and encourage reclamation districts to institute a berm maintenance program to reduce ED, PL, SJC berm failures and shall coordinate with appropriate State, federal, and local flood control agencies in planning efforts to ensure the continued protection of local and regional flood control systems. S -P5 Continue to ensure, through the development review process, that future developments do not increase ED, PC peak storm flows and do not cause flooding of downstream facilities and properties. Additionally, the City shall ensure that storm drainage facilities are constructed to serve new development adequate to storm runoff generated by a 100 -year storm. S -P6 Prohibit new development, except for public uses incidental to open space development, within Zone A PL, ED, PC (100 -year flood zone) of the most current FEMA floodplain map (see Figure 8-1 for the most current map). S -P7 Site critical emergency response facilities such as hospitals, fire stations, police offices, substations, PL, FF emergency operations centers and other emergency service facilities and utilities to minimize exposure to flooding and other hazards. S -P8 Update Zoning Ordinance and development review process as needed to reduce peak -hour stormwater ED, PL flow and increase groundwater recharge. These may include provisions for: • Constructing parking areas and parking islands without curbs and gutters, to allow stormwater sheet flow into vegetated areas. • Grading that lengthens flow paths and increases runoff travel time to reduce the peak flow rate. • Installing cisterns or sub -surface retention facilities to capture rainwater for use in irrigation and non - potable uses. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS S -P9 Update City street design standards to allow for expanded stormwater management techniques. These ED may include: • Canopy trees to absorb rainwater and slow water flow. • Directing runoff into or across vegetated areas to help filter runoff and encourage groundwater recharge. • Disconnecting impervious areas from the storm drain network and maintain natural drainage divides to keep flow paths dispersed. • Providing naturally vegetated areas in close proximity to parking areas, buildings, and other impervious expanses to slow runoff, filter out pollutants, and facilitate infiltration. • Directing stormwater into vegetated areas or into water collection devices. • Using devices such as bioretention cells, vegetated swales, infiltration trenches and dry wells to increase storage volume and facilitate infiltration. • Diverting water away from storm drains using correctional drainage techniques. S -P10 Require that all fuel and chemical storage tanks are appropriately constructed; include spill containment PL, BL, FD, PC areas to prevent seismic damage, leakage, fire and explosion; and are structurally or spatially separated from sensitive land uses, such as residential neighborhoods, schools, hospitals and places of public assembly. S -P11 Ensure compatibility between hazardous material users and surrounding land use through the develop- PL,BL, FD, PC ment review process. Separate hazardous waste facilities from incompatible uses including, but not limited to, schools, daycares, hospitals, public gathering areas, and high-density residential housing through development standards and the review process. S -P12 Consider the potential for the production, use, storage, and transport of hazardous materials in approv- PL, BL, FD, ing new development. Provide for reasonable controls on such hazardous materials. Ensure that the PC proponents of applicable new development projects address hazardous materials concerns through the preparation of Phase I or Phase II hazardous materials studies, as necessary, for each identified site as part of the design phase for each project. Require projects to implement federal or State cleanup stan- dards outlined in the studies during construction. S -P13 Regulate the production, use, storage, and transport of hazardous materials to protect the health of PL, PC, SJC, Lodi residents. Cooperate with the County and Lodi Fire Department in the identification of hazardous FD material users, development of an inspection process, and implementation of the City's Hazardous Waste Management and Hazardous Materials Area plans. Require, as appropriate, a hazardous materi- als inventory for project sites, including an assessment of materials and operations for any development applications, as a component of the development environmental review process or business license review/building permit review. S -P14 Work with waste disposal service provider(s) to educate the public as to the types of household hazard- FD ous wastes and the proper methods of disposal and shall continue to provide opportunities for residents to conveniently dispose of household hazardous waste. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS S-P15 Continue to follow the County Comprehensive Airport Land Use Plan for guidelines on land use compat- PL ibility near airports, land use restrictions, and to ensure public safety. S-P16 Support grade-separated railroad crossings, where feasible, and other appropriate measures adjacent PL, PW, UP to railroad tracks to ensure the safety of the community. S-P17 Continue to mark underground utilities and abide by federal safe-digging practices during construction. EU, BL, PW S-P18 Ensure that all public facilities, such as buildings, water tanks, underground utilities, and berms, are BL, FF, EU structurally sound and able to withstand seismic activity. S-P19 For buildings identified as seismically unsafe, prohibit a change in use to a higher occupancy or more in- BL, PC tensive use until an engineering evaluation of the structure has been conducted and structural deficien- cies corrected consistent with City building codes. S-P20 Require soils reports for new projects and use the information to determine appropriate permitting BL, PL, PC requirements, if deemed necessary. S-P21 Require that geotechnical investigations be prepared for all proposed critical structures (such as police FF, BL, PL stations, fire stations, emergency equipment, storage buildings, water towers, wastewater lift stations, electrical substations, fuel storage facilities, large public assembly buildings, designated emergency shelters, and buildings three or more stories high) before construction or approval of building permits, if deemed necessary. The investigation shall include estimation of the maximum credible earthquake, maximum ground acceleration, duration, and the potential for ground failure because of liquefaction or differential settling. S-P22 Require new development to include grading and erosion control plans prepared by a qualified engineer ED, PL or land surveyor. S-P23 Maintain a vegetation management program to ensure clearing of dry brush areas. Conduct manage- FD ment activities in a manner consistent with all applicable environmental regulations. S-P24 Coordinate with local, State, and Federal agencies to establish, maintain, and test a coordinated emer- FD, PD, SJC gency response system that addresses a variety of hazardous and threatening situations. Conduct pe- riodic emergency response exercises to test the effectiveness of City emergency response procedures. Develop and implement public information programs concerning disaster response and emergency preparedness and develop mutual aid agreements and communication links with surrounding communi- ties for assistance during times of emergency. S-P25 Maintain and periodically update the City's Emergency Preparedness Plan, including review of County FD, PD and State emergency response procedures that must be coordinated with City procedures. S-P26 Ensure that major access and evacuation corridors are available and unobstructed in case of major ED, FD, PD emergency or disaster. Continue to identify appropriate road standards, including minimum road widths and turnouts to provide adequate emergency access and evacuation routes. S-P27 Continue to use the San Joaquin County Hazard Mitigation Plan to reduce hazard risk and coordinate FD, PD, SJC with the County on its update and implementation, consistent with the Federal Emergency Management Agency and the Disaster Act of 2000. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS Chapter 9: Noise Policies N -P1 Control and mitigate noise at the source where feasible, as opposed to at the receptor end. PL, BL N -P2 Encourage the control of noise through site design, building design, landscaping, hours of operation, PL, BL, PC and other techniques for new development deemed to be noise generators. N -P3 Use the noise and land use compatibility matrix (Table 9-2) and allowable noise exposure levels (Table PL, PC 9-3) as review criteria for all new land uses. Incorporate noise attenuation measures for all projects that have noise exposure levels of "conditionally acceptable" and higher. These may include: • Fagades constructed with substantial weight and insulation; • Sound -rated windows in habitable rooms; • Sound -rated doors in all exterior entries; • Active cancellation; • Acoustic baffling of vents for chimneys, fans and gable ends; • Ventilation system affording comfort under closed -window conditions; and • Double doors and heavy roofs with ceilings of two layers of gypsum board on resilient channels to meet the highest noise level reduction requirements. N -P4 Discourage noise sensitive uses such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes from PL, PC locating in areas with noise levels above 65db. Conversely, do not permit new uses likely to produce high levels of noise (above 65db) from locating in or adjacent to areas with existing or planned noise -sensitive uses. N -P5 Noise sensitive uses, such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes, proposed in ar- PL, PC eas that have noise exposure levels of "conditionally acceptable" and higher must complete an acousti- cal study, prepared by a professional acoustic engineer. This study should specify the appropriate noise mitigation features to be included in the design and construction of these uses, to achieve interior noise levels consistent with Table 9-3. N -P6 Where substantial traffic noise increases (to above 70db) are expected, such as on Lower Sacramento PL Road or Harney Lane, as shown on the accompanying graphic, require a minimum 12 -foot setback for noise -sensitive land uses, such as residences, hospitals, schools, libraries, and rest homes. IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE POLICY # POLICY RESPONSIBILITY ONGOING 0-5 YRS 6-10 YRS 11-20 YRS N -P7 Require developers of potentially noise -generating new developments to mitigate the noise impacts PL, PC on adjacent properties as a condition of permit approval. This should be achieved through appropriate means, such as: • Dampening or actively canceling noise sources; • Increasing setbacks for noise sources from adjacent dwellings; • Using soundproofing materials and double -glazed windows; • Screening and controling noise sources, such as parking and loading facilities, outdoor activities, and mechanical equipment; • Using open space, building orientation and design, landscaping and running water to mask sounds; and • Controling hours of operation, including deliveries and trash pickup. N -P8 Update Noise Ordinance regulations to address allowed days and hours of construction, types of work, PL construction equipment (including noise and distance thresholds), notification of neighbors, and sound attenuation devices. N-139 Develop and implement noise reduction measures when undertaking improvements, extensions, or ED design changes to City streets where feasible and appropriate. N-1310 Encourage transit agencies and rail companies to develop and apply noise reduction technologies for FF, TR, their vehicles to reduce the noise and vibration impacts of bus and rail traffic. AMTRK, UP N-1311 Coordinate with the California Public Utilities Commission and other pertinent agencies and stakehold- CD, PW ers to determine the feasibility of development a railroad "quiet zone" in downtown, which would prohibit trains from sounding their horns. N -P12 Restrict the use of sound walls as a noise attenuation method to sites adjacent to State Route (SR) 99, PL, ED the railroad, and industrial uses east of SR -99. N -P13 Ensure that new equipment and vehicles purchased by the City of Lodi are equipped with the best avail- FF, TR able noise reduction technology. N -P14 Reduce vibration impacts on noise -sensitive land uses (such as residences, hospitals, schools, librar- PL, PC ies, and rest homes) adjacent to the railroad, SR -99, expressways, and near noise -generating industrial uses. This may be achieved through site planning, setbacks, and vibration -reduction construction meth- ods such as insulation, soundproofing, staggered studs, double drywall layers, and double walls. A.4 FINANCING STRATEGIES This section evaluates potential approaches to funding capital costs. There are a variety of mechanisms public agencies can use to collect funds for capital improve- ments. Selection of the appropriate mechanism depends on the nature of the improvement. For example, devel- opment impact fees place the burden on developers (and ultimately the occupant of the home or business being constructed); whereas assessment districts place the financial burden on existing and new property owners; and funding through the Capital Improve- ments Program (CIP) shares the burden citywide. The City must determine who benefits from the improve- ment to determine appropriate funding streams. Capital improvements proposed for the General Plan and the various funding approaches that could be tapped for implementation are identified in the text below and in Table A -r. Capital Improvements Programming The CIP is a discretionary infrastructure funding plan for the city. It includes a list of public works projects that the City intends to design and construct in coming years. As a capital plan, the CIP represents one-time expenditures, as opposed to ongoing funding for opera- tions expenses. The City Council reviews and adjusts the CIP to reflect changes in priority, funding availability and need, and the general economy. With input from other depart- ments the Finance Department and City Manager prepare and update the CIP. The Public Works Depart- ment has the lead role in carrying out the capital improvements. Impact Fees The City of Lodi already collects development impact mitigation fees on residential, commercial, and indus- trial projects for capital improvements. These funds are levied for water, storm drain, and street improve- ments; police and fire facilities; parks and recreation facilities; and general City facilities. Additional fees A-40 I LODI GENERAL PLAN could be collected for a variety of services such as water connections. Schools impact fees are subject to the requirements of Education Code Section 1762o and the limitations set forth in Chapter 4.9 (commencing with Section 65995) of the Government Code. This regulation provides no other method of mitigation other than the assessment of development fees for schools construction. The current maximum fee that may be assessed is $2.97 per square foot for residential and $0.47 per square foot for com- mercial or industrial development).' County and regional agencies may also assess impact fees. For example, SJCOG manages the Regional Trans- portation Impact Fee, a one-time fee on new residential and non-residential development to mitigate impacts from increased congestion and fund improvements. Similarly, as part of the San Joaquin County Multi -Spe- cies Habitat Conservation and Open Space Plan, the County assesses a fee to mitigate the impacts of land conversion and habitat loss. Developer Contributions Developer contributions are payments made in addition to normal impact fees as part of the development approval process for specific projects; these most often apply to larger developments with significant associ- ated impacts. Contributions fund infrastructure and improvements such as dedications of right-of-way for streets and utilities; and the provision of open space, parks or landscape improvements. Where developers provide parks as part of their developments, they could be exempted from or given credit against park and rec- reation impact fees at the discretion of the City. Special Assessment Disricts Individuals and businesses can cooperate to create special assessment districts in which they tax themselves (outside the limitations of Proposition 13) or collect fees in order to fund specific benefits, such as landscaping, infrastructure improvements, and parking facilities. Report of the Executive Officer, State Allocation Board Meeting, Janu- ary 30, zoo8. The fee is updated every two years. Community Facilities District Under the Mello -Roos law, passed in 1982 in response to Proposition 13, local cities, counties, and school districts may create community facilities districts (CFD) to finance the construction of needed community infra- structure. The CFD is empowered to levy additional property taxes on land located inside the district, thus creating a dependable revenue stream that can be used in issuing bonds to pay for new infrastructure. Lodi has implemented CFDs to pay for infrastructure in the past and will continue to use districts as needed in order to fund infrastructure for the proposed General Plan. Landscape and Lighting District Permitted by the Landscape and Lighting Act of 1972, local governments may form a Landscape and Lighting District (LLD) to finance elements such as the landscap- ing and lighting of public areas (e.g. parks and plazas). In order to approve an LLD, a majority vote of affected property owners is required through an assessment balloting procedure. Assessments are added to property tax bills based on a benefit formula established for the district, such that properties are accessed according to the benefit received from the services and improve- ments. Approved uses for the funds include installation and maintenance of landscaping, public art, fountains, general lighting, traffic signals, recreational and play- ground courts and equipment, and public restrooms. In addition, the Act allows the funds to be used toward the acquisition of land for parks and open spaces, and the construction of community centers, municipal auditori- ums, or other public halls. Business Improvement District Business or property owners within a defined geo- graphic area may agree to assess themselves annual fees, as part of a Business Improvement District (BID). The BID may then fund activities and programs to enhance the business environment; these may include marketing and promotion, security, streetscape improvements, and special events. Once established, the annual BID fees are mandatory for business/properties located within the BID. Lodi already has two BIDS: the Downtown Lodi Business Partnership, designed to advance revital- ization and beautification efforts downtown; and the Lodi Tourism Business Improvement District, estab- lished to promote tourism throughout the city. In a business -based BID (BBID), fees are assessed to businesses, with the amount of the fees varying by location, type and size of business. With a property - based BID (PBID), assessments may vary by location, size of lot/building, and linear footage. Generally, this mechanism is most frequently used in existing commer- cial retail districts and is not used to fund infrastructure due both to the limited revenue base and the short-term nature of the BID structure, which makes issuance of debt infeasible. Infrastructure Finance District Infrastructure Finance Districts (IFD) are financing entities created in order to fund regional public facili- ties and infrastructure. IFDs can divert property tax increment revenues for 30 years to finance highways, transit, water systems, sewer projects, flood control, child care facilities, libraries, parks, and solid waste facilities. IFDs many not be used to pay for mainte- nance, repairs, operating costs, and services. Although this is a tax increment financing tool, there is no blight test necessary; moreover, an IFD may not be part of a redevelopment project area. However, IFDs can be chal- lenging to create, since they require z/3 approval by the voters to form and issue bonds. Parking District and In -Lieu Fee Local governments may form a special district to finance parking -related activities, including acquisition of land for parking facilities, construction of parking lots and garages, funding of operating costs, and issuance of bonds to fund similar activities. The majority of affected property owners must vote in favor of the district formation. A possible approach to funding is imposition of an in -lieu fee, whereby developers pay the fee (e.g. a uniform fee per space) instead of providing on-site parking, thereby reducing the cost of development and potentially increasing the efficient use of development sites. APPENDIX A: IMPLEMENTATION I A-41 Redevelopment and Tax Increment Financing The City of Lodi has established a Redevelopment Agency, but does not have redevelopment areas defined. Efforts to establish a redevelopment area most recently failed in election in March Zoog. Redevelopment offers a financial tool that could allow the City to designate target areas for special investment in order to stimulate development. This tool, tax increment financing, allows the Redevelopment Agency to issue bonds against the future property tax revenue expected to be generated, in order to finance public investment within the rede- velopment area. The Redevelopment Agency obtains the additional "increment" of property tax growth following the inception of the redevelopment area, which typically increases as the public improvements are put in place and initial investments are made from the public and private sectors. Redevelopment funds may be used to pay for affordable housing, parks, schools, utility upgrades, and other public facilities. Although under State law redevelopment agencies have eminent domain powers, Lodi has an ordinance that forbids this action to seize property for a private party's benefit. Grants and Loans Federal Community Development Block Grant The Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) program is a long-running U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) initiative to fund local community development activities such as affordable housing, anti -poverty programs, and infra- structure development. Some or all of the cities' annual allotment of CDBG funds from the federal govern- ment could be capitalized into a Section rob loan, to increase the immediate ability to fund improvements. HUD's Section io8 Loan Guarantee Program provides communities with a source of financing for economic development, housing rehabilitation, public facilities, and large-scale physical development projects. CDBG funds may be challenging to use for public improve- A-42 I LODI GENERAL PLAN ments, since the grants are competitive and the City often has competing priorities for these funds. Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act—A Legacy for Users This measure, also known as SAFETEA-LU, provides a variety of funding options for smaller, neighborhood - based projects relating to streetscape improvements and bicycle and pedestrian facilities. Programs include the Surface Transportation Program; Congestion Manage- ment Air Quality funds; Transportation Enhancements; State Transportation Improvement Program/Regional Transportation Improvement Program; and the Bicycle Transportation Account, which is available to cities and counties with Caltrans -approved bicycle plans. State Infrastructure Bonds Statewide bonds approved by the voters can provide valuable funds for local governments to make improve- ments to roads, housing, and public facilities. For example, in recent years, several bond measures have been approved, with monies distributed to local governments: • In 2.006, voters approved Proposition iB, which allocated $2o billion to a variety of transportation - related projects. The City of Lodi received allocations of nearly $z million in total for local street improve- ments in fiscal years 2007-2008 and 2008-2009. • Also in zoo6, voters approved Proposition rC which allocated $2.9 billion to fund three new programs aimed at increasing development projects in existing urban areas and near public transportation. • Also in 2oo6, voters approved Proposition 84 which allocates $5.4 billion for a variety of water -related measures, including floodplain mapping, flood control and prevention projects, and parks and nature education facilities. California Infrastructure and Economic Development Bank (CIEDB) The California Infrastructure and Economic Devel- opment Bank provides low-cost financing to public agencies for a wide variety of infrastructure projects. Infrastructure State Revolving Fund Program funding is available in amounts ranging from $250,000 to $10 million, with loan terms of up to 30 years. Interest rates are set on a monthly basis. Relevant eligible project cat- egories include city streets, drainage, flood control, and environmental mitigation, educational facilities, parks and recreational facilities, public transit, sewage collec- tion and treatment, solid waste collection and disposal, water treatment and distribution, public safety facilities, and power and communications facilities. Clean Water State Revolving Fund The Clean Water State Revolving Fund provides financial assistance for the construction of facilities or implementation of measures necessary to address water quality problems and to prevent pollution. The program is funded by federal grants, State funds, and Revenue Bonds. The City of Lodi's White Slough Wastewa- ter Treatment Plant expansion project was listed in the Fund's 2009-2010 project priority list, as eligible for funding. Safe Drinking Water State Revolving Fund The Safe Drinking Water State Revolving Fund, operated by the Department of Public Health, provides financial assistance to public water systems for infra- structure improvements. These improvements may include: technical assistance to small public water systems, source water assessment and protection, water system capacity development, and program admin- istration. The City of Lodi's proposed Surface Water Treatment Facility was listed in the Fund's zoo9-2olo project priority list, as being eligible for funding. California Energy Commission The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 will provide $787 billion in economic investment nation- ally. The goals of this plan are to jump start the economy and create jobs for Americans in an accountable, trans- parent manner. The California Energy Commission has been allocated $275.6 million for energy efficiency and renewable energy programs. The Energy Com- mission's two main areas of responsibility are the State Energy Program and the Energy Efficiency and Con- servation Block Grant Program. The City of Lodi was allocated over $586,00o under the latter program to use for projects and programs that reduce total energy use. School Bonds Public school operations and construction are funded in part by State bonds. The Kindergarten -University Public Education Facilities Bond Act of zooz (Proposition 47) provided $11.4 billion in general obligation bonds for K-12 facilities through the School Facility Program, as well as funding for new programs; charter school facil- ities, overcrowded schools, joint -use projects and small high schools. LUST) received over $82 million in funds for new construction and rehabilitation projects. The Kindergarten -University Public Education Facilities Bond Act of 2,006 (Proposition iD) provided an addi- tional $7.3 billion for the construction of new schools, modernization of existing schools, and creation of new charter, joint -use, and small high school facilities. In addition, new funding was provided for the creation of career technical education facilities; reduction of severely overcrowded sites; incentives for the construc- tion of high performance "green" schools; and, the seismic mitigation of the most vulnerable school facil- ities. About half of these funds have been distributed as Of 20o9. LUST) was allocated over $23 million in funds for new construction and rehabilitation projects. For both bond measures, districts were required to pay 40 percent of project costs from local resources, which LUST) was able to raise through the passage of local school bonds (see below.) Regional Measure K (Transportation Tax) Measure K is the 1/2 -cent sales tax dedicated to trans- portation projects in San Joaquin County. The program is aimed at remedying the existing over si.o billion APPENDIX A: IMPLEMENTATION I A-43 deficiency in transportation funding in San Joaquin County while promoting improved air quality and quality of life. Eligible improvements include highways and local streets, passenger rail service, regional and interregional bus routes, park-and-ride lots, new bicycle facilities, railroad crossings, and smart growth initiatives. The Measure K program is administered by SJCOG. The City of Lodi received over $9oo,000 in fiscal year 2007-20o8 for local street repairs. The Measure was renewed by the voters in 20o6, extending the tax for an additional 30 years. San joaquin County Regional Transportation Impact Fee Program The City is a participating agency in the San Joaquin County Regional Transportation Impact Fee (RTIF) Program. Other participating agencies include the cities of Escalon, Manteca, Lathrop, Ripon, and Stockton as well as San Joaquin County. The program was established in Zoo6 to collect funds to be used in con- junction with other funding mechanisms to provide for the construction of improvements to help mitigate the impact of new development on the regional trans- portation network. A list of RTIF capital projects has been established and includes highway, interchange and regional roadway improvements as well as public transit improvements. Each participating agency is responsi- ble for managing and delivering RTIF projects located within its boundaries. The program is administered by SJCOG. To date, the City has collected over $66o,000 that can be used for approved RTIF projects. Local School Bond In 2002, voters of the LUSD passed the Measure K School Bond to raise money for new schools, school expansions, and improvements. State funds have matched over $133 million of the bond funds, almost double the original $77 million goal. The top priorities were to build seven new schools and complete seven additions. A-44 I LODI GENERAL PLAN SPECIAL -STATUS SPECIES TABLE B-1: SPECIAL -STATUS SPECIES POTENTIALLY OCCURRING WITHIN THE PLANNING AREA B-1 STATUS: SJMSCP SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAMES FED/STATE/CNPS) GENERAL HABITAT COVERED? Invertebrates Branchinecta conservation FE/ - / - Lifecycle restricted to large, cool -water vernal pools with Yes Conservancy fairy shrimp moderately turbid water. Branchinecta lynchi FT/ - / - Lifecycle restricted to vernal pools. Yes Vernal pool fairy shrimp Branchinecta mesovallensis -/-/- Lifecycle restricted to vernal pools in the Central Valley. Yes Midvalley fairy shrimp Desmocerus californicus dimorphus FT/ - / - Breeds and forages exclusively on elderberry shrubs (Sambucus Valley elderberry longhorn beetle mexicana) typically associated with riparian forests, riparian woodlands, elderberry savannas, and other Central Valley habitats. Yes Occurs only in the Central Valley of California. Hydrochara rickseckeri Occurs in slow moving waters, adults and larvae are aquatic. No Ricksecker's water scavenger beetle Lepidurus packardi FE/ -/ - Lifecycle restricted to vernal pools. Yes Vernal pool tadpole shrimp Linderiella occidentalis Lifecycle restricted to vernal pools. No California linderiella Fish Acipenser medirostris FT/CSC/- Spawns in the Klamath River and Sacramento River Watersheds. Green sturgeon Preferred spawning substrate is large cobble, but can range from Yes clean sand to bedrock. Hypomesus transpacificus FT/ST/ - Open surface waters in the Sacramento/San Joaquin Delta. Delta smelt Seasonally in Suisun Bay, Carquinez Strait and San Pablo Bay. Found in Delta estuaries with dense aquatic vegetation and Yes low occurrence of predators. May be affected by downstream sedimentation. Oncorhynchus mykiss FT/ - / - This ESU enters the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers and their Steelhead - Central Valley ESU tributaries from July to May; spawning from December to April. No Young move to rearing areas in and through the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, Delta, and San Pablo and San Francisco Bays. Oncorhynchus tshawytscha FC/CSC/- This ESU enters the Sacramento and San Joaquin rivers and their Chinook Salmon - Central Valley Fall/ tributaries from July to April; spawning October to February. Young No Late Fall -Run ESU move to rearing areas in and through the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, Delta, and San Pablo and San Francisco Bays. B-1 B-2 I LODI GENERAL PLAN STATUS: SJMSCP SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAMES FED/STATE/CNPS) GENERAL HABITAT COVERED? Oncorhynchus tshawytscha FT/ST/ - This ESU enters the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers and Spring -Run Chinook Salmon tributaries March to July; spawning from late August to early October. Young move to rearing areas in and through the No Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, Delta, and San Pablo and San Francisco Bays. Oncorhynchus tshawytscha FE/SE/ - This ESU enters the Sacramento River December to May; spawning Winter -Run Chinook Salmon peaks May and June. Upstream movement occurs more quickly than in spring run population. Young move to rearing areas in and No through the Sacramento River, Delta, and San Pablo and San Francisco Bays. Pogonichthys macrolepidotus - /CSC/ - Currently known only from the Delta, Suisun Bay and associated Sacramento splittail marshes. Prefers slow moving river sections and dead end sloughs. Requires flooded vegetation for spawning and juvenile Yes foraging habitat. Spawning occurs over flooded vegetation in tidal freshwater marsh. Amphibians Ambystoma californiense FE, FT/CSC/- Annual grassland and grassy understory of valley -foothill hardwood California tiger salamander habitats in central and northern California. Needs underground Yes refuges and vernal pools or other seasonal water sources. Rana aurora draytonii FT/CSC/ - Breeds in slow moving streams, ponds, and marshes with emergent California red -legged frog vegetation; forages in nearby uplands within about 200 feet. Yes Rana boylii - /CSC/ - Breeds in shaded stream habitats with rocky, cobble substrate, Foothill yellow -legged frog usually below 6,000 feet in elevation. Absent or infrequent when Yes introduced predators are present. Reptiles Emys (=Clemmys) marmorata -/CSC/- Ponds, marshes, rivers, streams, and irrigation ditches with aquatic marmorata vegetation. Requires basking sites and suitable upland habitat for Northwestern pond turtle egg -laying. Nest sites most often characterized as having gentle Yes slopes (<15%) with little vegetation or sandy banks. Emys (=Clemmys) marmorata -/CSC/- Ponds, marshes, rivers, streams, and irrigation ditches with aquatic Western pond turtle vegetation. Requires basking sites and suitable upland habitat for Yes egg -laying. Nest sites most often characterized as having gentle slopes (<15%) with little vegetation or sandy banks. Thamnophis gigas FT/ST/- Generally inhabits marshes, sloughs, ponds, slow-moving streams, Giant garter snake ditches, and rice fields that have water from early spring till mid- fall. Emergent vegetation (cattails and bulrushes), open areas for Yes sunning and high ground for hibernation and cover. Birds Agelaius tricolor -/CSC/- Largely endemic to California, most numerous in the Central Tricolored blackbird Valley and nearby vicinity. Typically requires open water, protected nesting substrate, and foraging grounds within vicinity of the Yes nesting colony. Nests in dense thickets of cattails, tules, willows, blackberry, and silage. Ardea alba - / - / - Fresh and salt marshes, marshy ponds and tidal flats, nests in trees Yes Great egret or shrubs. Ardea Herodias - / - / - Groves of tall trees, especially near shallow water foraging Great blue heron areas such as marshes, tide -flats, lakes, rivers/streams and wet Yes meadows. Athene cunicularia -/CSC/- Forages in open plains, grasslands, and prairies; typically nests in Yes Burrowing owl abandoned small mammal burrows. Buteo swainsoni -/ST/- Forages in open plains, grasslands, and prairies; typically nests in Yes Swainson's hawk trees or large shrubs. B-2 I LODI GENERAL PLAN APPENDIX B: SPECIAL -STATUS SPECIES I B-3 STATUS: SJMSCP SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAMES FED/STATE/CNPS) GENERAL HABITAT COVERED? Dendroica petechia brewsteri - /CSC/ - Nests in dense riparian cover. Yes Yellow warbler Elanus leucurus -/CFP/- Forages in open plains, grasslands, and prairies; typically nests in Yes White-tailed kite trees. Laterallus jamaicensis coturniculus -/ST, CFP/- Freshwater, brackish, or tidal salt marshes. Yes California black rail Nycticoraxnycticorax -/-/- Forages in marshes swamps and wooded streams; nests in thickets Black -crowned night heron or reedbeds. Yes Mammals Taxidea taxus -/CSC/- Occurs in a wide variety of open forest, shrub, and grassland Yes American badger habitats that have friable soils for digging. Vulpes macrotis mutica FE/ST/- Occurs in native valley and foothill grasslands and chenopod scrub San Joaquin kit fox communities of the valley floor and surrounding foothills. Prefers Yes open level areas with loose -textured soils supporting scattered, shrubby vegetation and little human disturbance. Plants Aster lentus -/-/1 B.2 Rhizomatous herb occurring in tidal brackish and freshwater Suisun Marsh aster marshes. Found at 0-3 m elevation. Blooms May -Nov. Yes Astragalus tener var. tener - / - /1 B.2 Generally found in playas, valley and foothill grasslands with adobe Alkali milk -vetch clay soils, and vernal pools. Generally found in alkaline soils. Yes Blooms Mar -Jun. Atriplex joaquiniana - / - /1 B.2 Generally found in chenopod scrub, alkali seasonal wetlands and San Joaquin spearscale grassland, meadows and playas. Blooms Apr -Oct. No Carex comosa -/-/2.1 Generally found in lake -margin and edge habitats, 0-1400 feet in Yes Bristly sedge elevation. Castilleja campestris ssp. Succulenta FT/SE/1 B.2 Occurs under vernally -flooded conditions in vernal -pool habitats Succulent owl's -clover such as valley and foothill grassland. Yes Cicuta maculata var. bolanderi -/-/2.1 Occurs in marshes and swamps (MshSw), and coastal, fresh or Saltmarsh water hemlock brackish water. Blooms July -Sept at elevations of 0-200m. No Cirsium crassicaule -/-AB.1 Occurs in chenopod scrub, riparian scrub, and freshwater marshes, Yes Slough thistle swamps, and sloughs. Cordylanthus palmatus FE/SE/1 B.1 Prefers marshes and swamps, lake margins, vernal pools and wet No Palmate-bracted bird's -beak places. Blooms May -Oct. Delphinium recurvatum FSC/ -AB.2 Perennial herb occurring in chenopod scrub, cismontane Recurved larkspur woodland, and in alkaline substrate in valley and foothill grassland. Yes Found at 3-750 meters elevation. Blooms Mar -May. Downingia pusilla -/-/2.2 Prefers lake margins, vernal pools and wet places sometimes No Dwarf downingia playas and grasslands. Blooms Mar -May. Eryngium racemosum - /SE/1 B.1 Occurs in clay soil under vernally moist conditions in riparian Delta button -celery habitats (riparian scrub). Blooms Jun -Sep. Yes Hibiscus lasiocarpus -/-/2.2 Prefers freshwater marshes and swamps. Blooms Jun -Sep. 0-120 Yes Rose -mallow meters. Lathyrus jepsonii var. jepsonii -/-AB.2 Occurs in both tidal freshwater and brackish marshes in the Central Yes Delta tule pea and San Joaquin Valleys and in the Bay Area. Blooms May -Sept. Legenere limosa - / - /16.1 Occurs in vernal pool beds. Blooms Apr -Jun. Yes Legenere Lilaeopsis masonii -/SR/1 B.1 Generally occurs in riparian scrub, freshwater -marsh and brackish- Yes Mason's lilaeopsis marsh habitats, 0-33 feet in elevation. Blooms Apr -Nov. Limosella subulata -/-/2.1 Generally occurs under wet conditions in tidal freshwater -marsh Delta mudwort habitats, 0-9 feet in elevation. Yes APPENDIX B: SPECIAL -STATUS SPECIES I B-3 Source: USFWS, 2009; CNDDB, 2009; CNPS, 2009. B-4 I LODI GENERAL PLAN STATUS: SJMSCP SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAMES FED/STATE/CNPS) GENERAL HABITAT COVERED? Orcuttia viscida FE/SE/1 B.1 Occurs in vernal pools. Blooms Apr -Jul. No Sacramento orcutt grass Sagittaria sanfordii -/-/113.2 Found in assorted freshwater habitats including marshes, swamps Yes Sanford's arrowhead and seasonal drainages. Blooms May -Oct. Scutellaria lateriflora -/-/2.2 Meadows and seeps, marshes and swamps. Blooms Jul -Sep. Yes Blue skullcap 0-500 meters elevation. Symphyotrichum lentum -/ -/1 B.2 (= Aster chilensus var. lentus) Rhizomatous herb occurring in Suisan Marsh aster tidal brackish and freshwater marshes. Found at 0-3 m elevation. Yes Blooms May -Nov. Trichocoronis wrightii var. wrightii -/-/2.1 Occurs in alkaline soil on alkaline substrate under vernally flooded Wright's trichocoronis conditions in riparian, meadow, marsh and vernal -pool habitats, Yes 16-1427 feet in elevation. Blooms May -Sep. STATUS CODES Federal State FE = Endangered SE = Endangered FT = Threatened ST = Threatened FPE = Proposed Endangered SR = Rare FPT = Proposed Threatened SFP = Fully Protected FC = Candidate CSC = (CA) Department of Fish and Game Special Concern species FPD = Proposed Delisted FSC = (Former) Federal Species of Concern: Species of Concern is an informal term, not defined in the federal Endangered Species Act. The Sacramento Office of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service no longer maintains a Federal Species of Concern list. However, these species still meet the definition of "Rare" under Section 15380 of CEQA and are evaluated in this document. California Native Plant Society List 1 B.x = Plants rare, threatened, or endangered in California and elsewhere List 2.x = Plants rare, threatened, or endangered in California, but more common elsewhere List 3.x = Plants about which we need more information—a review list List 4.x = Plants of limited distribution—a watch list Source: USFWS, 2009; CNDDB, 2009; CNPS, 2009. B-4 I LODI GENERAL PLAN Ij CLEANUP SITES STATUS TABLE C-1: LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS AND OTHER CLEANUP SITES, BY STATUS SITE NAME ADDRESS CLEANUP STATUS Leaking Underground Storage Tanks Arco #0760 225 Cherokee Ln S Open -Verification Monitoring Chevron Ss #9-5775 301 Kettleman Ln W Open -Verification Monitoring Usa Petroleum Service Station 2448 Kettleman Lane Open -Verification Monitoring Parmar Texaco 521 Cherokee Ln N Open - Site Assessment Plaza Liquors 2420 Turner Rd Open - Site Assessment General Mills - Case #2 2000 Turner Rd W Open - Site Assessment Geweke Land Development and Marketing 16 Cherokee Ln S Open - Remediation Flame Liquors 1301 Kettleman Ln W Open - Remediation Shell 880 Victor Rd Open - Assessment & Interim Remedial Action Guild Wineries Dist 1 Winemasters Way Completed - Case Closed Thater Property (Aka Tucker Const.) 336 Locust St E Completed - Case Closed City of Lodi Safety Blvd 230 Elm St W Completed - Case Closed Beacon #3502 (Former) 35 Cherokee Ln N Completed - Case Closed Beacon #695 900 Cherokee Ln S Completed - Case Closed Arco #434 Case #1 501 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed Usa Petroleum 2500 Lodi Ave W Completed - Case Closed Lodi Downtown Theater 107 School St N Completed - Case Closed Arts And Artists 204 Lodi Ave E Completed - Case Closed Isc Wines of California 1 Turner Rd W Completed - Case Closed General Mills Lodi Case #1 2000 Turner Rd W Completed - Case Closed Marval Market/Shopping Center 429 Lockeford St W Completed - Case Closed San Joaquin Sulfur Company 711 Sacramento St N Completed - Case Closed Idlewild Market 3049 Hwy 12 W Completed - Case Closed Lodi Metal Tech 213 Kelly St S Completed - Case Closed S.J. Mosquito Abatement Dist 200 Beckman Rd N Completed - Case Closed Pacific Coast Producers 32 Tokay St E Completed - Case Closed C-1 SITE NAME ADDRESS CLEANUP STATUS Muller Supply Company 412 Sacramento St S Completed - Case Closed R & J Packing Cc 33 Oak St E Completed - Case Closed Arco #2076 800 Kettleman Ln E Completed - Case Closed Cherokee Service Center 303 Cherokee Ln S Completed - Case Closed American Dutch Foundry 42 Cluff Ave N Completed - Case Closed M & R Company 405 Main St S Completed - Case Closed Lodi Academy 1230 Central Ave S Completed - Case Closed Quik Stop Market 205 Lockeford St W Completed - Case Closed Cain's Electric Works 230 Church St N Completed - Case Closed Pacific Bell 124 Elm St W Completed - Case Closed Brite -N -Clear 504 Lockeford St W Completed - Case Closed Color Spot 5400 Harney Ln E Completed - Case Closed Arco #5650 18970 Lower Sacramento Rd (Woodbridge) Completed - Case Closed Sanitary Cty Disp.(Thorpe Oil) 1333 Turner Rd E Completed - Case Closed William Burkhardt 5154 Hogan Ln Completed - Case Closed Delta Pub & Grocery 13430 Lower Sacramento Rd Completed - Case Closed Circle K 1225 Lockeford St W Completed - Case Closed Lodi Ready Mix 851 Lodi Ave E Completed - Case Closed Cal Trans Lodi Maintenance 845 Pine St E Completed - Case Closed Claude C. Wood Co. 687 Lockeford St E Completed - Case Closed Shell (Case #1) 420 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed Lodi Lumber Co 1025 Industrial Way Completed - Case Closed Delta Packing Cc 5950 Kettleman Ln E Completed - Case Closed Frank Alegre Trucking - #A 802 Cluff Ave N Completed - Case Closed Matheson Trucking 102 Walnut St E Completed - Case Closed Geweke Ford & Rv 248 Kettleman Ln E Completed - Case Closed Ellis Car Wash 820 Cherokee Ln S Completed - Case Closed Unocal #6015 601 Kettleman Ln E Completed - Case Closed Lusd Transportation Dept. 820 Cluff Ave S Completed - Case Closed Beacon #3696 (Former) 2448 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed Mataga Olds, Buick 880 Beckman Rd S Completed - Case Closed Togo's (Formerly Texaco) 305 Hutchins St S Completed - Case Closed Stocks Automotive 126 Main St S Completed - Case Closed U -Haul 450 Cherokee Ln N Completed - Case Closed Diamond Lumber (Aka: 224 Main) 120 Lockeford St E Completed - Case Closed Margrove Prop 510 Lodi Ave E Completed - Case Closed Payless Building 532 Lockeford St Completed - Case Closed AT&T Communications 110 Turner Rd W Completed - Case Closed Beacon #3513 (Former) 401 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed C-2 I LODI GENERAL PLAN SITE NAME ADDRESS CLEANUP STATUS Roberts Petroleum Services 930 Victor Rd E Completed - Case Closed Part Container Corp 1400 Victor Rd Completed - Case Closed Astra Construction 681 Lockeford St E Completed - Case Closed Mel Bokides Petro 501 Lodi Ave W Completed - Case Closed Teresi Trucking 900-1/2 Victor Rd E Completed - Case Closed Don Keller Trucking 940 Victor Rd Completed - Case Closed Wisner Property 550 Sacramento St N Completed - Case Closed Chevron #9-4183 236 Ham Ln N Completed - Case Closed Hi Hopes Venture 1500 Vine St Completed - Case Closed Frank Alegre Trucking - #B 802 Cluff Ave N Completed - Case Closed Sunwest Liquors Case #1 2449 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed Reilly's Car Wash 100 Lodi Ave Completed - Case Closed Kishim Trucking 1725 Ackerman St Completed - Case Closed Taylored Tours 330 Kettleman Ln Completed - Case Closed Rightway Incorporated (Hansen) 200 Cherokee Ln Completed - Case Closed Shell (Case #2) 420 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed Sunwest Liquors Case #2 2449 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed At&T 90 Turner Rd W Completed - Case Closed Arco #434 - Case #2 501 Kettleman Ln W Completed - Case Closed City of Lodi 230 Elm Completed - Case Closed Victor Meats 18846 Hwy 99 N Completed - Case Closed Other Cleanup Sites City of Lodi Groundwater Plumes - Lodi 221 West Pine Open -Site Assessment Pce (Central Plume Area) Lodi News Sentinel/Beckman Capitol 212 West Pine St. Open -Site Assessment Corp Pg&E Lodi - 1 (Former Manufactured Gas 712 South Sacramento St. Open - Site Assessment Plant) Woolsey Oil Company 930 Victor Road Open - Site Assessment City of Lodi Groundwater Plumes - Lustre 110 East Turner Rd Open -Site Assessment Cal Name Plate Corp. City of Lodi Groundwater Plumes - R. M. 1129 South Sacramento St. Open - Site Assessment Holz Rubber Company Kishida Property 860 E. Pine Street Open - Site Assessment B&G Industries, S.B. Griffen Prop. 100 South Cluff Ave Open - Inactive Lucky Store #110-310 610 West Lodi Ave. Open - Inactive Overhead/Lodi Door Facility 1220 East Victor Rd. Open - Inactive Union Pacific Railroad Harney Lane Open - Inactive Simplot Soil Builders 2929 West Harney Ln. Open - Inactive Ag Flight 6015 W. Acampo Open - Inactive APPENDIX C: CLEANUP SITES STATUS I C-3 SITE NAME ADDRESS CLEANUP STATUS Precission Flying Service, Inc. 11919 N. Lower Sacramento Rd Open - Inactive San Joaquin Air 12145 N. Devries Rd. Open - Inactive Color Spot Nursery 5400 E. Harney Ln Open - Inactive Randtron Facility (Former) 1300 South Sacramento St. Open City of Lodi Groundwater Plumes - Lodi Pce South Central/ Western Plume Open Busy Bee Laundry & Cleaners 40 North Main St. Open California Fuels 838 Mokelumne Street (Woodbridge) Open City of Lodi Groundwater Plumes - Guild Cleaners 17 South Church St. Open Brea Ag Services 4880 Peltier Road Open Sierra Helicopter 23987 North Highway 99 (Lodi Linds Airport) Open Victor Fine Foods 18846 N. Hwy. 99 Frontage Rd. Open Tower Park Marina 14900 W. Highway 12 Completed - Case Closed City of Lodi 1331 Ham Lane S Completed - Case Closed C-4 I LODI GENERAL PLAN INDEX A accessibility 2-7, 2-19, 2-25, 4-1, 4-20, 4-22, 4-26, 4-28, 4-34, 6-7, 6-10, 6-13, A-9, A-25 agriculture (see also farmland) 1-1, 1-3, 1-8, 2-2-3, 2-5, 2-14, 2-18, 2-20, 2-23, 3-1-5, 3-11, 3-13, 3-15, 3-29, 3-31, 4-2-3, 4-6, 4-10, 5-17, 7-1-3, 7-5-9, 7-14, 7-19, 7-22-23, 7-27, 7-30, 7-34-36, 8-4, 9-6, A-5-6, A-12, A-14, A-21, A-26-27 air quality 4-27, 5-1, 7-1, 7-22, 7-24-32, 7-34, 7-40, 8-1, A-34, A-42, A-44 airport 8 -7 -8,8 -14,9 -3 -4,9 -6,A -5,A -37,C-4 Amtrak 5 -12 -14,5 -19,8 -7,A -5,A -8,A-23 Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area (see also greenbelt) 1-3,2-8,2-14,3-1,3-3,3-5,3-29,4-6, 4-8, 7-35, A-5, A-12, A-27 B bicycle 1-3, 4-2, 4-6, 4-15-16, 4-20, 4-22, 4-24, 4-26-28, 4-30, 4-32, 4-34-35, 5-2, 5-4-5, 5-9-11, 5-16, 5-18, 6-7,6-9, 6-13, 7-29, A-5, A-15, A-17-18, A-22-23, A-42, A-44 biology 7-1, 7-6, 7-9, 7-36 business park (see also office) 1-3, 2-8, 2-11, 2-14, 2-18, 2-26-27, 3-11-12, 3-15, A-9-11 C Central Avenue 2-11, 2-18, 2-27, 3-209 3-26-27, 4-2, 4-14, 4-169 4-20-21, 4-24, 4-269 4-32, A-5, A-8, A-11, A-16-17, B-2-3 Cherokee Lane 2-2, 2-4, 2-13, 2-279 3-25, 4-16, 4-189 4-26, 4-32, 5-6, 5-119 5-20, 8-5, 9-4, 9-6, A-11, A-16-17, A-24, C-1-3 circulation (see also transportation) 1 -10,4 -3695 -1,5 -495 -9,5 -15 -16,5 -18,A -199A-22 City Council 1 -4 -5,1 -11,3 -3,5 -14,5 -17,6 -9,A -2,A -8,A -21,A-40 City Manager A-2, A-8, A-40 climate change 4-39, 7-1, 7-22, 7-29, 7-349 7-39 commercial 1-1-3, 1-8, 2-2-4, 2-7, 2-11-16, 2-18-19, 2-24-25, 2-27, 3-5, 3-11-12, 3-15, 3-19, 4-5-6, 4-13-16, 4-20, 4-22-24, 4-32, 4-36, 4-39, 5-1, 5-4-6, 5-15, 5-18-20, 6-12, 7-19, 7-23, 7-35, 7-40, 8-11, 9-9, A-11, A-16, A-18-20, A-22-24, A-26, A-33, A-40-41 General Commercial 2-3-4,2-11,2-13-14,2-18,3-11 Neighborhood Commercial 2 -13,2 -18,2 -25,2 -27,4 -20,A -9,A-11 community design (see also urban design) 1 -2,1 -10 -11,2 -12,2 -25,3 -29,4 -2,4 -8,5 -17 -19,7 -40,A -4,A -15,A-21 Community Development Department A-2, A-8 complete streets 5-4, 5-16 connectivity 1-2, 2-26, 4-1, 4-6, 4-15, 4-20, 4-22, 4-24-25, 4-27, 4-34-35, 5-18, 6-9, 6-13, A-10, A-18 conservation 1-6, 1-10, 3-3, 3-8, 3-11, 3-29-31, 4-27-28, 4-39, 7-1-3, 7-5, 7-8-9, 7-15-16, 7-22-24, 7-34-36, 7-38-40, 8-1, 8-11, A-3-5, A-7, A-14, A-20, A-26-28, A-32-34, A-40, A-43, B-1 cultural resources 7-11-15, 7-36 D density 1-3, 2-7, 2-10, 2-14-15, 2-17, 2-25, 3-3-4, 3-10, 3-29, 4-3, 4-10, 4-13, 4-15-16, 4-24, 4-26, 4-28, 4-32, 5 -17,7 -3,7 -7,7 -40,8 -7,A -9,A -12,A -17,A -21,A-33 development potential 2-1, 2-13, 2-15-17, 3-4, 3-7-8, 3-26, 3-29, A-12 development project 2-15-17, 2-24, 3-5, 3-10-11, 3-26, 6-11-13, 7-29, 7-36, 8-14, A-2, A-25, A-29, A-36, A-42 downtown 1-1-3, 2-2, 2-4-7, 2-10-15, 2-19-20, 2-25-27, 3-5, 3-20, 3-28, 4-1-3, 4-5, 4-9-13, 4-15, 4-24-26, 4-28, 4-30-34, 5-5, 5-9, 5-11-12, 5-14, 5-17, 5-20, 6-10-11, 7-14-16, 8-7, 9-11, A-5, A-9-11, A-15-18, A-21, A-24, A-39, A-41, C-1 Downtown Mixed Use 2-8, 2-12, 2-14, 2-26, 4-10-11, 4-28, 4-31, 5-17, 5-20, A-10-11, A-15-16, A-21, A-24 downtown parking 2 -26,5 -15,5 -19 -20,A -11,A-24 drainage (see also flooding) 2-14, 2-18, 3-8, 3-16, 3-21, 6-9-11, 6-13, 7-1, 7-19, 7-34, 7-38, 8-1-2, 8-4, 8-13-14, A-5, A-24, A-31, A-35-36, A-43 drainage basin 2-14,2-18,6-9-11,6-13,8-2,8-4,A-24 E Eastside 2-12, 2-26, 3-23, 3-26, 3-28, 3-31, 4-2, 4-5, 4-9, 4-13-14, 4-25, 4-28, 4-31, 5-19, A-10, A-15-16, A-24 economic development 1 -1,1 -4,1 -6,2 -1,2 -18 -20,2 -25 -26,3 -4,7 -1 -2,A -5,A -9-10,A-42-43 emergency management 8 -1 -2,8 -4,8 -12,8 -15,A -5,A-38 employment (see also job) 1-5, 2-2, 2-5, 2-11-12, 2-15, 2-19, 2-21-22, 2-24-25, 3-5, 3-7, 4-1, 4-26-27, 5-1, 5-18, 5-20, A-22, A-24 energy 1-10, 4-24, 4-27, 4-36, 4-39, 5-15, 7-1, 7-22-25, 7-27, 7-34, 7-39-40, A-3, A-19-20, A-32-34, A-43 F farmland (see also agriculture) 3-2-4, 4-15, 7-2-6, 7-35, A-27 fault (see also seismic) 8-9-10 fire 3-10, 3-23-24, 3-28-29, 3-31-32, 7-7, 7-14, 8-1, 8-4, 8-11-15, A-3, A-8, A-15, A-36-37, A-40 flooding (see also drainage) 3-16, 4-27, 7-1, 7-19, 7-21-22, 7-34, 7-36, 8-1-4, 8-9, 8-13, A-28, A-35-36, A-41-43, B-2, B-4 floor area ratio (FAR) 2 -792 -11 -14,2 -2793 -294 -9 -1094 -16,4 -2494 -32,6 -3,A -11,A-17 G Grapeline (see also transit) 5-9, 5-12, 5-14, 5-19, A-23 gray water 3-15,3-30-31,A-14 green building 1 -10,4 -1,4 -27 -28,4 -39,7 -24,7 -39,A -3,A -20,A-32 greenbelt (see also Armstrong Road Agricultural/Cluster Study Area) 1-6,3-3-4,3-21 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 4-26,5-1,5-15-16,7-1,7-22-25,7-30-7-31,7-34,7-39-7-40,A-32-33 growth management 1-3, 1-10-11, 2-1, 2-14-15, 2-17, 2-25, 3-1-3, 3-5, 3-7, 3-29, 4-6, 7-1, 7-19, 7-38, 8-1, 8-15, A-3-5, A-12 H habitat 3-2, 4-27, 6-13, 7-1, 7-6-11, 7-19, 7-22, 7-34, 7-36, A-5, A-25, A-27-28, A-40, B-1-4 hazardous materials 7 -38,8 -1,8 -4 -6,8 -12 -14,A -3,A -31,A-36-37 historic resources 7-1, 7-13-16, 7-18, 7-37, A-30 hotel 2-3-4,2-11,2-16,2-18,2-20,2-26,4-10,7-15,7-17,9-8-9,A-10 housing 1-2, 1-10-11, 2-3-4, 2-7, 2-10-11, 2-13, 2-16-17, 2-22, 2-25, 2-27, 3-1, 3-3, 3-7, 3-10, 3-27, 3-29, 3-31, 4-19 4-6, 4-109 4-13-16, 4-26, 4-28, 4-345 4-36, 5-39 5-19, 8-14, 9-9, A-39 A-7-9, A-11-12, A-14-15, A-189 A-23, A-36, A-42 multi -family housing 2-4,2-10,2-27,3-29,4-14,A-11-12 senior housing 2-3-4, 5-19, A-23 single-family housing 2-4, 2-10, 4-15 Hutchins Street Square 2 -5,2 -2092 -2696 -4,6 -6 -8,A -4,A-10 hydrology 7-1, 7-199 7-38 impact fees 3 -29,3 -31,5 -16,6 -14,A -12,A -14,A -20 -21,A -26,A -40,A-44 implementation 1-6, 1-10-11, 3-1, 3-16, 3-31, 4-10, 5-6, 5-11, 5-16, 5-20, 6-2, 7-26-30, 7-36, 7-39, 8-4, 8-14-15, A-1-9, A-14, A-24, A-27, A-31-32, A-34, A-37-38, A-40, A-43 industrial 2-2-8, 2-11-12, 2-14-15, 2-18-21, 2-24, 2-26, 3-5, 3-8, 3-11-13, 3-15, 3-20, 3-22, 4-5, 4-39, 5-6, 5-15, 5-20, 6-12, 7-19, 7-21, 7-23, 7-28, 7-30, 7-38, 7-40, 8-7, 8-11, 9-2, 9-6, 9-9, 9-11, A-6, A-9-10, A-20, A-24, A-31, A-33, A-35, A-39, A-40, C-2 infrastructure 1-6, 1-10, 2-1, 2-6, 2-14-15, 2-18, 2-25, 3-1, 3-4-5, 3-7-8, 3-11, 3-20-22, 3-29-30, 4-6, 4-27, 4-34, 5-11, 5-16-17, 6-14, 7-1, 7-29, 7-34, 8-1, 8-7, 8-13, 8-15, A-1, A-3-5, A-12-14, A-20-21, A-25, A-40-43 J job (see also employment) 1 -2,2 -19 -22,2 -24 -25,3 -2,3 -7,4 -6,4 -26,4 -28,4 -39,5 -2,A -20,A-43 K Kettleman Lane 2-2, 2-4, 2-10-11, 2-13, 2-15, 2-27, 3-5, 3-7, 3-13, 3-21, 4-13, 4-16-17, 4-25-26, 4-32, 4-34, 5-4-6, 5-11, 7-17,8-2, 8-5, 9-3-4,9-6, A-6, A-11, A-16-18, C-1-3 L land use 1-3-4, 1-6, 1-10, 2-1-4, 2-7-9, 2-13-15, 2-18-19, 2-25-27, 3-3-5, 3-7-8, 3-10-12, 3-29, 4-5, 4-24-269 4-31, 4-369 5-1, 5-9, 5-15-17, 5-19-20, 6-9-109 7-2-3, 7-6-79 7-9-109 7-23-249 7-29, 7-34, 7-39-409 8-7, 8-14, 9-1, 9-4, 9-69 9-9-11, A-1-2, A-4-5, A-9-12, A-16, A-19, A-21, A-24, A-31, A-35-39 land use classification 1-10,2-1,2-7,2-14,2-25,A-9 Land Use Diagram 1-6, 2-7-9, 2-13-15, 2-18, 2-26-27, 3-3, 3-5, 4-31, 5-17, 5-20, 6-9, 7-6, 7-39, A-9-11, A-16, A-215 A-24, A-31 landfill (see also solid waste) 3-19,7-24,8-4-5 leaking underground storage tanks 8-4, 8-65 C-1 level of service 5-4, 5-179 6-19 6-109 A-21 library 2-5, 2-14, 3-23-24, 3-26, 3-28-295 3-319 4-24, 4-26, 6-75 7-175 9-85 9-10-115 A-4, A-15, A-38-39, A-41 livability 1-6, 1-10-11, 2-3, 2-12, 2-25, 3-2, 3-29, 4-1-3, 4-13, 4-15, 4-25-26, 4-28, 5-17-19, 7-40, A-4, A-15, A-21 Lodi Avenue 1-3, 1-8, 2-4-5, 2-10, 2-13-14, 2-22, 2-27, 3-3, 3-11, 3-19, 3-20, 4-2, 4-5, 4-9, 4-12-13, 4-16, 4-19-205 4-25-275 4-329 5-29 5-5-65 5-11-125 5-14, 5-17, 5-209 6-11, 6-135 7-145 7-179 7-385 8-29 8-149 9-3-49 9-6, A-55 A-115 A-16-17, A-22, A-24-25, A-31, A-37 Lodi Lake 1-8, 5-9, 6-3-4, 6-8-9, 6-135 7-79 7-19, 7-219 7-345 7-389 8-25 A-255 A-31 Lodi Unified School District 3-23, 3-259 3-275 3-315 5-18, 6-2, 6-11-14, A-45 A-85 A-145 A-225 A-25-26 M mixed-use 1-2, 2-3, 2-5, 2-7, 2-10-14, 2-17-19, 2-24-27, 3-5, 3-12, 3-15, 3-28-29, 3-31, 4-10-11, 4-13, 4-15-16, 4-20, 4-26, 4-28,4-30-32, 4-34,4-36,5-17-20, A-9-12, A-15-19, A-21, A-23-24 Mixed Use Center 1-2, 2-7-8, 2-10-11, 2-13-14, 3-15, 3-31, 4-13, 4-15, 4-20, 4-26, 4-28, 4-34, 4-36-37, A-15, A-18-19 Mixed Use Corridor 2 -7 -8,2 -13 -14,2 -27,4 -16,4 -23,4 -28,4 -30,4 -32 -33,A -11,A-15-17 Mokelumne River 1-1-2, 1-7, 1-8, 3-5, 3-16, 3-18, 4-6, 5-11, 6-3, 6-6, 6-13, 7-6-9, 7-11, 7-19, 7-21, 7-34, 7-36, 7-38, 8-2, 8-4-5, A-25, A-28, A-31 Multi -Species Conservation and Open -Space Plan 7-8-9 N noise 1 -10,3 -2,4 -14,4 -22,4 -24,4 -34,5 -15,8 -7,9 -1 -11,A -5,A -18,A-38-39 office (see also business park) 1-3, 1-11, 2-2-5, 2-7-8, 2-11-14, 2-16, 2-18-20, 2-24, 2-26-27, 3-5, 3-11-12, 3-159 4-9, 4-205 4-36, 4-38, 6-12, 7-2, 7-139 7-17, 7-36, 8-79 8-12, 9-9, A-2, A-8, A-10-11, A-19, A-295 B-4 Old Lodi 2-10, 4-5, 4-14, 4-25 open space (see also park) 1-1, 1-10, 2-3, 2-7-8, 2-14, 2-18, 2-25, 2-27, 3-1-4, 3-11-12, 3-15, 3-31, 4-2, 4-16, 4-26, 4-36, 5-17, 6-1-14, 7-5-6, 7-8-9, 7-36, 7-38, 8-4, 8-7, 8-13, 9-11, A-3-5, A-7, A-9, A-11, A-14, A-19, A-21, A-24-26, A-28, A-35, A-39-41 P parks (see also open space) 1-1-2, 1-10, 2-2-3, 2-7, 2-11, 2-13-14, 2-16, 2-18, 2-20, 2-25, 2-27, 3-11-12, 3-15-16, 4-2, 4-10, 4-14, 4-169 4-20, 4-24-26, 4-289 4-34, 4-36, 5-18, 6-1-14, 7-6, 7-38, 8-4, 9-4, A-3-4, A-7-9, A-11, A-18-199 A-22, A-24-26, A-40-43 parking 2-2-3, 2-11-12, 2-25-26, 3-8, 4-6, 4-9, 4-14-16, 4-20, 4-27, 4-30-33, 4-36, 4-38, 5-4-5, 5-9, 5-119 5-15-169 5-19-209 8-139 9-109 A-99 A-119 A-15-169 A-18-19, A-23-245 A-36, A-39-41 pedestrian -friendly 4-20, 4-259 4-315 4-365 5-175 A-189 A-21 pedestrian (see also walking) 1-3, 2-26-275 4-2-3, 4-5-65 4-9-105 4-13-169 4-20, 4-225 4-24-369 4-38, 5-4-59 5-9, 5-115 5-149 5-16-209 A-55 A-11, A-15-19, A-21-245 A-42 phasing 1-2-3, 2-15 2-14-159 2-17-189 2-24-259 3-1-25 3-5-75 3-13, 3-185 3-20-225 3-26-27, 3-29-325 4-27, 5-16, 7-85 7-38, 8-14, A-45 A-12-15, A-205 A-315 A-345 A-36 Planning Area 1-3, 1-7-99 3-2-35 6-69 7-2-39 7-5-9, 7-11-13, 7-195 7-21-235 7-31-32, 7-34-36, 8-25 8-4-59 8-75 8-95 8-119 9-3-49 9-65 A-27-285 B-1 Planning Commission 1-5, A-29 A-8 Planning Division A-2, A-5, A-8 Planning Themes 1-2 police 2-5, 3-23-24, 3-28-29, 3-31-329 8-12-13, 8-159 A-3, A-8, A-14-15, A-36-37, A-40 preservation 1-1, 1-3, 3-39 3-29, 7-1, 7-55 7-119 7-13-15, 7-179 7-34-389 A-27-31 public art 4-12, 4-329 4-34, A-17-189 A-41 public facilities 1-2, 2-7, 2-119 2-189 2-24, 3-15 3-23-24, 3-265 3-29-319 4-205 8-14, A-12, A-379 A-41-42 R railroad 1-7, 2-2, 2-4, 2-6, 2-129 2-14-15, 2-23, 2-26, 3-59 4-3, 4-6, 4-9-10, 4-14, 4-16, 4-31, 4-34, 5-69 5-99 5-15-16, 5-19, 6-10, 7-139 7-17, 8-7, 8-14, 9-3-4, 9-119 A-5, A-8-99 A-16, A-189 A-23, A-379 A-39, A-44, C-3 recreation 1-3, 1-10, 2-149 2-21, 2-239 3-31, 4-16, 4-26, 5-1, 5-99 6-1-14, 7-36, 7-38, 8-4, A-3-59 A-7-8, A-14, A-24-269 A-289 A-31, A-40 recycle 3-8, 3-199 3-299 3-31, 7-24, 7-39, 8-4-6, A-69 A-14, A-32 recycled water 3-8-9,3-11,3-13,3-1593-18,3-2193-30-319A-13 retail 1-2, 1-6, 2-2, 2-5, 2-11-12, 2-18-24, 2-26-27, 4-9, 4-14, 4-16, 4-20, 4-28, 4-31, 5-15, 9-9, A-10-11, A-15-16, A-41 road improvements 5-1, 5-6-79 A-44 S San Joaquin County 1-1, 2-5, 2-21-22, 3-26-27, 3-29, 3-31, 5-11, 5-14, 5-16-18, 6-6, 7-2, 7-7-9, 7-17, 7-21, 7-35, 7-37, 7-38, 8-2, 8-4, 8-7, 8-12, 8-15, A-2, A-5, A-8, A-12, A-14, A-20, A-22, A-26-27, A-29, A-31, A-38, A-40, A-43-44 San Joaquin Valley Air Pollution Control District (SJVAPCD) 7-27-31, A-5, A-34 school (see also Lodi Unified School District) 2-2-3, 2-5, 2-7, 2-13-14, 2-16, 2-18, 2-24, 2-27, 3-15, 3-23, 3-25-29, 3-31, 4-20, 4-24, 4-26, 4-28, 4-34, 4-36, 5-9, 5-12, 5-18-19, 6-2, 6-6, 6-9-14, 7-13-14, 7-31-32, 7-35, 8-14, 9-1, 9-4, 9-10-11, A-4-5, A-8, A-11, A-14, A-18, A-22, A-24-27, A-36, A-38-44, C-1 seismic hazards (see also fault) 7 -2,8 -1,8 -9,8 -13 -14,A -36-37,A-43 sewer (see also wastewater) 3 -4,3 -8,3 -12 -14,3 -18,3 -20 -21,3 -29 -30,7 -38,A -4,A -12 -13,A -31,A-41 site planning 4-1, 4-27, 4-39, 9-11 solid waste (see also landfill) 3 -8,3 -19,3 -29,3 -31,8 -4 -6,A -3,A -41,A-43 special -status species 7-9, 7-36, A-27-28, B-1 storm drain 3-16-18, 3-21-22, 6-13, 8-1, 8-13-14, A-4-5, A-24, A-35-36, A-40 stormwater 3-8, 3-16, 3-18, 3-21, 3-29-30, 4-39, 6-13, 7-38-39, 8-2, 8-4, 8-13-14, A-12-13, A-31, A-36 streetscape 4-9, 4-14-16, 4-23, 4-31-32, 4-34, 5-18, 7-16, A-16-18, A-22, A-41-42 sustainability 1-10, 2-19, 2-25, 4-27-28, A-3 T tax 2 -19,3 -4,7 -15,7 -36,A -3,A -5,A -27,A-40-44 tourism 1 -1,2 -18 -20,2 -22 -23,2 -26,3 -4,4 -3,7 -2,A -10,A-41 trail 1-3, 2-14, 3-8, 4-16, 4-24-26, 4-34, 5-18, 6-3, 6-8-10, 6-13, A-5, A-18, A-22, A-25 transit 2-7, 4-29 4-15, 4-24, 4-26-279 4-38, 5-1-4, 5-12-20, 7-29, 7-40, 9-11, A-3-69 A-89 A-19, A-21-24, A-32, A-39, A-41, A-43-44 transportation (see also circulation) 1-6, 1-10, 2-18, 2-20-219 2-239 3-19, 4-2, 4-15, 4-26, 4-349 5-1, 5-4, 5-6, 5-99 5-11-129 5-14-209 7-14, 7-23-24, 7-26, 7-28-29, 7-34, 7-40, 8-4, 8-7, 9-4, 9-6, A-4-6, A-8, A-20-24, A-349 A-40, A-42-44, C-2 transportation demand management (TDM) 5-4, 5-15, 5-20 transportation funding 5 -1697 -26,A -4,A -219A-44 transportation improvements 5-16, A-20-21, A-42 U urban design (see also community design) 1-2,1-6,2-25,4-2-3,5-16-18,7-40,A-21 Urban Reserve 1-3, 2-7-9, 2-14-15, 2-17, 3-5-6, 3-8, 3-11, 3-15, 3-17, 3-20, 3-22, 6-10, 7-35, 8-7, A-27 W walkability 4-2,4-14-15,4-22,4-24,4-28,5-16,5-18,A-22 walking (see also pedestrian) 1-3, 4-14-15, 4-24-25, 5-1-3, 5-9, 5-15-17, 6-1, 6-10, 6-13, A-5, A-21, A-25 wastewater (see also sewer) 3 -8 -9,3 -12 -13,3 -1593 -18,3 -20 -2193 -30 -31,7 -19,8 -2,8 -15,A -49A-89 A-13-14, A-379 A-43 water 1-8, 3-4, 3-8-13, 3-15-16, 3-18, 3-20-21, 3-29-31, 4-27, 6-3, 7-1, 7-3, 7-6-9, 7-11, 7-19, 7-21-22, 7-24, 7-31, 7-359 7-38-39, 8-2, 8-4, 8-99 8-11, 8-13-15, 9-11, A-4-6, A-89 A-13-14, A-279 A-31-329 A-36-37, A-39-41, A-43, B-1-3 water conservation 3-893-30,4-279A-13 water demand 3-10-11,3-15,3-30-31,A-13-14 water quality 3-16, 3-18, 4-27, 7-1, 7-19, 7-21, 7-34, 7-38-39, 8-13, A-4, A-6, A-8, A-31, A-35, A-43 water supply 3-4, 3-8, 3-10, 3-15, 3-18, 3-20, 3-30-31, 7-1, 7-19, 7-21-22, 7-38, 8-11, 8-13, A-12-13, A-31 White Slough (WSWPCF) 1-8, 2-2-3, 3-12-13, 3-15, 3-18, 3-21, 3-30-31, 7-8, 8-2, A-4, A-13-14, A-43 Williamson Act (see also conservation) 7-2,7-4-7-5 wine 1-1,2-2,2-5,2-18,2-20,2-22-23,7-2,7-14,C-1 Woodbridge 1 -8,3 -5,3 -23,3 -28,5 -11,5 -14,6 -6,7 -16 -17,7 -195A -4 -5,C -2,C-4 Woodbridge Irrigation District (WID) 1 -3,3-10-11,3-15-16,3-18,3-20-21,3-31,4-16,4-24,6-10,6-13,7-19, 7-36, A-5, A-8, A-14, A-25, A-28 Z Zoning Ordinance 1-4, 2-7, 2-10-12, 2-25, 4-2, 4-28, 4-31-32, 6-14, 7-39, 8-13, A-1-2, A-7, A-9, A-15-16, A-26, A-329 A-36 LODI GENERAL PLAN Prepared by: DYETT & BHATIA Urban and Regional Planners With assistance from: Environmental Science Associates Fehr & Peers West Yost Associates DYETT & BHATIA Urban and Regional Planners 755 Sansome Street, Suite 400 San Francisco, California 941 1 1 T 415 956 4300 A 415 956 7315